Owner's Manual

OWNER'S MANUAL

Operation Maintenance Specifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle. CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE YOUR HYUNDAI WARNING Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. This manual includes information titled as DAN- Such modifications may adversely affect the per- GER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE. formance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI These titles indicate the following: and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations DANGER established by the U.S. Department of DANGER indicates a hazardous situation Transportation and other federal or state agencies. which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR WARNING indicates a hazardous situation TELEPHONE INSTALLATION which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injec- tion and other electronic components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio CAUTION or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instruc- which, if not avoided, could result in minor or tions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precau- moderate injury. tionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices. NOTICE NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.

F2 HYUNDAI VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY

Your Hyundai vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use information collected, generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Hyundai has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain how these technologies and services collect use and share this information.

You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the Hyundaiusa.com website at: https://www.hyundaiusa.com/owner-privacy-policy.aspx If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please contact our Customer Connect Center at:

Hyundai Customer Care P.O. Box 20850 Fountain Valley, CA 92728 800-633-5151 [email protected]

Hyundai's Customer Connect Center representatives are available Monday through Friday, between the hours of 5:00 AM and 7:00 PM PST and Saturday and Sunday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English). For Customer Connect Center assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.

F3 INTRODUCTION

Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of dis- tinguished people who drive HYUNDAIS. We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI we build. Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI. To become familiar with your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle. This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle's controls and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle. This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI deal- ers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required. This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety and maintenance information.

HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA

CAUTION Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-7 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.

Copyright 2018 HYUNDAI Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor America.

F4 GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS

1. What are HYUNDAI Genuine 2. Why should you use genuine 3. How can you tell if you are pur- Parts? parts? chasing HYUNDAI Genuine HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are the HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are Parts? same parts used by HYUNDAI engineered and built to meet rigid Look for the HYUNDAI Genuine Motor Company to manufacture manufacturing requirements. Parts Logo on the package (see vehicles. They are designed and Damage caused by using imita- below). tested for the optimum safety, per- tion, counterfeit or used salvage HYUNDAI Genuine Parts export- formance, and reliability for our parts is not covered under the ed to the U.S. are packaged with customers. HYUNDAI New Vehicle Limited labels written only in English. Warranty or any other HYUNDAI warranty. HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are only sold through authorized In addition, any damage to or fail- HYUNDAI Dealerships. ure of HYUNDAI Genuine Parts caused by the installation or failure of an imitation, counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by any HYUNDAI Warranty.

F5 Introduction

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES We want to help you get the greatest Your safety, and the safety of others, Throughout this manual DANGER, possible driving pleasure from your is very important. This Owner's WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can Manual provides you with many safe- the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will assist you in many ways. To gain an ty precautions and operating proce- be used. overview of the contents of your dures. This information alerts you to This is the safety alert sym- Owner's Manual, use the Table of potential hazards that may hurt you bol. It is used to alert you to Contents in the front of the manual. or others, as well as damage to your potential physical injury haz- The first page of each Chapter vehicle. ards. Obey all safety mes- includes a detailed Table of Contents Safety messages found on vehicle sages that follow this symbol of the topics in that Chapter. labels and in this manual describe to avoid possible injury or To quickly locate information about these hazards and what to do to death. The safety alert sym- your vehicle, use the Index in the avoid or reduce the risks. bol precedes the signal words back of the manual. It is an alphabet- Warnings and instructions contained DANGER, WARNING and ical list of what is in this manual and in this manual are for your safety. CAUTION. the page number where it can be Failure to follow safety warnings and found. instructions can lead to serious injury DANGER For your convenience, we have or death. incorporated tabs on the right-hand DANGER indicates a hazardous page edges. These tabs are coded situation which, if not avoided, with the Chapter titles to assist you will result in death or serious with navigating through the manual. injury.

WARNING WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

F6 Introduction

FUEL REQUIREMENTS Your new vehicle is designed to CAUTION obtain maximum performance with WARNING UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini- CAUTION indicates a hazardous mize exhaust emissions and spark • Do not "top off" after the noz- situation which, if not avoided, plug fouling. zle automatically shuts off could result in minor or moder- when refueling. ate injury. Your new vehicle is designed to use • Always check that the fuel cap only unleaded fuel having an octane is installed securely to pre- NOTICE number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research vent fuel spillage in the event Octane Number 91) or higher. (Do not of an accident. NOTICE indicates a situation use methanol blended fuels) which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage. NOTICE Gasoline containing alcohol or methanol To prevent damage to the engine and engine components, never Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and add any fuel system cleaning ethanol (also known as grain alco- agents to the fuel tank other than hol) are being marketed along with or what has been specified. instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For example, "E15" is a gasohol Consult an authorized HYUNDAI comprised of 15% ethanol and 85% dealer for additional information. gasoline. Do not use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system. Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur. F7 Introduction

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com- Using Fuel Additives (except Gasoline containing MMT prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 Detergent Fuel Additives) Some gasoline contains harmful percent gasoline, and is manufac- Using fuel additives such as: manganese-based fuel additives tured exclusively for use in Flexible - Silicone fuel additive such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Fuel Vehicles. "E85" is not compati- Manganese Tricarbonyl). ble with your vehicle. Use of "E85" - Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive HYUNDAI does not recommend the may result in poor engine perform- - Other metallic-based fuel additives ance and damage to your vehicle's use of gasoline containing MMT. may result in cylinder misfire, poor This type of fuel can reduce vehicle engine and fuel system. HYUNDAI acceleration, engine stalling, dam- recommends that customers do not performance and affect your emis- age to the catalyst, or abnormal cor- sion control system. use fuel with an ethanol content rosion, and may cause damage to exceeding 15 percent. the engine resulting in a reduction in The malfunction indicator lamp on the overall life of the powertrain. the cluster may come on. NOTICE - The Malfunction Indicator Lamp To prevent damage to your vehicle’s (MIL) may illuminate. Detergent Fuel Additives engine and fuel system: HYUNDAI recommends that you use • Never use gasohol which con- NOTICE good quality gasolines treated with tains methanol. detergent additives such as TOP TIER Damage to the fuel system or per- Detergent Gasoline, which help pre- • Never use gasohol containing formance problem caused by the more than 15% ethanol. vent deposit formation in the engine. use of these fuels or fuel additives These gasolines will help the engine • Never use leaded fuel or leaded may not be covered by your New run cleaner and enhance performance gasohol. Vehicle Limited Warranty. of the Emission Control System. For • Never use "E85" fuel. more information on TOP TIER Your New Vehicle Limited Detergent Gasoline, please go to the Warranty does not cover damage website (www.toptiergas.com). to the fuel system or any performance problems caused by the use of "E85" fuel.

F8 Introduction

VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS For customers who do not use TOP • This vehicle should not be modi- By following a few simple precautions Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly, fied. Modification of your vehicle for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you and have problems starting or the could affect its performance, safety may add to the performance, econo- engine does not run smoothly, deter- or durability and may even violate my and life of your vehicle. gent-based fuel additives that you governmental safety and emis- • Do not race the engine. can purchase separately may be sions regulations. added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER • While driving, keep your engine In addition, damage or perform- speed (rpm, or revolutions per Detergent Gasoline is not available, ance problems resulting from any one bottle of additive added to the minute) between 2,000 rpm and modification may not be covered 4,000 rpm. fuel tank according to the mainte- under warranty. nance schedule is recommended • Do not maintain a single speed for (refer to the Maintenance Schedule • If you use unauthorized electronic long periods of time, either fast or in chapter 7). devices, it may cause the vehicle to slow. Varying engine speed is need- operate abnormally, wire damage, ed to properly break-in the engine. Additives are available from your battery discharge and fire. For your • Avoid hard stops, except in emer- authorized HYUNDAI dealer along safety, do not use unauthorized gencies, to allow the brakes to seat with information on how to use them. electronic devices. Do not mix other additives. properly.

Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to: • Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance. • Determine that acceptable fuel is available.

F9 Introduction

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS This vehicle is equipped with an These data can help provide a bet- WARNING event data recorder (EDR). The ter understanding of the circum- main purpose of an EDR is to stances in which crashes and CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 record, in certain crash or near injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data WARNING crash-like situations, such as an are recorded by your vehicle only Items contained in motor vehi- air bag deployment or hitting a if a non-trivial crash situation cles or emitted from them are road obstacle, data that will assist occurs; no data are recorded by known to the State of California in understanding how a vehicle’s the EDR under normal driving to cause cancer and birth systems performed. The EDR is conditions and no personal data defects or reproductive harm. designed to record data related to (e.g., name, gender, age, and These include: vehicle dynamics and safety sys- crash location) are recorded. • Gasoline and its vapors tems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as typically 30 seconds or less. The law enforcement, could combine • Engine exhaust EDR in this vehicle is designed to the EDR data with the type of per- • Used engine oil record such data as: sonally identifying data routinely • Interior passenger compart- • How various systems in your acquired during a crash investiga- ment components and materi- vehicle were operating; tion. als • Whether or not the driver and To read data recorded by an EDR, • Component parts which are passenger safety belts were special equipment is required, and subject to heat and wear buckled/fastened; access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle In addition, battery posts, termi- • How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such nals and related accessories depressing the accelerator as law enforcement, that have the contain lead, lead compounds and/or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the and other chemicals known to • How fast the vehicle was travel- information if they have access to the State of California to cause ing. the vehicle or the EDR. cancer and reproductive harm.

F10 Your vehicle at a glance 1

Safety system of your vehicle 2

Convenient features of your vehicle 3

Multimedia System 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS Driving your vehicle 5

What to do in an emergency 6

Maintenance 7

Specifications, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects 8

Index I 11 Your vehicle at a glance Exterior Overview...... 1-2Exterior Interior Overview ...... 1-4 Overview Panel Instrument ...... 1-5 Engine Compartment ...... 1-6 Your vehicle at a glance at vehicle Your Your vehicle at a glance

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW ■ Front view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Hood...... 3-41 5. Tires and wheels ...... 7-38 2. Headlamp ...... 3-89, 7-69 6. Side view mirror ...... 3-31 3. Daytime running light (DRL)...... 3-88 7. Sunroof...... 3-37 4. Turn signal lamp ...... 7-69 8. Wiper blade ...... 7-32 9. Windows ...... 3-33 OOS017001

1-2 ■ Rear view 1 Your vehicle at a glance

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Door ...... 3-13 5. Liftgate ...... 3-42 2. Fuel filler door ...... 3-44 6. High mounted stop lamp ...... 7-77 3. Rear combination lamp ...... 7-75 7. Defroster...... 3-129 4. Turn signal lamp, Back-up lamp ...... 7-75 8. Rearview monitor ...... 3-103 9. Antenna ...... 4-2 OOS017002

1-3 Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Inside door handle ...... 3-14 2. Steering wheel ...... 3-19 3. Side view mirror control ...... 3-32 4. Central door lock switch ...... 3-15 5. Power window lock switch...... 3-36 6. Power window switches ...... 3-33 7. Seat...... 2-3 8. Instrument panel illumination control switch ...... 3-48 9. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ...... 5-48 10. Head-up display button ...... 3-86 11. Lane keeping assist (LKA) system ...... 5-80 12. ESC OFF button ...... 5-34 13. Hood release lever ...... 3-41 14. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ...... 3-20

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OOS017003N

1-4 INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW 1. Instrument cluster...... 3-47 1 2. Horn ...... 3-20

3. Driver’s front air bag ...... 2-47 Your vehicle at a glance 4. Key ignition switch/ ...... 5-6 Engine Start/Stop button ...... 5-9 5. Light control/Turn signals ...... 3-88 6. Wiper/Washer ...... 3-99 7. Audio system/Navigation system ...... 4-4 8. Hazard warning flasher switch ...... 6-2 9. Manual climate control system/ ...... 3-108 Automatic climate control system...... 3-116 10. Passenger’s front air bag ...... 2-47 11. Glove box ...... 3-131 12. USB charger...... 3-156 13. Power outlet ...... 3-135 14. Automatic transmission shift lever/ Dual clutch transmission shift lever ...... 5-14, 5-20 15. Drive mode button ...... 5-46 16. Heated steering wheel ...... 3-21 17. Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) OFF button ...... 3-105 18. Seat warmer ...... 2-18 19. Seat warmer/Air ventilation seat...... 2-19 20. AWD lock button...... 5-39 21. DBC button...... 5-36 22. Cruise control buttons/switch ...... 5-93 23. Cup holder ...... 3-133 24. Steering wheel audio controls/ ...... 4-3 Bluetooth® wireless technology The actual shape may differ from the illustration. hands-free controls...... 4-4 [A-F] : Type A ~ Type F OOS018004N

1-5 Your vehicle at a glance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT ■ Gamma 1.6 T-GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir/ Engine coolant cap ...... 7-23 2. Fuse box ...... 7-54 3. Battery ...... 7-35 4. Brake fluid reservoir...... 7-27 5. Air cleaner...... 7-29 ■ Nu 2.0 MPI 6. Engine oil dipstick ...... 7-21 7. Engine oil filler cap ...... 7-22 8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-28 9. Engine coolant reservoir...... 7-23 10. Engine coolant cap ...... 7-23

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OOS077001/OOS078071N

1-6 Safety system of your vehicle

This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your passengers. It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work. Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle. 2 Important Safety Precautions...... 2-2 Child Restraint System (CRS)...... 2-34 Always Wear Your Seat Belt ...... 2-2 Children Always in the Rear...... 2-34 Restrain All Children ...... 2-2 Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 2-35 Air Bag Hazards...... 2-2 Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)...... 2-37 Driver Distraction ...... 2-2 Air Bag Control Your Speed...... 2-2 - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System ...2-45 Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition...... 2-2 Where Are the Air Bags?...... 2-47 Seats ...... 2-3 How Does the Air Bag System Operate?...... 2-50 Safety Precautions ...... 2-4 What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates...... 2-55 Front Seats ...... 2-5 Occupant Classification System (OCS)...... 2-56 Rear Seats...... 2-11 Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?...... 2-61 Head Restraints ...... 2-14 SRS Care...... 2-66 Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats...... 2-18 Additional Safety Precautions ...... 2-67 Seat Belts...... 2-21 Air Bag Warning Labels...... 2-67 Seat Belt Safety Precautions...... 2-21 Seat Belt Warning Light ...... 2-22 Seat Belt Restraint System...... 2-23 Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions...... 2-30 Care of Seat Belts...... 2-33 Safety system of your vehicle

IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS You will find many safety precautions Air Bag Hazards • ONLY use your mobile device when allowed by laws and when conditions and recommendations throughout While air bags can save lives, they can this section, and throughout this man- permit safe use. NEVER text or also cause serious or fatal injuries to email while driving. Most states have ual.The safety precautions in this sec- occupants who sit too close to them, or tion are among the most important. laws prohibiting drivers from texting. who are not properly restrained. Infants, Some states and cities also prohibit young children, and shorter adults are drivers from using handheld phones. Always Wear Your Seat Belt at the greatest risk of being injured by • NEVER let the use of a mobile an inflating air bag. Follow all instruc- A seat belt is your best protection in device distract you from driving. You tions and warnings in this manual. all types of accidents. Air bags are have a responsibility to your passen- designed to supplement seat belts, gers and others on the road to not replace them. So even though Driver Distraction always drive safely, with your hands your vehicle is equipped with air bags, on the wheel as well as your eyes Driver distraction presents a serious and attention on the road. ALWAYS make sure you and your and potentially deadly danger, espe- passengers wear your seat belts, and cially for inexperienced drivers. Safety Control Your Speed wear them properly. should be the first concern when behind the wheel and drivers need to Excessive speed is a major factor in Restrain All Children be aware of the wide array of potential crash injuries and deaths. Generally, distractions, such as drowsiness, the higher the speed, the greater the All children under age 13 should ride reaching for objects, eating, personal risk, but serious injuries can also occur in your vehicle properly restrained in grooming, other passengers, and at lower speeds. Never drive faster than a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants using cellular phones. is safe for current conditions, regard- and small children should be less of the maximum speed posted. restrained in an appropriate child Drivers can become distracted when restraint. Larger children should use they take their eyes and attention off the road or their hands off the wheel to Keep Your Vehicle in Safe a booster seat with the lap/shoulder Condition belt until they can use the seat belt focus on activities other than driving.To properly without a booster seat. reduce your risk of distraction or get- Having a tire blowout or a mechanical ting into an accident: failure can be extremely hazardous. To • ALWAYS set up your mobile devices reduce the possibility of such prob- (i.e., MP3 players, phones, naviga- lems, check your tire pressures and tion units, etc.) when your vehicle is condition frequently, and perform all 2-2 parked or safely stopped. regularly scheduled maintenance. SEATS

Front seats (1) Forward and backward (2) Seatback angle 2

(3) Seat cushion height Safety system of your vehicle (4) Lumbar support (Driver's seat)* (5) Seat warmer*/Air ventilation seat* (6) Headrest

Rear seats (7) Armrest* (8) Seatback folding (9) Headrest

* : if equipped

[A] : Driver’s Side, [B] : Rear seat

OOS037073N

2-3 Safety system of your vehicle

Safety Precautions Seat belts WARNING Adjusting the seats so that you are sit- Always fasten your seat belt before ting in a safe, comfortable position To reduce the risk of serious starting any trip. plays an important role in driver and injury or death from an inflating At all times, passengers should sit passenger safety together with the air bag, take the following pre- upright and be properly restrained. seat belts and air bags in an accident. cautions: Infants and small children must be • Adjust the driver's seat as far to restrained in appropriate child restraint WARNING the rear as possible while main- systems. Adults and children who taining the ability to maintain have outgrown a booster seat must be Do not use a cushion that full control of the vehicle. restrained using the seat belts. reduces friction between the seat and the passenger. The passen- • Adjust the front passenger seat WARNING ger's hips may slide under the as far to the rear as possible. lap portion of the seat belt during • Hold the steering wheel by the Take the following precautions an accident or a sudden stop. rim with hands at the 9 o'clock when adjusting your seat belt: Serious or fatal internal injuries and 3 o'clock positions to mini- • NEVER use one seat belt for could result because the seat mize the risk of injuries to your more than one occupant. belt cannot operate properly. hands and arms. • Always position the seatback • NEVER place anything or any- upright with the lap portion of Air bags one between the steering wheel the seat belt snug and low and the air bag. You can take steps to reduce the risk across the hips. of being injured by an inflating air • Do not allow the front passen- • NEVER allow children or small bag. Sitting too close to an air bag ger to place feet or legs on the infants to ride on a passen- greatly increases the risk of injury in dashboard to minimize the risk ger's lap. of leg injuries. the event the air bag inflates. • Do not route the seat belt The National Highway Traffic Safety across your neck, across sharp Administration (NHTSA) recommends edges, or reroute the shoulder that drivers allow at least 10 inches strap away from your body. (25 cm) between the center of the • Do not allow the seat belt to steering wheel and their chest. become caught or jammed. 2-4 Front Seats Manual adjustment (if equipped) • Use extreme caution when picking up small objects The front seat can be adjusted by WARNING trapped under the seats or using the levers located on the out- between the seat and the cen- side of the seat cushion. Before driv- Take the following precautions ter console. Your hands might ing, adjust the seat to the proper 2

when adjusting your seat: be cut or injured by the sharp position so that you can easily con- Safety system of your vehicle • NEVER attempt to adjust the edges of the seat mechanism. trol the steering wheel, foot pedals seat while the vehicle is mov- and controls on the instrument ing. The seat could respond panel. with unexpected movement CAUTION and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an acci- To prevent injury: dent. • Do not place anything under • Do not adjust your seat while the front seats. Loose objects wearing your seat belt. in the driver's foot area could Moving the seat cushion for- interfere with the operation of ward may cause strong pres- the foot pedals, causing an sure on your abdomen. accident. • Do not allow your hands or • Do not allow anything to inter- fingers to get caught in the fere with the normal position seat mechanisms while the and proper locking of the seat- seat is moving. back. • Do not place a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat. When you operate the seat, gas may exit out of the lighter causing a fire.

2-5 Safety system of your vehicle

Reclining seatback Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protection of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.

WARNING

NEVER ride with a reclined OOS037002 OOS037003 seatback when the vehicle is Forward and rearward adjustment Seatback angle moving. To move the seat forward or rearward: To recline the seatback: Riding with a reclined seatback 1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the increases your chance of seri- lever and hold it. seatback lever. ous or fatal injuries in the event 2. Slide the seat to the position you 2. Carefully lean back on the seat of a collision or sudden stop. desire. and adjust the seatback to the Drivers and passengers should 3. Release the lever and make sure position you desire. ALWAYS sit well back in their the seat is locked in place. Move 3. Release the lever and make sure seats, properly belted, and with forward and rearward without using the seatback is locked in place. the seatbacks upright. the lever. If the seat moves, it is not (The lever MUST return to its orig- locked properly. inal position for the seatback to lock.)

2-6 Seat belts must be snug against your Power adjustment hips and chest to work properly. (for driver's seat, if equipped) When the seatback is reclined, the The front seat can be adjusted by shoulder belt cannot do its job using the control switches located on because it will not be snug against the outside of the seat cushion. Before 2 your chest. Instead, it will be in front

driving, adjust the seat to the proper Safety system of your vehicle of you. During an accident, you could position so that you can easily control be thrown into the seat belt, causing the steering wheel, foot pedals and neck or other injuries. controls on the instrument panel. The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger's WARNING hips will slide under the lap belt or OOS037004 the passenger's neck will strike the Seat cushion height NEVER allow children in the shoulder belt. vehicle unattended. The power To change the height of the seat seats are operable when the cushion: vehicle is turned off. • Push down on the lever several times, to lower the seat cushion. • Pull up on the lever several times, to raise the seat cushion.

2-7 Safety system of your vehicle

NOTICE To prevent damage to the seats: • Always stop adjusting the seats when the seat has moved as far forward or rearward as possible. • Do not adjust the seats for longer than necessary when the vehicle is turned off. This may result in unnecessary battery drain. • Do not operate two or more OOS037005 OOS037006 seats at the same time. This may Forward and rearward adjustment Seatback angle result in an electrical malfunc- To move the seat forward or rearward: To adjust the seatback: tion. 1. Push the control switch forward or 1. Rotate the top of control switch rearward. forward or rearward. 2. Release the switch once the seat 2. Release the switch once the seat- reaches the desired position. back reaches the desired position.

2-8 Reclining seatback Seat belts must be snug against your Sitting in a reclined position when hips and chest to work properly. the vehicle is in motion can be dan- When the seatback is reclined, the gerous. Even when buckled up, the shoulder belt cannot do its job protection of your restraint system because it will not be snug against 2 your chest. Instead, it will be in front

(seat belts and air bags) is greatly Safety system of your vehicle reduced by reclining your seatback. of you. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing WARNING neck or other injuries. The more the seatback is reclined, NEVER ride with a reclined seat- the greater chance the passenger’s back when the vehicle is moving. hips will slide under the lap belt or OOS037007 the passenger's neck will strike the Seat cushion height Riding with a reclined seatback shoulder belt. increases your chance of serious To change the height of the seat or fatal injuries in the event of a cushion: collision or sudden stop. 1. • Push the front portion of the con- Driver and passengers should trol switch up to raise or down to ALWAYS sit well back in their lower the front part of the seat seats, properly belted, and with cushion. the seatbacks upright. • Push the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the height of the seat cushion. 2. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.

2-9 Safety system of your vehicle

Seatback pocket (if equipped) CAUTION Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets. In an accident they could come loose from the pocket and injure occupants.

OOS037008

Lumbar support (if equipped) OOS037017 To adjust the lumbar support: The seatback pocket is provided on 1. Press the front portion of the the back of the front passenger's switch (1) to increase support or seatback. the rear portion of the switch (2) to decrease support. WARNING 2. Release the switch once it reaches the desired position. To prevent the Occupant Classification System from malfunctioning: Do not hang onto the front passenger's seatback.

2-10 Rear Seats To fold down the rear seatback: Folding the rear seat 1. Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary, The rear seatbacks can be folded to slide the front seat forward. facilitate carrying long items or to 2 increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle. Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING

• Never allow passengers to sit on top of the folded down OOS037019N seatback while the vehicle is 2. Lower the rear head restraints to moving. This is not a proper the lowest position by pushing and seating position and no seat holding the release button (1) and belts are available for use. pushing down on the headrest (2). This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop. • Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.

2-11 Safety system of your vehicle

OOS037020N OOS037021N OOS037022N 3. Move the seatbelt toward the out- 5. To use the rear seat, lift and unfold board position before folding down the seatback to the upright posi- the seatback to avoid the seatbelt tion. Push the seatback firmly until system interfering with the seat- it clicks into place. Make sure the back. seatback is locked in place. Be careful when returning the rear seatback to prevent damage to the seatbelt. Insert the belt in the guide

OOS037023N 4. Put out the belt from guide (1) and pull up the seatback folding lever (2), then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle.

2-12 Armrest (if equipped) WARNING WARNING

When returning the rear seat- Make sure the vehicle is off, the back from a folded to an upright shift lever is in P (Park), and the position, hold the seatback and parking brake is securely applied 2 return it slowly. Ensure that the whenever loading or unloading Safety system of your vehicle seatback is completely locked cargo. Failure to take these steps into its upright position by may allow the vehicle to move if pushing on the top of the seat- the shift lever is inadvertently back. In an accident or sudden moved to another position. stop, the unlocked seatback could allow cargo to move forward with great force and enter CAUTION OOS037024N the passenger compartment, The armrest is located in the center which could result in serious • Be careful when loading injury or death. of the rear seat. Use the strap in the cargo through the rear pas- center of the armrest to pull it down. senger seats to prevent damage to the vehicle interior. WARNING • When cargo is loaded through the rear passenger seats, Do not place objects in the rear ensure the cargo is properly seats, since they cannot be secured to prevent it from properly secured and may hit moving while driving. vehicle occupants in a collision causing serious injury or death. • Unsecured cargo in the passenger compartment can cause damage to the vehicle or injury to it's occupants.

2-13 Safety system of your vehicle

Head Restraints • NOTICE The vehicle's front and rear seats To prevent damage, NEVER hit or have adjustable head restraints. The pull on the head restraints. head restraints provide comfort for passengers, but more importantly they are designed to help protect CAUTION passengers from whiplash and other neck and spinal injuries during an When there is no occupant in accident, especially in a rear impact the rear seats, adjust the height collision. OLF034072N of the headrest to the lowest Adjust the head restraints so position. The rear seat headrest WARNING the middle of the head can reduce the visibility of the restraint is at the same height rear area. To reduce the risk of serious as the height of the top of the injury or death in an accident, eyes. take the following precautions • NEVER adjust the head when adjusting your head restraint position of the dri- restraints: ver's seat when the vehicle is • Always properly adjust the in motion. head restraints for all passen- • Adjust the head restraint as gers BEFORE starting the close to the passenger's head vehicle. as possible. Do not use a seat • NEVER let anyone ride in a cushion that holds the body seat with the head restraints away from the seatback. removed. • Make sure the head restraint locks into position after adjusting it.

2-14 Front seat head restraints

2 Safety system of your vehicle

OOS037061 OLF034015

OPDE036068 Adjusting the height up and down NOTICE To raise the head restraint: The vehicle's front and passenger's If you recline the seatback towards seats are equipped with adjustable 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1). the front with the head restraint head restraints for the passengers and seat cushion raised, the head safety and comfort. To lower the head restraint: restraint may come in contact with the sunvisor or other parts of the 1. Push and hold the release button vehicle. (2) on the head restraint support. 2. Lower the head restraint to the desired position (3).

2-15 Safety system of your vehicle

■ Type A 2. Raise the head restraint as far as it ■ Type A can go. 3. Press the head restraint release button (3) while pulling the head restraint up (4).

OOS037011 OOS037013 ■ Type B ■ Type B

OOS037012 OOS037014 Removal/Reinstallation To reinstall the head restraint: To remove the head restraint: 1. Put the head restraint poles (2) into 1. Recline the seatback (2) rearward the holes while pressing the using the seatback angle lever/ release button (1). switch (1).

2-16 2. Adjust the head restraint to the appropriate height. CAUTION 3. Adjust the seatback (4) forward using the seatback angle lever/ • Adjust the headrests so the switch (3). middle of the head restraints 2 is at the same height as the height of the top of the eyes. Safety system of your vehicle Rear seat head restraints

OOS037018N Adjusting the height up and down To raise the head restraint: • When seating on the rear seat, 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1). do not adjust the height of the head restraints to the lowest. To lower the head restraint: 1. Push and hold the release button OPDE036069 (2) on the head restraint support. The rear seats are equipped with 2. Lower the head restraint to the head restraints in all the seating desired position (3). positions for the passenger's safety and comfort.

2-17 Safety system of your vehicle

Seat Warmers and Air • People taking medication that Ventilation Seats can cause drowsiness or Front seat warmers (if equipped) sleepiness. Seat warmers are provided to warm the seats during cold weather. WARNING

WARNING NEVER place anything on the seat that insulates against heat The seat warmers can cause a when the seat warmer is in oper- SERIOUS BURN, even at low ation, such as a blanket or seat OOS037018N temperatures and especially if cushion. This may cause the Removal/Reinstallation used for long periods of time. seat warmer to overheat, causing a burn or damage to the seat. To remove the head restraint: Passengers must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm 1. Raise the head restraint as far as so they can turn it off, if needed. it can go. NOTICE People who cannot detect tem- 2. Press the head restraint release perature change or pain to the To prevent damage to the seat button (2) while pulling the head skin should use extreme cau- warmers and seats: restraint up (1). tion, especially the following • Never use a solvent such as types of passengers: paint thinner, benzene, alcohol To reinstall the head restraint: • Infants, children, elderly or or gasoline to clean the seats. 1. Put the head restraint poles into disabled persons, or hospital • Do not place heavy or sharp the holes (3) while pressing the outpatients. objects on seats equipped with release button (2). • People with sensitive skin or seat warmers. 2. Adjust the head restraint to the who burn easily. • Do not change the seat cover. It appropriate height. • Fatigued individuals. may damage the seat warmer. • Intoxicated individuals.

2-18 • Each time you push the switch, the Front air ventilation seat temperature setting of the seat is (if equipped) changed as follows :

OFF → HIGH ( )

→ 2 →

Safety system of your vehicle LOW ( )→ MIDDLE ( )

• When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer operating, the seat warmer OOS037015 will turn OFF. [A] : Type A, [B] : Type B • The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position each time the ignition While the engine is running, push OOS037016 either of the switches to warm the switch is turned to the ON position. driver's seat or front passenger's The air ventilation seats are provided seat. to cool the front seats by blowing air i Information through small vent holes on the sur- During mild weather or under condi- With the seat warmer switch in the face of the seat cushions and seat- tions where the operation of the seat ON position, the heating system in the backs. warmer is not needed, keep the seat turns off or on automatically switches in the OFF position. When the operation of the air ventila- depending on the seat temperature. tion seat is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position. While the engine is running, push the switch to cool the driver's seat or the front passenger's seat.

2-19 Safety system of your vehicle

• Each time you push the switch, the • Avoid spilling liquids on the sur- airflow changes as follows: face of the front seats and seat- OFF → HIGH ( ) backs; this may cause the air vent

→ holes to become blocked and not

→ → work properly. LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( ) • Do not place materials such as • When pressing the switch for more plastic bags or newspapers under than 1.5 seconds with the air venti- the seats. They may block the air lation seat operating, the operation intake causing the air vents to not will turn OFF. work properly. • The air ventilation seats defaults to • Do not change the seat covers. It the OFF position each time the may damage the air ventilation ignition switch is turned to the ON seat. position. • If the air vents do not operate, restart the vehicle. If there is no NOTICE change, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI To prevent damage to the air ven- dealer. tilation seat: • Use the air ventilation seat ONLY when the climate control system is on. Using the air ventilation seat for prolonged periods of time with the climate control system off could cause the air ventilation seat to malfunction. • Never use a solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats.

2-20 SEAT BELTS This section describes how to use the seat belts properly. It also describes • NEVER allow children to ride • Do not latch the seat belt into some of the things to avoid when in the front passenger seat. If the buckles of other seats. using seat belts. a child age 13 or older must be • NEVER unfasten the seat belt seated in the front seat, move while driving. This may cause 2 the seat as far back as possi- loss of vehicle control result- Seat Belt Safety Precautions ble and properly restrain them ing in an accident. Safety system of your vehicle in the seat. Always fasten your seat belt and • Make sure there is nothing in make sure all passengers have fas- • NEVER allow an infant or child the buckle interfering with the tened their seat belts before starting to be carried on an occupant’s seat belt latch mechanism. any trip. Air bags are designed to lap. This may prevent the seat belt supplement the seat belt as an addi- • NEVER ride with the seatback from fastening securely. tional safety device, but they are not a reclined when the vehicle is • No modifications or additions substitute. Most states require all moving. should be made by the user occupants of a vehicle to wear seat • Do not allow children to share which will either prevent the belts. a seat or seat belt. seat belt adjusting devices • Do not wear the shoulder belt from operating to remove WARNING under your arm or behind your slack, or prevent the seat belt back. assembly from being adjusted Seat belts must be used by ALL to remove slack. passengers whenever the vehi- • Always wear both the shoul- cle is moving. Take the following der portion and lap portion of precautions when adjusting and the lap/shoulder belt. wearing seat belts: • Do not use the seat belt if it is • ALWAYS properly restrain twisted. A twisted seat belt children under age 13 in the will not protect you properly rear seats. in an accident. • Do not use a seat belt if the webbing or hardware is damaged.

2-21 Safety system of your vehicle

Seat Belt Warning Light If you continue not to fasten the seat WARNING belt and you drive over 6 mph Seat belt warning light (9 km/h), the warning light will stay Damaged seat belts and seat (for driver's seat) illuminated. belt assemblies will not operate properly. Always replace: If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 12 mph • Frayed, contaminated, or dam- (20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime aged webbing will sound for approximately 100 sec- • Damaged hardware onds and the corresponding warning • The entire seat belt assembly light will blink. after it has been worn in an accident, even if damage to If you unfasten the seat belt while webbing or assembly is not driving under 12 mph (20 km/h), the apparent seat belt warning light will illuminate OLMB033022 until the seat belt is fastened. If you unfasten the seat belt while As a reminder to the driver, the seat driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the belt warning light will illuminate for seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 6 seconds each time approximately 100 seconds and the you place the ignition switch to the corresponding warning light will blink. ON position regardless of belt fastening. However, if the seat belt is unfasted, a warning chime will sound for approximately 6 seconds.

2-22 Seat belt warning light As a reminder to the front passenger, If you unfasten the seat belt while (for front passenger's seat) the front passenger's seat belt warn- driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the ing lights will illuminate for approxi- seat belt warning chime will sound for ■ For USA mately 6 seconds each time you approximately 100 seconds and the place the ignition switch to the ON corresponding warning light will blink. 2 position regardless of belt fastening. Safety system of your vehicle If you continue not to fasten the seat WARNING belt and you drive over 6 mph (9 km/h), the warning light will stay The front passenger's seat belt illuminated. warning light may not properly If you continue not to fasten the seat operate if the front passenger belt and you drive over 12 mph does not sit properly in the seat. (20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 sec- OOS037080N onds and the corresponding warning ■ For Canada light will blink. If you unfasten the seat belt while driving under 12 mph (20 km/h) the seat belt warning light will illuminate until the seat belt is fastened.

OOS037080C

2-23 Safety system of your vehicle

Seat Belt Restraint System Seat Belt-Driver's 3-point sys- • Position one arm under the tem with emergency locking shoulder belt and the other over the belt, as shown in the illus- retractor tration. • Always position the shoulder belt anchor into the locked position at the appropriate height. • Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face.

OLMB033025

WARNING OLMB033087 To fasten your seat belt: Improperly positioned seat belts may increase the risk of serious Pull the seat belt out of the retractor injury in an accident. Take the fol- and insert the metal tab (1) into the lowing precautions when adjust- buckle (2). There will be an audible ing the seat belt: "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. • Position the lap portion of the seat belt as low as possible across your hips, not on your waist, so that it fits snugly.

2-24 NOTICE If you are not able to smoothly pull enough of the seat belt out from the retractor, firmly pull the seat 2 belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the Safety system of your vehicle belt out smoothly.

Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the ODH033053 shoulder belt anchor to one of the OOS037060 You should place the lap belt (1) por- three different positions for maximum To adjust the height of the seat belt tion across your hips and the shoul- comfort and safety. anchor, lower or raise the height der belt (2) portion across your The shoulder portion should be adjuster into an appropriate position. chest. adjusted so it lies across your chest To raise the height adjuster, pull it up The seat belt automatically adjusts to and midway over your shoulder near- (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while the proper length after the lap belt est the door, not over your neck. pressing the height adjuster button portion is adjusted manually so that it (2). fits snugly around your hips. If you Release the button to lock the lean forward in a slow, easy motion, anchor into position. Try sliding the the belt will extend and move with height adjuster to make sure that it you. has locked into position. If there is a sudden stop or impact, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.

2-25 Safety system of your vehicle

Rear Seat Belt – Passenger's 3- To fasten your seat belt: point system with convertible Pull the seat belt out of the retractor locking retractor and insert the metal tab into the buck- This type of seat belt combines the le. There will be an audible "click" features of both an emergency locking when the tab locks into the buckle. retractor seat belt and an automatic When not securing a child restraint, locking retractor seat belt. Convertible the seat belt operates in the same way retractor type seat belts are installed in as the driver's seat belt (Emergency the rear seat positions to help accom- Locking Retractor Type). It automati- modate the installation of child cally adjusts to the proper length only restraint systems. Although a convert- after the lap belt portion of the seat ODH033057 ible retractor is also installed in the belt is adjusted manually so that it fits To release your seat belt: front passenger seat position, NEVER snugly across your hips. place any infant/child restraint system Press the release button (1) in the When the seat belt is fully extended in the front seat of the vehicle. locking buckle. from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system, the When it is released, the belt should seat belt operation changes to allow automatically draw back into the the belt to retract, but not to extend retractor. If this does not happen, (Automatic Locking Retractor Type). check the belt to be sure it is not Refer to the "Using a Child Restraint twisted, then try again. System" section in this chapter.

2-26 NOTICE Rear center seat belt Although the seat belt retractor provides the same level of protection for seated passengers in 2 either emergency or automatic locking modes, the emergency Safety system of your vehicle locking mode allows seated passengers to move freely in their seat while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop, the retractor automatically locks the belt to help ODH033057 restrain your body. To release your seat belt: OOS037027 To deactivate the automatic lock- Press the release button (1) in the When using the rear center seat belt, ing mode, unbuckle the seat belt locking buckle. the buckle with the "CENTER" mark and allow the belt to fully retract. When it is released, the belt should must be used. automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again.

2-27 Safety system of your vehicle

Pre-tensioner seat belt When the vehicle stops suddenly, or (Driver and front passenger) if the occupant tries to lean forward WARNING too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position. In certain frontal or • Always wear your seat belt and side collision(s), the pre-tensioner sit properly in your seat. will activate and pull the seat belt into • Do not use the seat belt if it is tighter contact against the occu- loose or twisted. A loose or pant's body. twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an acci- (1) Retractor Pretensioner dent. The purpose of the retractor pre- • Do not place anything near the tensioner is to make sure that the buckle. This may adversely shoulder belts fit in tightly against affect the buckle and cause it the occupant's upper body in cer- to function improperly. tain frontal or side collision(s). OTL035053 • Always replace your pre-ten- Your vehicle is equipped with driver's (2) Emergency Fastening Device sioners after activation or an and front passenger's Pre-tensioner System accident. Seat Belts (Retractor Pretensioner The purpose of the Emergency • NEVER inspect, service, repair and Emergency Fastening Device Fastening Device System is to or replace the pre-tensioners System). The purpose of the pre-ten- make sure that the pelvis belts fit yourself. This must be done by sioner is to make sure the seat belts in tightly against the occupant’s an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. fit tightly against the occupant's body lower body in certain frontal colli- in certain frontal or side collision(s). sion(s). • Do not hit the seat belt assem- The Emergency Fastening Device blies. System may be activated in certain If the system senses excessive ten- crashes where the frontal collision(s) sion on the driver or passenger's is severe enough, together with the air seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys- bags. tem activates, the load limiter inside the retractor pre-tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt.

2-28 WARNING NOTICE The sensor that activates the SRS Do not touch the pre-tensioner air bag is connected with the seat belt assemblies for several pre–tensioner seat belts. The SRS 2 minutes after they have been air bag warning light on the instru- activated. When the pre-ten- ment panel will illuminate for Safety system of your vehicle sioner seat belt mechanism approximately 6 seconds after the deploys during a collision, the ignition switch is in the ON posi- pre-tensioners become hot and tion, and then it should turn off. can burn you. If the pre-tensioner is not working OLMB033040/Q properly, the warning light will illuminate even if the SRS air bag is The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System not malfunctioning. If the warning consists mainly of the following com- light does not illuminate, stays ponents. Their locations are shown in illuminated or illuminates when the illustration above: the vehicle is being driven, have 1. SRS air bag warning light an authorized HYUNDAI dealer 2. Retractor pre-tensioner inspect the pre-tensioner seat 3. SRS control module belts and SRS air bags as soon as possible. 4. Emergency Fastening Device System

2-29 Safety system of your vehicle

NOTICE Additional Seat Belt Safety WARNING Precautions • Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat • Fasten your seat belt while Seat belt use during pregnancy belts may be activated in certain sitting properly in an upright The seat belt should always be used frontal or side collisions or position to maximize the during pregnancy. The best way to rollovers. effectiveness of the pre-ten- protect your unborn child is to protect • When the pre-tensioner seat sioner seat belt system. yourself by always wearing the seat belts are activated, a loud noise • A pre-tensioner seat belt sys- belt. may be heard and fine dust, tem is designed to activate Pregnant women should always wear which may appear to be smoke, only once. Replace the pre- a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the may be visible in the passenger tensioner seat belt system, if it shoulder belt across your chest, rout- compartment. These are normal was activated in an accident. ed between your breasts and away operating conditions and are not from your neck. Place the lap belt line hazardous. so that it fits snugly and as low as pos- • Although it is non-toxic, the fine sible across the hips, not across the dust may cause skin irritation abdomen. and should not be inhaled for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated.

2-30 Seat belt use and children WARNING WARNING Infant and small children • A pregnant woman or a All 50 states have child restraint laws ALWAYS properly restrain infants patient is more vulnerable to which require children to travel in and small children in a child any imapcts on the abdomen approved child restraint devices, restraint appropriate for the 2

during an abrupt stop or acci- including booster seats. The age at child's height and weight. Safety system of your vehicle dent. If you are in an accident which seat belts can be used instead To reduce the risk of serious while pregnant, we recom- of child restraints differs among injury or death to a child and mend you consult your doc- states, so you should be aware of the other passengers, NEVER hold a tor. specific requirements in your state, child in your lap or arms when • To reduce the risk of serious and where you are travelling. Infant the vehicle is moving.The violent injury or death to an unborn and child restraints must be properly forces created during an acci- child during an accident, placed and installed in a rear seat. dent will tear the child from your pregnant women should For more information refer to the arms and throw the child against NEVER place the lap portion "Child Restraint Systems" section in the interior of the vehicle. of the seat belt above or over this chapter. the area of the abdomen where the unborn child is located.

2-31 Safety system of your vehicle

Small children are best protected Larger children If the shoulder belt portion slightly from injury in an accident when prop- Children under age 13 and who are touches the child's neck or face, try erly restrained in the rear seat by a too large for a booster seat must placing the child closer to the center child restraint system that meets the always occupy the rear seat and use of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still requirements of the Federal Motor the available lap/shoulder belts. A touches their face or neck they need Vehicle Safety Standards. Before seat belt should lie across the upper to be returned to an appropriate buying any child restraint system, thighs and be snug across the shoul- booster seat in the rear seat. make sure that it has a label certify- der and chest to restrain the child ing that it meets Federal Motor safely. Check belt fit periodically. WARNING Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS 213. Children are afforded the most safe- The restraint must be appropriate for ty in the event of an accident when your child’s height and weight. Check • Always make sure children they are restrained by a proper are wearing their seat belts the label on the child restraint for this restraint system and/or seat belts in information. Refer to the "Child and that they are properly the rear seat. Always have the adjusted before driving. Restraint Systems" section in this LATCH system inspected by your chapter. authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an • NEVER allow the shoulder accident. An accident can damage belt to contact the child’s the LATCH system and may not neck or face. properly secure the child restraint. • Do not allow more than one If a larger child over age 13 must be child to use a single seat belt. seated in the front seat, the child must be securely restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the Transporting an injured person seat should be placed in the rear- A seat belt should be used when an most position. injured person is being transported. Consult a physician for specific recommendations.

2-32 One person per belt Periodic inspection WARNING Two people (including children) should All seat belts should be inspected never attempt to use a single seat belt. • NEVER ride with a reclined periodically for wear or damage of This could increase the severity of any kind. Any damaged parts should seatback when the vehicle is 2 injuries in case of an accident. moving. be replaced as soon as possible by

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Safety system of your vehicle • Riding with a reclined seatback Do not lie down increases your chance of seri- Sitting in a reclined position when ous or fatal injuries in the event Keep belts clean and dry the vehicle is in motion can be dan- of a collision or sudden stop. Seat belts should be kept clean and gerous. Even when buckled up, the • Drivers and passengers should dry. If belts become dirty, they can be protections of your restraint system always sit well back in their cleaned by using a mild soap solu- (seat belts and air bags) is greatly seats, properly belted, and with tion and warm water. Bleach, dye, reduced by reclining your seatback. the seatbacks upright. strong detergents or abrasives To reduce the chance of injuries in the should not be used because they event of an accident and to achieve may damage and weaken the fabric. the maximum effectiveness of the Care of Seat Belts restraint system, all passengers Seat belt systems should never be When to replace seat belts should be sitting up and the front and disassembled or modified. In addi- The entire seat belt assembly or rear seats should be in an upright tion, care should be taken to assure position when the car is moving. assemblies should be replaced if the that seat belts and belt hardware are vehicle has been involved in an acci- A seat belt cannot provide proper not damaged by seat hinges, doors dent. This should be done even if no protection if the person is lying down or other abuse. damage is visible. Additional ques- in the rear seat or if the front or rear tions concerning seat belt operation seats are in a reclined position. should be directed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

2-33 Safety system of your vehicle

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS) Children Always in the Rear Children under age 13 must always Child restraint systems must be prop- ride in the rear seats and must erly placed and installed in the rear WARNING always be properly restrained to min- seat. You must use a commercially imize the risk of injury in an accident, available child restraint system that Always properly restrain chil- sudden stop or sudden maneuver. meets the requirements of the Federal dren in the rear seats of the According to accident statistics, chil- Motor Vehicle Safety Standards vehicle. dren are safer when properly (FMVSS 213). restrained in the rear seats than in Child restraint systems are generally Children of all ages are safer the front seat. Even with air bags, when restrained in the rear seat. designed to be secured in a vehicle children can be seriously injured seat by lap belt portion of a A child riding in the front pas- or killed. Children too large for a senger seat can be forcefully lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH sys- child restraint must use the seat belts tem in the rear seats of the vehicle. struck by an inflating air bag provided. resulting in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH. All 50 states have child restraint laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices. The laws governing the age or height/ weight restrictions at which seat belts can be used instead of child restraints differs among states, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your state, and where you are travelling.

2-34 Child restraint system (CRS) Selecting a Child Restraint • Always properly restrain your Infants and younger children must be child in the child restraint. System (CRS) restrained in an appropriate rear-fac- • If the vehicle head restraint When selecting a CRS for your child, ing or forward-facing CRS that has always: first been properly secured to the prevents proper installation of 2 a child seat (as described in • Make sure the CRS has a label

rear seat of the vehicle. Read and Safety system of your vehicle certifying that it meets applicable comply with the instructions for the child restraint system Federal Motor Vehicle Safety installation and use provided by the manual), the head restraint of Standards (FMVSS 213). manufacturer of the child restraint. the respective seating position shall be readjusted or • Select a child restraint based on entirely removed. your child's height and weight. The WARNING • Do not use an infant carrier or required label or the instructions a child safety seat that for use typically provide this infor- An improperly secured child "hooks" over a seatback, it mation. restraint can increase the risk may not provide adequate • Select a child restraint that fits the of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH protection in an accident. in an accident. Always take the vehicle seating position where it following precautions when • After an accident, have a will be used. using a child restraint system: HYUNDAI dealer check the • Read and comply with the warn- child restraint system, seat • NEVER install a child or infant ings and instructions for installation belts, tether anchors and and use provided with the child restraint in the front passen- lower anchors. ger's seat. restraint system. • Always properly secure the child restraint to a rear seat of the vehicle. • Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.

2-35 Safety system of your vehicle

Child restraint system types Continue to use a rear-facing child There are three main types of child seat for as long as your child will fit restraint systems: rear-facing seats, within the height and weight limits forward-facing seats, and booster allowed by the child seat manufactur- seats. They are classified according er. It's the best way to keep them to the child's age, height and weight. safe. Once your child has outgrown the rear-facing child restraint, your child is ready for a forward-facing Rear-facing child seats child restraint with a harness. WARNING OOS037028N NEVER install a child or infant restraint in the front passen- A rear-facing child seat provides ger's seat. restraint with the seating surface against the back of the child. The har- Placing a rear-facing child ness system holds the child in place, restraint in the front seat can and in an accident, acts to keep the result in SERIOUS INJURY or child positioned in the seat and DEATH if the child restraint is reduce the stress to the neck and struck by an inflating air bag. spinal cord. All children under age one must always ride in a rear-facing infant child restraint. Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typically have higher height and weight limits for the rear-facing position, allowing you to keep your child rear- facing for a longer period of time.

2-36 Booster seats Installing a Child Restraint A booster seat is a restraint designed System (CRS) to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat belt system. A booster seat positions WARNING the seat belt so that it fits properly 2

over the lap of your child. Before installing your child Safety system of your vehicle Keep your child in a booster seat until restraint system always: they are big enough to sit in the seat • Read and follow the instruc- without a booster and still have the tions provided by the manu- seat belt fit properly. For a seat belt to facturer of the child restraint. fit properly, the lap belt must lie snug- Read and follow the instruc- OOS037029N • ly across the upper thighs, not the tions regarding child restraint Forward-facing child restraints stomach. The shoulder belt should lie systems in this manual. A forward-facing child seat provides snug across the shoulder and chest and not across the neck or face. Failure to follow all warnings restraint for the child's body with a and instructions could increase harness. Keep children in a forward- Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and must always the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY facing child seat with a harness until or DEATH if an accident occurs. they reach the top height or weight be properly restrained to minimize the limit allowed by your child restraint’s risk of injury. manufacturer. WARNING Once your child outgrows the forward- facing child restraint, your child is If the vehicle headrest prevents ready for a booster seat. proper installation of a child seat (as described in the child seat system manual, the headrest of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed.

2-37 Safety system of your vehicle

After selecting a proper child seat for • Secure the child in the child Lower Anchors and Tether for your child, check to make sure it fits restraint. Make sure the child is Children (LATCH System) properly in your vehicle. Follow the properly strapped in the child The LATCH system holds a child instructions provided by the manu- restraint according to the manufac- restraint during driving and in an acci- facturer when installing the child turer instructions. dent. This system is designed to seat. Note these general steps when make installation of the child restraint installing the seat to your vehicle: CAUTION easier and reduce the possibility of • Properly secure the child improperly installing your child restraint to the vehicle. All child A child restraint in a closed restraint. The LATCH system uses restraints must be secured to the vehicle can become very hot. To anchors in the vehicle and attach- vehicle with the lap part of a prevent burns, check the seat- ments on the child restraint. The lap/shoulder belt or with the ing surface and buckles before LATCH system eliminates the need LATCH system. If using the placing your child in the child to use seat belts to secure the child lap/shoulder belt for your child restraint. restraint to the rear seats. restraint, the convertible locking Lower anchors are metal bars built retractor should be pulled all the into the vehicle. There are two lower way out to engage the "automatic anchors for each LATCH seating locking" mode. (See page 2-42.) position that will accommodate a • Make sure the child restraint is child restraint with lower attachments. firmly secured. After installing a To use the LATCH system in your child restraint to the vehicle, push vehicle, you must have a child and pull the seat forward-and-back restraint with LATCH attachments. and side-to-side to verify that it is securely attached to the seat. A The child seat manufacturer will pro- child restraint secured with a seat vide you with instructions on how to belt should be installed as firmly as use the child seat with its attachments possible. However, some side-to- for the LATCH lower anchors. side movement can be expected.

2-38 WARNING

Do not attempt to install a child restraint system using LATCH anchors in the rear center seat- 2

ing position.There are no LATCH Safety system of your vehicle anchors provided for this seat. Using the outboard seat anchors can damage the anchors which may break or fail in a collision resulting in serious injury or OAE036063 death. OOS037033L LATCH anchors have been provided [A] : ISOFIX Anchorage Position Indicator, in the left and right outboard rear [B] : ISOFIX Anchorage seating positions. Their locations are shown in the illustration. There are no The lower anchor position indicator LATCH anchors provided for the cen- symbols are located on the left and ter rear seating position. right rear seat backs to identify the position of the lower anchors in your vehicle (see arrows in illustration). The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions.

2-39 Safety system of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint with NOTICE the LATCH anchors system WARNING The recommended weight for the To install a LATCH-compatible child Take the following precautions LATCH system is under 65 lb (30 restraint in either of the rear outboard when using the LATCH system: kg). seating positions: • Read and follow all installation How to determine an appropriate 1. Move the seat belt buckle away from instructions provided with child restraint weight: the lower anchors. your child restraint system. Child weight + Child restraint 2. Move any other objects away from • To prevent the child from weight < 65 lb (30kg) the anchors that could prevent a reaching and taking hold of secure connection between the child unretracted seat belts, buckle restraint and the lower anchors. all unused rear seat belts and 3. Place the child restraint on the vehi- retract the seat belt webbing cle seat, then attach the seat to the behind the child. Children can lower anchors according to the be strangled if a shoulder belt instructions provided by the child becomes wrapped around restraint manufacturer. their neck and the seat belt 4. Follow the child restraint instructions tightens. for properly adjusting and tightening • NEVER attach more than one the lower attachments on the child child restraint to a single restraint to the lower anchors. anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break. • Always have the LATCH system inspected by your authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure the child restraint.

2-40 Securing a child restraint seat with "Tether Anchor" system WARNING Take the following precautions when installing the tether strap: 2 • Read and follow all installation instructions provided with Safety system of your vehicle your child restraint system. • NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single tether anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to OOS037032N come loose or break. To install the tether anchor: • Do not attach the tether strap OOS037031N 1. Route the child restraint tether strap to anything other than the cor- over the child restraint seatback. First secure the child restraint with rect tether anchor. It may not the LATCH lower anchors or the seat Route the tether strap under the work properly if attached to head restraint and between the belt. If the child restraint manufactur- something else. er recommends that the top tether head restraint posts, or route the • Do not use the tether anchors tether strap over the top of the vehi- strap be attached, attach and tighten for adult seat belts or harness- the top tether strap to the top tether cle seatback. Make sure the strap is es, or for attaching other items not twisted. strap anchor. or equipment to the vehicle. Child restraint hook holders are 2. Connect the tether strap hook to the located on the rear of the seatbacks. tether anchor, then tighten the tether strap according to the child seat manufacturer’s instructions to firmly secure the child restraint to the seat. 3. Check that the child restraint is securely attached to the seat by pushing and pulling the seat forward-and-back and side-to-side. 2-41 Safety system of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint with lap/shoulder belt When not using the LATCH system, all child restraints must be secured to a vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.

WARNING

ALWAYS place a rear-facing child restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle. OLMB033044 OOS037030N Placing a rear-facing child Automatic locking mode To install a child restraint system on restraint in the front seat can Since all passenger seat belts move the rear seats, do the following: result in serious injury or death freely under normal conditions and 1. Place the child restraint system on if the child restraint is struck by only lock under extreme or emer- a rear seat and route the lap/shoul- an inflating air bag. gency conditions (emergency locking der belt around or through the child mode), you must manually pull the restraint, following the restraint seat belt all the way out to shift the manufacturer's instructions. retractor to the "Automatic Locking" Be sure the seat belt webbing is mode to secure a child restraint. not twisted. The "Automatic Locking" mode will Make sure to insert the belt into help prevent the normal movement the guide(1). of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and com- NOTICE promise the child restraint system. To secure a child restraint system, use When using the rear center seat the following procedure. belt, you should also refer to the "Rear Seat Belt – Passenger's 3- point system" section in this chapter. 2-42 2 Safety system of your vehicle

OLMB033045 OLMB033097 OLMB033098 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch 3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat 4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of into the buckle. Listen for the dis- belt all the way out.When the shoul- the seat belt to retract and listen for tinct "click" sound. der portion of the seat belt is fully an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting" extended, it will shift the retractor to sound. This indicates that the i Information the "Automatic Locking" (child retractor is in the "Automatic restraint) mode. Locking" mode. If no distinct sound Position the release button so that it is is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4. easy to access in case of an emergency.

2-43 Safety system of your vehicle

5. Remove as much slack from the NOTICE To remove the child restraint, press belt as possible by pushing down the release button on the buckle and on the child restraint system while When the seat belt is allowed to then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of feeding the shoulder belt back into retract to its fully stowed position, the restraint and allow the seat belt the retractor. the retractor will automatically to retract fully. 6. Push and pull on the child restraint switch from the "Automatic system to confirm that the seat Locking" mode to the emergency belt is holding it firmly in place. If it lock mode for normal adult usage. is not, release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6. WARNING 7. Double check that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode If the retractor is not in the by attempting to pull more of the "Automatic Locking" mode, the seat belt out of the retractor. If you child restraint can move when cannot, the retractor is in the your vehicle turns or stops sud- "Automatic Locking" mode. denly. A child can be seriously injured or killed if the child restraint is not properly anchored If your CRS manufacturer instructs or in the car, including manually recommends you to use a tether pulling the seat belt all the way anchor with the lap/shoulder belt, out to shift the rectractor to the refer to the previous pages for more "Automatic Locking" mode. information.

2-44 AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

2 Safety system of your vehicle

1. Driver's front air bag 2. Passenger's front air bag 3. Side air bag 4. Curtain air bag

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OOS037034N

2-45 Safety system of your vehicle

This vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Air Bag WARNING System for the driver's seat and front passenger's seats. AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS The front air bags are designed to ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time, supplement the three-point seat everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in belts. For these air bags to provide a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt protection, the seat belts must be when the air bag inflates. worn at all times when driving. NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front You can be severely injured or killed passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant in an accident if you are not wearing or child causing serious or fatal injuries. a seat belt. Air bags are designed to ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the supplement seat belts, but do not safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older replace them. Also, air bags are not must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted designed to deploy in every collision. and the seat should be moved as far back as possible. In some accidents, the seat belts are All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright posi- the only restraint protecting you. tion, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries. You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console. Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.

2-46 Where Are the Air Bags? ■ Driver’s front air bag The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation within Driver's and passenger's front two levels. A first stage level is pro- air bags vided for moderate-severity impacts. Your vehicle is equipped with a A second stage level is provided for 2 Advanced Supplemental Restraint more severe impacts. Safety system of your vehicle System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts According to the impact severity, the at both the driver and passenger SRS Control Module (SRSCM) con- seating positions. trols the air bag inflation. Failure to The SRS consists of air bags which properly wear seat belts can are located in the center of the steer- increase the risk or severity of injury ing wheel, in the driver's side lower OOS037035 in an accident. crash pad below the steering wheel ■ Passenger’s front air bag column and the passenger's side front panel pad above the glove box. The air bags are labeled with the letters "AIR BAG" embossed on the pad covers.

OOS037039 The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and front passengers with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone.

2-47 Safety system of your vehicle

Side air bags The side air bags are designed to WARNING deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash To reduce the risk of serious severity. injury or death from an inflating front air bags, take the following The side and curtain air bags on precautions: both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is • Seat belts must be worn at all detected. times to help keep occupants positioned properly. The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover • Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, situations. while still maintaining control of the vehicle. OOS037040 WARNING • Never lean against the door or center console. To reduce the risk of serious • Do not allow the front passen- injury or death from an inflating ger to place their feet or legs side air bag, take the following on the dashboard. precautions: • No objects (such as crash pad • Seat belts must be worn at all cover, cellular phone holder, times to help keep occupants cup holder, perfume or stickers) positioned properly. should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and the OOS037041 front passenger's panel above Your vehicle is equipped with a side the glove box. Such objects air bag in each front seat. The pur- could cause harm if the vehicle pose of the air bag is to provide the is in a crash severe enough to vehicle's driver and the front passen- cause the air bags to deploy. ger with additional protection than 2-48 that offered by the seat belt alone. Curtain air bags • Do not allow passengers to • Do not install any accessories lean their heads or bodies on the side or near the side air onto doors, put their arms on bags. the doors, stretch their arms • Do not put any objects 2 out of the window, or place between the side airbag label objects between the doors and seat cushion. It could Safety system of your vehicle and seats. cause harm if the vehicle is in • Hold the steering wheel at the a crash severe enough to 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi- cause the air bags to deploy. tions, to minimize the risk of • Do not cause impact to the injuries to your hands and doors when the ignition arms. switch button is in the ON • Do not use any accessory position as this may cause the OOS037042 seat covers.This could reduce side air bags to inflate. or prevent the effectiveness • If the seat or seat cover is of the system. damaged, have the vehicle • Do not place any objects over checked and repaired by an the air bag or between the air authorized HYUNDAI dealer. bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar. • Do not place any objects between the door and the OOS037043 seat. They may become dangerous projectiles if the side Curtain air bags are located along air bag inflates. both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors.

2-49 Safety system of your vehicle

They are designed to help protect the How Does the Air Bag System • Properly secure child heads of the front seat occupants Operate? and the rear outboard seat occupants restraints as far away from the in certain side impact collisions. door as possible. The curtain air bags are designed to • Do not place any objects over deploy during certain side impact the air bag. Also, do not attach collisions, depending on the crash any objects around the area severity. the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front The side and curtain air bags on and rear pillar, roof side rail. both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is • Do not hang other objects detected. except clothes, especially hard or breakable objects. In The curtain air bags are not designed an accident, it may cause to deploy in all side impact or rollover vehicle damage or personal OOS037063N situations. injury. The SRS consists of the following • Do not allow passengers to components: WARNING lean their heads or bodies onto 1. Driver's front air bag module doors, put their arms on the To reduce the risk of serious doors, stretch their arms out of 2. Passenger's front air bag module injury or death from an inflating the window, or place objects 3. Side air bag modules curtain air bag, take the follow- between the doors and seats. 4. Curtain air bag modules ing precautions: • Do not open or repair the side 5. Retractor pre-tensioner • All seat occupants must wear curtain air bags. seat belts at all times to help 6. Air bag warning light keep occupants positioned 7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/ properly. Rollover sensor 8. Front impact sensors 9. Side impact sensors

2-50 10. Side pressure sensors SRS warning light WARNING 11. Seat belt buckle sensor 12. Emergency Fastening Device If your SRS malfunctions, the air System bag may not inflate properly dur- 2 13. Occupant classification system ing an accident increasing the risk of serious injury or death. Safety system of your vehicle The SRS (Supplement Restraint The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint System) air bag warning light on the If any of the following condi- System Control Module) continually instrument panel displays the air bag tions occur, your SRS is mal- monitors all SRS components while symbol depicted in the illustration. functioning: the ignition switch is in the ON position The system checks the air bag elec- • The light does not turn on for to determine if a crash impact is trical system for malfunctions. The approximately six seconds severe enough to require air bag light indicates that there is a potential when the Engine Start/Stop deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt malfunction with your air bag system, button is in the ON position. deployment. which could include your side and • The light stays on after illumi- curtain air bags used for rollover pro- nating for approximately six tection. seconds. • The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion. • The light blinks when the engine is running. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the SRS as soon as possible if any of these conditions occur.

2-51 Safety system of your vehicle

During a frontal collision, sensors will • The front air bags will completely • To help provide protection, the air detect the vehicle's deceleration. If inflate and deflate in an instant. It is bags must inflate rapidly.The speed the rate of deceleration is high virtually impossible for you to see of air bag inflation is a consequence enough, the control unit will inflate the air bags inflate during an acci- of extremely short time in which to the front air bags. dent. It is much more likely that you inflate the air bag between the The front air bags help protect the will simply see the deflated air bags occupant and the vehicle structures driver and front passenger by hanging out of their storage com- before the occupant impacts those responding to frontal impacts in partments after the collision. structures. This speed of inflation which seat belts alone cannot pro- • In addition to inflating in certain reduces the risk of serious or life- vide adequate restraint. When need- side collisions, vehicles equipped threatening injuries and is thus a ed, the side air bags help provide with a rollover sensor, side and necessary part of air bag design. protection in the event of a side curtain air bags will inflate if the However, the rapid air bag inflation impact or rollover. sensing system detects a rollover. can also cause injuries which can • Air bags are activated (able to When a rollover is detected, side include facial abrasions, bruises inflate if necessary) only when the and curtain air bags will remain and broken bones because the Engine Start/Stop button is in the inflated longer to help provide pro- inflation speed also causes the air ON position. tection from ejection, especially bags to expand with a great deal of force. • Air bags inflate in the event of cer- when used in conjunction with the tain frontal or side collisions to help seat belts. • There are even circumstances protect the occupants from serious under which contact with the air physical injury. bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned • Generally, air bags are designed to excessively close to the air bag. inflate based upon the severity of a collision, its direction, etc. These two factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment/inflation signal.

2-52 You can take steps to help reduce ■ Driver's front air bag (1) the risk of being injured by an inflat- WARNING ing air bag. The greatest risk is sitting too close to the air bag. An air bag To reduce the risk of serious needs about 10 inches (25 cm) of injury or death from an inflating 2 space to inflate. NHTSA recom- air bag, take the following pre- mends that drivers allow at least 10 cautions: Safety system of your vehicle inches (25 cm) between the center of • NEVER place a child restraint the steering wheel and the chest. in the front passenger seat. Always properly restrain children under age 13 in the rear seats of the vehicle. OTLA035107 • Adjust the front passenger’s When the SRSCM detects a suffi- and driver's seats as far to the ciently severe impact to the front of rear as possible while allow- the vehicle, it will automatically ing you to maintain full con- deploy the front air bags. trol of the vehicle. • Hold the steering wheel with hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions. • Never place anything or anyone between the air bag and the seat occupant. • Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard.

2-53 Safety system of your vehicle

■ Driver's front air bag (2) ■ Driver's front air bag (3) WARNING

To prevent objects from becoming dangerous projectiles when the passenger's air bag inflates: • Do not install or place any objects (drink holder, CD holder, stickers, etc.) on the front passenger's panel above the glove box where the pas- OTLA035108 OTLA035109 senger's air bag is located. Upon deployment, tear seams mold- ■ Passenger's front air bag • Do not install a container of ed directly into the pad covers will liquid air freshener near the separate under pressure from the instrument cluster or on the expansion of the air bags. Further instrument panel surface. opening of the covers allows full inflation of the air bags. A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt, slows the driver or the front passenger forward motion, reducing the risk of head and chest injury. OLMB033057 After complete inflation, the air bag immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls.

2-54 What to Expect After an Air Noise and smoke from inflating • Always wash exposed skin air bag Bag Inflates areas thoroughly with cold After a frontal or side air bag inflates, and mild soap. When the air bags inflate, they make a loud noise and may produce it will deflate very quickly. Air bag Always have an authorized • smoke and powder in the air inside of 2 inflation will not prevent the driver HYUNDAI dealer replace the

the vehicle. This is normal and is a Safety system of your vehicle from seeing out of the windshield or air bag immediately after result of the ignition of the air bag being able to steer. Curtain air bags deployment. Air bags are inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may remain partially inflated for designed to be used only may feel substantial discomfort in some time after they deploy. once. breathing because of the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and WARNING the air bag, as well as from breathing the smoke and powder. The powder After an air bag inflates, take may aggravate asthma for some the following precautions: people. If you experience breathing • Open your windows and doors problems after an air bag deploy- as soon as possible after ment, seek medical attention imme- impact to reduce prolonged diately. exposure to the smoke and Though the smoke and powder are powder released by the inflat- nontoxic, they may cause irritation to ing air bag. the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If • Do not touch the air bag stor- this is the case, wash and rinse with age area's internal compo- cold water immediately and seek nents immediately after an air medical attention if the symptoms bag has inflated. The parts persist. that come into contact with an inflating air bag may be very hot.

2-55 Safety system of your vehicle

Occupant Classification Main components of the For example, if a child restraint of the System (OCS) Occupant Classification System type specified in the regulations is on the seat, the occupant classification ■ For USA • A detection device located within the front passenger seat cushion. sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF. • Electronic system to determine whether the passenger air bag Front passenger seat adult occu- systems should be activated or pants who are properly seated and deactivated. wearing the seat belt properly, should not cause the passenger air • An indicator light located on the bag to be automatically turned OFF. instrument panel which illuminates For small adults it may be turned the words "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF, however, if the occupant does OFF" indicating the front passen- not sit in the seat properly (for exam- ger air bag system is deactivated. ple, by not sitting upright, by sitting OOS037081N • The instrument panel air bag indi- on the edge of the seat, or by other- ■ For Canada cator light is interconnected with wise being out of position), this could the OCS. cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF. The OCS is designed to help detect You will find the "PASSENGER AIR the presence of a properly-seated BAG OFF" indicator on the center front passenger and determine if the fascia panel. This system detects the passenger's front air bag should be conditions 1-4 in the following table enabled (may inflate) or not. and activates or deactivates the front The purpose is to help reduce the passenger air bag based on these risk of injury or death from an inflat- conditions. OOS038081C ing air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by Your vehicle is equipped with an requiring the air bag to be automati- Occupant Classification System cally turned OFF. (OCS) in the front passenger's seat.

2-56 Always be sure that you and all vehi- Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System cle occupants are seated properly and wearing the seat belt properly for Indicator/Warning light Devices the most effective protection by the Condition detected by the "PASSENGER SRS Front passenger air bag and the seat belt. occupant classification system AIR BAG OFF" 2 warning light air bag

The OCS may not function properly if indicator light Safety system of your vehicle the passenger takes actions which 1 can affect the classification system. 1. Adult * Off Off Activated These include: 2. Infant *2 or child restraint On Off Deactivated • Failing to sit in an upright position. system with 12 months old *3 *4 • Leaning against the door or center console. 3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated • Sitting towards the sides of the 4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated front of the seat. *1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front • Putting their legs on the dashboard passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique or resting them on other locations and posture. which reduce the passenger *2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has out- weight on the front seat. grown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize • Wearing the seat belt improperly. him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position. *3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat. • Reclining the seatback. *4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months • Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is or hip protection wear. a normal condition. • Putting an additional thick cushion on the seat. • Putting electrical devices (e.g. notebook, satellite radio) on the seat with inverter charging.

2-57 Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING

Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger’s seat when it is unoccupied by a passenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death: • NEVER put a heavy load in • NEVER ride with the seat- the front seat or seatback back reclined when the pocket, or hang any items vehicle is moving. on the front passenger seat.

OVQ036013NB OLMB033103 • NEVER place your feet on • NEVER place your feet or the front passenger seat- legs on the dashboard. back.

OLMB033100 OLMB033102 • NEVER sit with your hips • NEVER lean on the door or shifted towards the front center console or sit on of the seat. one side of the front passenger seat.

OLMB033101 OLMB033104

2-58 • Do not sit on the passen- • Do not place electronic ger seat wearing heavily devices such as laptops, padded clothes such as DVD player, or conductive 2 ski wear and hip protector. materials such as water bottles on the passenger Safety system of your vehicle seat. • Do not use electronic ODH035900K ODH035902K devices such as laptops and satellite radios which use inverter chargers.

• Do not use car seat • If large quantity of liquid accessories such as thick has been spilled on the blankets and cushions passenger seat, the air which cover up the car bag warning light may seat surface. illuminate or malfunction. Therefore, make sure the seat has been completely ODH035901K ODH035903K dried before driving the vehicle. • Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat.These may damage the occupant detection system, if they puncture the seat cushion. • Do not place any items under the front passenger seat. • When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original items only. The OCS has been devel- oped based on using original HYUNDAI car seats only. Altering or changing the authentic parts may result in system malfunction and increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of the above could interfere with the proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an injury in an accident.

2-59 Safety system of your vehicle

Do Not Install a Child Restraint WARNING in the Front Passenger's Seat Never allow an adult passenger to ride in the front passenger seat when the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is illuminated. During a collision, the air bag will not inflate if the indicator is illuminated. Have your passenger reposition himself in the seat. If the "PASSENGER AIR B990A01O BAG OFF" indicator remains illu- Proper seated position for OCS minated after the passenger If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" repositions himself properly and 1JBH3051 indicator is on when an adult is seat- the vehicle is restarted, have the passenger move to the rear seat Even though your vehicle is equipped ed in the front passenger seat, place with the OCS, never install a child the Engine Start/Stop button in the because the air bag will not restraint in the front passenger's seat. OFF position and ask the passenger inflate. An inflating air bag can forcefully to sit properly (sitting upright with the strike a child or child restraint result- seat back in an upright position, cen- NOTICE ing in serious or fatal injury. tered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" extended and their feet on the floor). indicator illuminates for approxi- Restart the engine and have the per- mately 4 seconds after the Engine son remain in that position. This will Start/Stop button is in the ON allow the system to detect the person position or after the engine is and to enable the passenger air bag. started. If the front passenger seat If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" is occupied, the OCS will then indicator is still on, ask the passen- classify the front passenger after ger to move to the rear seat. several more seconds.

2-60 Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off WARNING • Do not perform maintenance in a Collision? on or around the air bag sen- • NEVER place a rear-facing or Air bags are not designed to inflate in sors. If the location or angle of front-facing child restraint in every collision. There are certain the sensors is altered, the air 2 the front passenger's seat of types of accidents in which the air bag bags may deploy when they the vehicle. would not be expected to provide should not or may not deploy Safety system of your vehicle additional protection. These include An inflating frontal air bag when they should. • rear impacts, second or third colli- could forcefully strike a child • Do not install bumper guards sions in multiple impact accidents, as resulting in serious injury or or replace the bumper with a well as low speed impacts. Damage death. non-genuine HYUNDAI parts. to the vehicle indicates a collision This may adversely affect the • Always properly restrain chil- energy absorption, and is not an indi- dren in an appropriate child collision and air bag deploy- cator of whether or not an air bag ment performance. restraint in the rear seat of the should have inflated. vehicle. • Place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF or ACC posi- Air bag collision sensors tion when the vehicle is being towed to prevent inadvertent WARNING air bag deployment. • Have all air bag repairs conduct- To reduce the risk of an air bag ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deploying unexpectedly and dealer. causing serious injury or death: • Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed.

2-61 Safety system of your vehicle

1. SRS control module/Rollover sensor 2. Front impact sensor 3. Side pressure sensor 4. Side impact sensor

OOS037044/OOS037045/OOS037046/OOS037047/OOS037048

2-62 Air bag inflation conditions Although the driver's and front passenger's air bags are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors 2 detect a sufficient impact. Side and curtain air bags are designed to Safety system of your vehicle inflate only in side impact collisions or rollover situations, but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient OOS037050 impact. If the vehicle chassis is impacted by OOS037049 bumps or objects on unimproved Front air bags roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive Front air bags are designed to inflate carefully on unimproved roads or on in a frontal collision depending on surfaces not designed for vehicle the severity of impact of the front col- traffic to prevent unintended air bag lision. deployment.

OOS037041 Side and curtain air bags Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the severity of impact resulting from a side impact collision. 2-63 Safety system of your vehicle

Air bag non-inflation conditions

OOS037053 OOS037054

OOS037052 Front air bags are not designed to Front air bags may not inflate in side inflate in rear collisions, because impact collisions, because occupants In certain low-speed collisions the air occupants are moved backward by move in the direction of the collision, bags may not deploy. The air bags the force of the impact. In this case, and thus in side impacts, front air bag are designed not to deploy in such inflated air bags would not provide deployment would not provide addi- cases because they may not provide any additional benefit. tional occupant protection. benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts. However, side and curtain air bags may inflate depending on the severity of impact.

2-64 2 Safety system of your vehicle

OTL035069 OOS037055 OTL035068 In an angled collision, the force of Just before impact, drivers often Front air bags may not inflate in impact may direct the occupants in a brake heavily. Such heavy braking rollover accidents because air bag direction where the air bags would lowers the front portion of the vehicle deployment could not provide protec- not be able to provide any additional causing it to "ride" under a vehicle tion to the occupants. benefit, and thus the sensors may with a higher ground clearance. Air However, side and curtain air bags not deploy any air bags. bags may not inflate in this "under- may inflate when the vehicle is rolled ride" situation because deceleration over by a side impact collision. forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such "underride" collisions.

2-65 Safety system of your vehicle

SRS Care WARNING The SRS is virtually maintenance- free and there are no parts you can To reduce the risk of serious safely service by yourself. If the SRS injury or death, take the follow- air bag warning light does not illumi- ing precautions: nate when the ignition switch is in the • Do not attempt to modify or ON position, or continuously remains disconnect the SRS compo- on, have your vehicle immediately nents or wiring, including the inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI addition of any kind of badges dealer. to the pad covers or modifica- Any work on the SRS system, such tions to the body structure. OOS037056 as removing, installing, repairing, or • Do not place objects over or Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle any work on the steering wheel, the near the air bag modules on collides with objects such as utility front passenger's panel, front seats the steering wheel, instrument poles or trees, where the point of and roof rails must be performed by panel, or the front passen- impact is concentrated and the colli- an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. ger’s panel above the glove sion energy is absorbed by the vehi- Improper handling of the SRS system box. cle structure. may result in serious personal injury. • Clean the air bag pad covers with a soft cloth moistened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system. • Always have inflated air bags replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

2-66 Do not modify the front seats. Air Bag Warning Labels • If components of the air bag system must be discarded, or if Modification of the front seats could the vehicle must be scrapped, interfere with the operation of the certain safety precautions supplemental restraint system sens- must be observed. Consult an ing components or side air bags. 2

authorized HYUNDAI dealer for Do not place items under the front Safety system of your vehicle the necessary information. seats. Placing items under the front Failure to follow these precau- seats could interfere with the opera- tions could increase the risk of tion of the supplemental restraint OAD035053N personal injury. system sensing components and Air bag warning labels, required by wiring harnesses. the U.S. National Highway Traffic Do not cause impact to the doors. Safety Administration (NHTSA), are Additional Safety Precautions Impact to the doors when the Engine attached to alert the driver and pas- Passengers should not move out Start/Stop button is in the ON posi- sengers of potential risks of the air of or change seats while the vehi- tion may cause the air bags to inflate. bag system. Be sure to read all of the cle is moving. A passenger who is Modifications to accommodate information about the air bags that not wearing a seat belt during a disabilities. If you require modifica- are installed on your vehicle in this crash or emergency stop can be tion to your vehicle to accommodate Owners Manual. thrown against the inside of the vehi- a disability, contact the HYUNDAI cle, against other occupants, or be Customer Connect Center at 800- ejected from the vehicle. 633-5151. Do not use any accessories on seat belts. Devices claiming to Adding equipment to or modify- improve occupant comfort or reposi- ing your air bag equipped vehicle tion the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and If you modify your vehicle by chang- increase the chance of serious injury ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys- in a crash. tem, front end or side sheet metal or ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system.

2-67 Convenient features of your vehicle

Accessing Your Vehicle ...... 3-3 Resetting the sunroof...... 3-39 Remote Key...... 3-3 Sunroof Open Warning...... 3-40 Smart Key...... 3-6 Exterior Features...... 3-41 Immobilizer System...... 3-11 Hood ...... 3-41 Door Locks...... 3-13 Liftgate ...... 3-42 Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle....3-13 Fuel Filler Door...... 3-44 Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle...... 3-14 Instrument Cluster ...... 3-47 3 Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features ...... 3-17 Instrument Cluster Control...... 3-48 Child-Protector Rear Door Locks...... 3-17 Gauges and Meters ...... 3-49 Theft-Alarm System...... 3-18 Transmission shift indicator ...... 3-52 Steering Wheel...... 3-19 Warning and Indicator Lights...... 3-53 Electric Power Steering (EPS) ...... 3-19 LCD Display Messages...... 3-65 Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering...... 3-20 LCD Display...... 3-70 Horn...... 3-20 LCD Display Control...... 3-70 Heated Steering Wheel (for Canada)...... 3-21 LCD Display Modes...... 3-71 Mirrors...... 3-21 Trip Computer...... 3-81 Inside Rearview Mirror ...... 3-21 Head Up Display (HUD)...... 3-85 Side View Mirrors ...... 3-31 Lighting...... 3-88 Windows ...... 3-33 Exterior Lights ...... 3-88 Power Windows...... 3-34 Smart cornering lamp ...... 3-95 Sunroof...... 3-37 Interior Lights...... 3-96 Sunroof opening and closing...... 3-38 Welcome System ...... 3-98 Sliding the sunroof ...... 3-38 Tilting the sunroof...... 3-38 Sunshade...... 3-39 Wipers and Washers...... 3-99 Climate Control Additional Features ...... 3-130 Windshield Wipers...... 3-99 Cluster ionizer...... 3-130 Windshield Washers ...... 3-101 Automatic Ventilation...... 3-130 Rear Window Wiper and Washer...... 3-102 Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation...... 3-130 Driver Assist System ...... 3-103 Storage Compartment ...... 3-131 Rear view monitor ...... 3-103 Center Console Storage ...... 3-131 3 Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system...... 3-104 Glove Box...... 3-131 Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system Sunglass Holder...... 3-132 Precautions...... 3-107 Multi Box...... 3-132 Manual Climate Control System...... 3-108 Interior Features...... 3-133 Heating and Air Conditioning...... 3-109 Cup Holder ...... 3-133 System Operation ...... 3-112 Sunvisor...... 3-134 System Maintenance...... 3-114 Power Outlet ...... 3-135 Automatic Climate Control System...... 3-116 Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System...... 3-136 Automatic Temperature Control Mode...... 3-117 Clock...... 3-138 Manual Temperature Control Mode...... 3-118 Clothes Hanger ...... 3-139 System Operation ...... 3-121 Floor Mat Anchor(s)...... 3-139 System Maintenance...... 3-123 Luggage Net Holder ...... 3-140 Windshield Defrosting and Defogging...... 3-125 Cargo Area Cover...... 3-141 Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature with Luggage tray...... 3-141 Automatic Temperature Control System)...... 3-127 Exterior Features...... 3-143 Rear Window Defroster ...... 3-129 Roof Side Rails ...... 3-143 ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE Remote Key (if equipped) Locking Your Vehicle WARNING To lock your vehicle: 1. Make sure all doors, the engine Do not leave the keys in your hood and the liftgate are closed. vehicle with unsupervised chil- 2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on dren. Unattended children the remote key to lock all doors. could place the key in the igni- 3. If the Door Lock button (1) is tion switch and may operate 3 pressed once more within four power windows or other con- seconds, the horn will beep once trols, or even make the vehicle Convenient features of your vehicle and the hazard warning lights will move, which could result in blink. serious injury or death. 4. Make sure the doors are locked by OPD046001 checking the position of the door Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key, lock button inside the vehicle. which you can use to lock or unlock the driver and passenger doors or i Information the rear liftgate. After locking the doors, if you press 1. Door Lock the Door Lock button again within 2. Door Unlock four seconds, the hazard warning 3. Liftgate Unlock lights will blink and the horn will 4. Panic sound one time to confirm that the doors are locked.

3-3 Convenient features of your vehicle

Unlocking your vehicle Now all doors will unlock when the Panic button (if equipped) To unlock your vehicle : Door Unlock button is pressed one Press and hold the Panic button (4) time. To change the setting back, for more than one second. The horn 1. Press the Door Unlock button (2) repeat this procedure. on the remote key. sounds and hazard warning lights flash for about 30 seconds. 2. The driver's door will unlock. The hazard warning lights will blink two i Information To cancel the panic mode, press any times. After unlocking the doors, the doors button on the remote key. Two press unlock setting: will automatically relock after 30 seconds unless a door is opened. If you press the Door Unlock but- Start-up ton on the remote key again with- For information, refer to the "Key in four seconds, then all the doors Liftgate unlocking Ignition Switch" section in chapter 5. will unlock. To unlock the liftgate : Two press unlock setting can be 1. Press and hold the Liftgate Unlock NOTICE changed according to owner's pref- button (3) on the remote key for To prevent damaging the remote erence in the cluster User Settings more than one second. mode or with the remote key. key: 2. The hazard warning lights will • User settings mode method: • Keep the remote key away from blink two times and the liftgate will water or any liquid and fire. Select or deselect the 'Two Press be unlocked. Internal circuits may malfunc- Unlock' feature in the User Once the liftgate is opened and then tion if the inside of the remote Settings mode on the cluster LCD closed, the liftgate will lock automati- key gets damp (from liquids or ➞ ➞ display (User Settings Door cally. moisture) or if it is heated. This Two Press Unlock). can exclude the remote key from • Remote key method: i Information being covered under warranty. Press and hold both Door Lock (1) • Avoid dropping or throwing the The word "HOLD" is written on the and Door Unlock (2) buttons at the remote key. button to inform you that you must same time until the hazard warn- • Protect the remote key from ing lights blink. press and hold the button for more than one second. extreme temperatures.

3-4 Mechanical key Remote key precautions When possible, avoid placing the The remote key will not work if any of remote key and your mobile phone in the following occur: the same location such as a pants or jacket pocket in order to avoid inter- • The key is in the ignition switch. ference between the two devices. • You exceed the operating distance limit (about 90 feet [30 m]). i Information • The remote key battery is weak. This device complies with Part 15 of 3 • Other vehicles or objects may be the FCC rules. Convenient features of your vehicle blocking the signal. Operation is subject to the following • The weather is extremely cold. three conditions: • The remote key is close to a radio 1. This device may not cause harmful OPD046003 transmitter such as a radio station or interference. If the remote key does not operate an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the remote key. 2. This device must accept any inter- normally, you can lock or unlock the ference received, including interfer- driver's door by using the mechanical If the remote key does not work cor- ence that may cause undesired key. rectly, open and close the door with operation. the mechanical key. If you have a To unfold the mechanical key, press 3. Changes or modifications not the release button on the remote. problem with the remote key contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. expressly approved by the party To return the key to its stored posi- responsible for compliance could tion, press the release button and If the remote key is in close proximi- void the user's authority to operate fold the key back into the remote. ty to your mobile phone, the signal the device. could be blocked by your mobile phone's normal operational signals. This is specifically relevant when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails.

3-5 Convenient features of your vehicle

NOTICE 2. Using a screw driver, remove the Smart Key (if equipped) battery cover. Keep the remote key away from 3. Remove the old battery and insert electromagnetic materials that the new battery. Make sure the block electromagnetic waves to battery position is correct. the key surface. 4. Reinstall the battery cover and key cover in the reverse order of Battery replacement removal. If you suspect your remote key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your remote key is not working correctly contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. OPD046044 Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key, i Information which you can use to lock or unlock An inappropriately disposed the driver and passenger doors or battery can be harmful to the the rear liftgate. environment and human health. 1. Door Lock Dispose of the battery according 2. Door Unlock OPD046002 to your local law(s) or regula- If the remote key is not working prop- tions. 3. Liftgate Unlock erly, try replacing the battery with a 4. Panic new one. Battery Type: CR2032 To replace the battery: 1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the cover.

3-6 Locking your vehicle i Information Unlocking your vehicle The door handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the outside door handle.

Note that you cannot lock your vehi- 3 cle using the door handle button if any of the following occur: Convenient features of your vehicle • The Smart Key is in the vehicle. • The Engine Start/Stop button is in OOS047001 ACC or ON position. OOS047001 To lock your vehicle using the door • Any of the doors are open except To unlock your vehicle: for the liftgate. handle button or the Smart Key: 1. Make sure you have the smart key 1. Close all doors, hood and liftgate. in your possession. WARNING 2. Either press the door handle but- 2. Press either the button on the ton or press the Door Lock button Do not leave the Smart Key in door handle or the Door Unock (1) on the smart key. your vehicle with unsupervised button (2) on the smart key. The 3. The hazard warning lights will children. Unattended children driver's door will unlock and the blink and the chime will sound could press the Engine Start/ hazard warning lights will blink two once. Stop button and may operate times. 4. When the doors are locked, the power windows or other con- indicator light on the central door trols, or even make the vehicle lock/unlock switch will be illuminat- move, which could result in ed. serious injury or death.

3-7 Convenient features of your vehicle

3. Two Press Unlock Feature The Two Press Unlock Feature can Opening the liftgate The priority for unlocking the driver also be enabled or disabled by To unlock and open the liftgate: door only, or unlocking all the doors pressing the door lock and unlock buttons simultaneously on the Key 1. Make sure you have the smart key with one press may be adjusted in in your possession. the User Settings menu in the LCD FOB: cluster display. Press and hold both the DOOR 2. Press either the liftgate handle LOCK button and the DOOR release button on the vehicle or The Two Press Unlock feature, when press and hold the Liftgate Unlock enabled, will require the user to UNLOCK button simultaneously until the hazard warning lights blink. button on the smart key for more press the door unlock button once for than one second. The hazard driver door only and twice for unlock- This will enable or disable the Two warning lights will blink two times ing all the doors. Press Unlock feature. Repeat this and the liftgate latch will unlock. procedure to enable/disable the mode again. Select or Deselect the Two Press NOTICE Unlock Feature in the User Settings menu in the LCD cluster display. The i Information The liftgate must be operated manually to open the liftgate. option can be found under the follow- • The door handle buttons will only ing menu: Once the liftgate latch is operate when the smart key is with- unlocked, pull upward on the lift- in 28-40 inches (0.7~1m) from the gate handle to fully open the lift- USER SETTINGS ➞ DOOR ➞ TWO outside door handle gate. PRESS UNLOCK • Either the driver or front passenger door can be opened with the door handle button when the smart key is 3. Once the liftgate is opened and within this range then closed, the liftgate will lock automatically. • If you press the front passenger outside door handle with the smart key in your possession, all the doors will unlock

3-8 i Information Panic button Mechanical key Press and hold the Panic button (4) If the Smart Key does not operate • The liftgate handle button will only for more than one second. The horn normally, you can lock or unlock the operate when the smart key is with- sounds and hazard warning lights driver's door by using the mechanical in 28 inches (0.7 m) from the liftgate blink for about 30 seconds. To cancel key. handle. the panic mode, press any button on • The Liftgate Unlock button (3) will the Smart Key. only unlock the liftgate. It will not 3 release the latch and open the lift- Start-up gate automatically. If the Liftgate You can start the vehicle without Convenient features of your vehicle Unlock button is used, someone inserting the key. must still press the liftgate handle button to open the liftgate. For information, refer to the "Engine Start/Stop Button" section in chapter 5.

NOTICE To prevent damaging the smart key: OPD046045 • Keep the smart key in a cool, dry To remove the mechanical key from place to avoid damage or mal- the smart key FOB, slide the release function. Exposure to moisture lever in the direction of the arrow (1) or high temperature may cause and then pull the mechanical key (2) the internal circuit of the smart outward. key to malfunction which may To unlock the vehicle using the not be covered under warranty. mechanical key. insert the mechani- • Avoid dropping or throwing the cal key into the key hole in the driver smart key. door. • Protect the smart key from To reinstall the mechanical key into extreme temperatures. the FOB, insert the key in the top of the key FOB and push inward until a click sound is heard. 3-9 Convenient features of your vehicle

Loss of a smart key If the smart key is in close proximity i Information A maximum of two Smart Keys can to your mobile phone, the signal This device complies with Part 15 of be registered to a single vehicle. If could be blocked by your mobile the FCC rules. you happen to lose your smart key, phone's normal operational signals. you should immediately take the This is specifically relevant when the Operation is subject to the following vehicle and remaining keys to your phone is active such as making and three conditions: authorized HYUNDAI dealer or tow receiving calls, text messaging, 1. This device may not cause harmful the vehicle, if necessary. and/or sending/receiving emails. interference. When possible, avoid keeping the smart key and your mobile phone in 2. This device must accept any inter- Smart key precautions the same location such as a pants or ference received, including interfer- jacket pocket in order to avoid inter- ence that may cause undesired The smart key may not work if any of operation. the following occur: ference between the two devices. 3. Changes or modifications not • The smart key is close to a radio NOTICE expressly approved by the party transmitter such as a radio station responsible for compliance could or an airport which can interfere Keep the smart key away from void the user's authority to operate with normal operation of the trans- electromagnetic materials that the device. mitter. blocks electromagnetic waves to • The smart key is near a mobile two the key surface. way radio system or a cellular phone. NOTICE • Another vehicle’s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle. Always have the smart key with you when leaving the vehicle. If If the smart key does not work cor- the smart key is left near the vehi- rectly, open and close the door with cle, the vehicle battery may be dis- the mechanical key. If you have a charged. problem with the smart key, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3-10 Battery replacement If you suspect your smart key might Immobilizer System have sustained some damage, or (if equipped) you feel your smart key is not work- The immobilizer system protects ing correctly, contact an authorized your vehicle from theft. If an improp- HYUNDAI dealer. erly coded key (or other device) is used, the engine's fuel system is disabled. i Information 3 An inappropriately disposed When the ignition switch is placed in battery can be harmful to the the ON position, the immobilizer sys- Convenient features of your vehicle environment and human tem indicator should come on briefly, health. Dispose of the battery then go off. If the indicator starts to according to your local law(s) blink, the system does not recognize OPD046046 or regulations. the coding of the key. If the Smart Key is not working prop- Turn the ignition switch to the erly, try replacing the battery with a LOCK/OFF position, then turn the new one. ignition switch to the ON position again. Battery Type: CR2032 In some circumstances, the vehicle To replace the battery: may not recognize your smart key if 1. Remove the mechanical key. another smart key device is nearby 2. Use a slim tool to pry open the or a metal object such as a key chain rear cover of the smart key. is causing interference with the 3. Remove the old battery and insert smart key. the new battery. Make sure the If this occurs, your vehicle may not battery position is correct. start. Remove any metal objects or 4. Reinstall the rear cover of the additional keys near the smart key smart key. before attempting to start the vehicle again.

3-11 Convenient features of your vehicle

If the system repeatedly does not NOTICE i Information recognize the coding of the key, it is recommended that you contact your The transponder in your key is an This device complies with Part 15 of HYUNDAI dealer. important part of the immobilizer the FCC rules. Do not attempt to alter this system or system. It is designed to give Operation is subject to the following add other devices to it. Electrical years of trouble-free service, how- three conditions: ever you should avoid exposure to problems could result that may make 1. This device may not cause harmful your vehicle inoperable. moisture, static electricity and rough handling. Immobilizer sys- interference. tem malfunction could occur. 2. This device must accept any inter- WARNING ference received, including interference that may cause undesired In order to prevent theft of your operation. vehicle, do not leave spare keys 3. Changes or modifications not anywhere in your vehicle. Your expressly approved by the party immobilizer password is a cus- responsible for compliance could tomer unique password and void the user’s authority to operate should be kept confidential. the device.

3-12 DOOR LOCKS Operating Door Locks from Remote key Smart key Outside the Vehicle Mechanical key ■ Remote key ■ Smart key

3 Lock // Unllock Convenient features of your vehicle

OPD047001N OOS047001 To lock the doors, press the Door OOS047002 Lock button (1) on the remote key. Door Door Lock Unlock [A] : Lock, [B] : Unlock Press the Door Unlock button (2) on If you lock the driver's door with a the remote key, the driver's door will mechanical key, all vehicle doors will unlock. If you press the Door Unlock lock. If you unlock the driver's door button on the remote key again with- with a mechanical key, you can open in four seconds, then all the doors and close the driver’s door only. will unlock. Once the doors are unlocked, they Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door may be opened by pulling the door handle. handle. When closing the door, push OPD046004 When closing the door, push the the door by hand. Make sure that Press the button on the driver's outdoors are closed securely. door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely. side door handle while carrying the Smart Key with you or press the Door Unlock button on the Smart Key, the driver's door will unlock. 3-13 Convenient features of your vehicle

If you press the button on the front Operating Door Locks from • If the inner door handle of either passenger's outside door, all doors Inside the Vehicle the driver door or passenger door will unlock. is pulled when the door lock button With the door lock button Once the doors are unlocked, they is in the lock position, the button is may be opened by pulling the door unlocked and the door will open. handle. • For Key Start Vehicles (w/ Remote When closing the door, push the Key) door by hand. Make sure that doors The front doors cannot be locked if are closed securely. the remote key is in the ignition switch and either of the front doors i Information are open. • For Push Button Start Vehicles • In cold and wet climates, door lock (Smart Key) and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions. The doors cannot be locked if the OOS047003 smart key fob is inside the vehicle • If the door is locked/unlocked multi- and any of the doors are open. ple times in rapid succession with • To unlock a door, push the door either the vehicle key or door lock lock button (1) to the "Unlock" posi- switch, the system may stop operat- tion. The red mark (2) on the door ing temporarily in order to protect lock button will be visible. the circuit and prevent damage to • To lock a door, push the door lock system components. button (1) to the "Lock" position. If • Two press unlock setting can be the door is locked properly, the red changed in the User Settings mode mark (2) on the door lock button on the cluster. will not be visible. • To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward.

3-14 i Information With the central door lock • For Key Start Vehicles (with remote switch key) If a power door lock ever fails to func- If the key is in the ignition switch tion while you are in the vehicle try and any door is opened, the doors one or more of the following tech- will not lock even though the lock niques to exit: button (2) is pressed. • Operate the door unlock feature • For Push Button Start Vehicles repeatedly (both electronic and (Smart Key) 3 manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle. If the smart key is in the vehicle Convenient features of your vehicle and any door is open, the doors • Operate the other door locks and will not lock even though the lock handles, front and rear. button (2) is pressed. • Lower a front window and use the mechanical key to unlock the door OOS047004 from outside. WARNING The driver side door armrest is equipped with a central door lock • The doors should always be switch. The lock button is indicated fully closed and locked while by a ( ) symbol. The unlock button the vehicle is in motion. If the is indicated by a ( ) symbol. doors are unlocked, the risk of being thrown from the vehicle When the lock button (2) is pressed, in a crash is increased. all the vehicle doors will lock. • Do not pull the inner door When the unlock button (1) is handle of the driver's or pas- pressed, all the vehicle doors will senger's door while the vehi- unlock. cle is moving.

3-15 Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING WARNING CAUTION Do not leave children or animals Always secure your vehicle. Opening a door when something unattended in your vehicle. An Leaving your vehicle unlocked is approaching may cause dam- enclosed vehicle can become increases the potential risk to age or injury. Be careful when extremely hot, causing death or you or others from someone opening doors and watch for serious injury to unattended hiding in your vehicle. vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles children or animals who cannot or pedestrians approaching the escape the vehicle. Children To secure your vehicle, while vehicle in the path of the door. might operate features of the depressing the brake, move the vehicle that could injure them, shift lever to the P (Park) position, engage the parking brake, or they could encounter other WARNING harm, possibly from someone and place the ignition switch in gaining entry to the vehicle. the LOCK/OFF position, close all windows, lock all doors, and If you stay in the vehicle for a always take the key with you. long time while the weather is very hot or cold, there are risks of injuries or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle from the outside when someone is in the vehicle.

3-16 Automatic Door Lock and Auto UNLOCK - Enable on Shift Child-Protector Rear Door Locks Unlock Features When this feature is set in the LCD Your vehicle is equipped with fea- cluster display, all the doors will be tures that will automatically lock or unlocked automatically when the unlock your vehicle based on set- vehicle is shifted back into P (PARK). tings you select in the LCD cluster For more information on these display. features, refer to the LCD Display section later in this chapter. 3

Auto LOCK - Enable on Speed Convenient features of your vehicle When this feature is set in the LCD Additional Unlock Safety cluster display, all the doors will be Feature - Air Bag Deployment locked automatically when the vehi- As an additional safety feature, all cle exceeds 9 mph (15 kph). OOS047005N doors will be automatically unlocked when an impact causes the air bags The child safety lock is provided to Auto LOCK - Enable on Shift to deploy. help prevent children seated in the rear from accidentally opening the When this feature is set in the LCD rear doors.The rear door safety locks cluster display, all the doors will be should be used whenever children locked automatically when the vehi- are in the vehicle. cle is shifted out of P (PARK) while the engine is running. The child safety lock is located on the edge of each rear door. When the child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open if the inner door handle is pulled. To lock the child safety lock, insert a small flat blade tool (like a screwdriver or similar) (1) into the slot and turn it to the lock position as shown.

3-17 Convenient features of your vehicle

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM To allow a rear door to be opened This system helps to protect your vehi- The Theft Alarm System will not set if from inside the vehicle, unlock the cle and valuables. The horn will sound the hood, the liftgate, or any door is child safety lock. and the hazard warning lights will blink not fully closed. If the system will not continuously if any of the following set, check the hood, the liftgate, or the WARNING occur: doors are fully closed. - A door is opened without using the Do not attempt to alter this system or If children accidently open the remote key or smart key. add other devices to it. rear doors while the vehicle is - The liftgate is opened without using in motion, they could fall out of the remote key or smart key. i Information the vehicle.The rear door safety - The engine hood is opened. locks should always be used • Do not lock the doors until all pas- The alarm continues for 30 seconds, sengers have left the vehicle. If the whenever children are in the then the system resets. To turn off the vehicle. remaining passenger leaves the alarm, unlock the doors with the vehicle when the system is armed, remote key or smart key. the alarm will be activated. The Theft Alarm System automatically • If the vehicle is not disarmed with the sets 30 seconds after you lock the remote key or smart key, open the doors and the liftgate. For the system doors by using the mechanical key to activate, you must lock the doors and place the ignition switch in the and the liftgate from outside the vehi- ON position (for remote key) or start cle with the remote key or smart key or the engine (for smart key) by direct- by pressing the button on the outside ly pressing the ignition switch with of the door handle with the smart key the smart key. in your possession. • If the system is disarmed by unlock- The hazard warning lights will blink ing the vehicle, but neither a door or and the chime will sound once to indi- the liftgate is opened within 30 sec- cate the system is armed. onds, the doors will relock and the Once the security system is set, open- system will rearm automatically. ing any door, the liftgate, or the hood without using the remote key or smart key will cause the alarm to activate. 3-18 STEERING WHEEL Electric Power Steering (EPS) • Motor noise may be heard when the • When abnormality is detected vehicle is at a stop or at a low driv- The system assists you with steering in the electric power steering ing speed. the vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off system, to prevent a deadly or if the power steering system accident, the steering assist • When you operate the steering becomes inoperative, you may still function will stop. At this time, wheel in low temperatures, abnor- steer the vehicle, but it will require the warning light turns on or mal noise may occur. If the temper- increased steering effort. blinks on the cluster. The ature rises, the noise will disappear. This is a normal condition. Should you notice any change in the steering wheel may become 3 • When an error is detected from the effort required to steer during normal difficult to control or operate. Convenient features of your vehicle vehicle operation, have the system Have your vehicle checked EPS, the steering effort assist func- checked by an authorized HYUNDAI immediately, after moving the tion will not be activated in order to dealer. vehicle to a safe zone. prevent fatal accidents. Instrument cluster warning lights may be on or the steering effort may be high. If CAUTION i Information these symptoms occur, drive the vehicle to a safe area as soon as it is • If the Electric Power Steering The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation: safe to do so. Have the system System does not operate nor- checked by an authorized • The steering effort may be high mally, the warning light ( ) HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi- immediately after placing the igni- will illuminate on the instru- ble. ment cluster. You may steer tion switch in the ON position. the vehicle, but it will require This happens as the system per- increased steering efforts. forms the EPS system diagnostics. Take your vehicle to an When the diagnostics are complet- authorized HYUNDAI dealer ed, the steering wheel effort will and have the system checked return to its normal condition. as soon as possible. • A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is in the ON or LOCK/OFF position.

3-19 Convenient features of your vehicle

Tilt Steering / Telescope Horn Steering When adjusting the steering wheel to a comfortable position, adjust the steering wheel so that it points toward your chest, not toward your face. Make sure you can see the instrument cluster warning lights and gauges. After adjusting, push the steering wheel both up and down to be certain it is locked in position. Always adjust the position of the OOS047006 steering wheel before driving. To adjust the steering wheel angle OOS047008 and height: 1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1). To sound the horn, press the area WARNING indicated by the horn symbol on your 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the steering wheel (see illustration). The NEVER adjust the steering desired angle (2) and distance for- horn will operate only when this area wheel while driving. This may ward/back (3). is pressed. cause loss of vehicle control 3. Pull up the lock-release lever to resulting in an accident. lock the steering wheel in place. NOTICE Do not strike the horn severely to i Information operate it, or hit it with your fist. Sometimes the lock release lever may Do not press on the horn with a not engage completely. This may occur sharp-pointed object. when the gears of the locking mechanism do not completely mesh. If this occurs, pull down on the lock-release lever, readjust the steering wheel again, and then pull back up on the release lever to lock the steering wheel in place. 3-20 MIRRORS Heated Steering Wheel NOTICE Inside Rearview Mirror (for Canada, if equipped) Do not install any cover or acces- Before driving your vehicle, check to sory on the steering wheel. The see that your inside rearview mirror cover or accessory could cause is properly positioned. Adjust the damage to the heated steering rearview mirror so that the view wheel system. through the rear window is properly centered. 3

WARNING Convenient features of your vehicle

Make sure your line of sight is not obstructed. Do not place objects in the rear seat, cargo OOS048007 area, or behind the rear headrests which could interfere with When the ignition switch is in the ON your vision through the rear position or when the engine is run- window. ning, press the heated steering wheel button to warm the steering wheel. The indicator on the button will illuminate. WARNING To turn the heated steering wheel off, To prevent serious injury during press the button again. The indicator an accident or deployment of on the button will turn off. the air bag, do not modify the The heated steering wheel will auto- rearview mirror and do not matically turn off after approximately install a wide mirror. 30 minutes.

3-21 Convenient features of your vehicle

Day/night rearview mirror Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM) WARNING (if equipped) (if equipped) NEVER adjust the mirror while Some vehicles come equipped with driving. This may cause loss of an electrochromic mirror that helps vehicle control resulting in an control glare while driving at night or accident. under low light driving conditions. When the engine is running, the glare is automatically controlled by NOTICE the sensor mounted in the rearview When cleaning the mirror, use a mirror. The sensor detects the light paper towel or similar material level around the vehicle, and auto- dampened with glass cleaner. Do matically adjusts to control the head- not spray glass cleaner directly on lamp glare from vehicles behind you. the mirror as this may cause the OOS047009 Whenever the shift lever is placed in liquid cleaner to enter the mirror [A] : Day/night lever, [B] : Day, [C] : Night R (Reverse), the mirror will automat- housing. ically go to the brightest setting in Make this adjustment before you order to improve the driver’s view start driving and while the day/night behind the vehicle. lever is in the day position. Pull the day/night lever towards you to reduce glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.

3-22 Blue Link® center (for Canada) Electrochromic mirror (ECM) with HomeLink® system, compass and Blue Link® (if equipped)

■ For USA HomeLink Indicator

3 Convenient features of your vehicle

OOS047010L [A] : Indicator OOS047092C ® HomeLink Button NOTICE For details, refer to the Blue Link Telematics buttons Owner's Guide, Navigation Manual OOS047093N When cleaning the mirror, use a or Audio Manual. ■ For Canada paper towel or similar material HomeLink Indicator dampened with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing.

HomeLink Button Telematics buttons OOS047093C

3-23 Convenient features of your vehicle

Your vehicle may be equipped with a Automatic-Dimming Night Vision Compass function ® Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror Safety™ (NVS ) Mirror The Compass can be turned ON and with a Z-Nav™ Electronic Compass (if equipped) OFF, but it returns to ON after the ® Display and an Integrated HomeLink The NVS® Mirror automatically ignition is cycled. Wireless Control System. During reduces glare by monitoring light lev- nighttime driving, this feature will els in the front and the rear of the automatically detect and reduce vehicle. Any object that obstructs rearview mirror glare while the com- either light sensor will degrade the pass indicates the direction the vehicle automatic dimming control feature. is traveling. The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver allows you to activate your For more information regarding garage door(s), electric gate, home NVS® mirrors and other applica- lighting, etc. tions, please refer to the Gentex website: (1) HomeLink Channel 1 www.gentex.com (2) HomeLink Channel 2 Your mirror will automatically dim OOS047094N (3) HomeLink Channel 3 upon detecting glare from the vehicles traveling behind you. 1. Press and release the Control (4) Garage Door Opener Status Button within 1 second to turn the Indicator : Closing or Closed The mirror defaults to the ON posi- display feature OFF. (5) HomeLink Operation Indicator tion each time the vehicle is started. 2. Press and release the Control (6) Garage Door Opener Status Button again within 1 second to Indicator : Opening or Opened Z-Nav™ Compass Display turn the display back ON. (7) HomeLink User Interface Indicator The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is Additional options can be set with also equipped with a Z-Nav™ press and hold sequences of the Compass that shows the vehicle Control Button and are detailed Compass heading in the Display below. Window using the 8 basic cardinal headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).

3-24 i Information Press the control button in the hole with a pointed object, such as the tip of a ballpoint pen or similar object.

There is a difference between magnetic north and true north. To com- 3 pensate for this difference you will need to adjust the Zone setting based Convenient features of your vehicle on where you live.

B520C05NF

3-25 Convenient features of your vehicle

To adjust the Zone setting: If you need to recalibrate the com- Retain the original transmitter of the 1. Determine the desired Zone pass: RF device you are programming for Number based upon your current 1. Press and hold the Control Button use in other vehicles as well as for location on the Zone Map. for more than 6 seconds. When future HomeLink® programming. It is also suggested that upon the sale of 2. Press and hold the Control Button the compass memory is cleared, a the vehicle, the programmed for up to 6 seconds, the current "C" will appear in the display. HomeLink® buttons be erased for Zone Number will appear on the 2. Drive the vehicle in 2 complete cir- display. cles at less than 5 mph (8 km/h). security purposes. 3. Release and press the Control WARNING Button and then hold the Control Integrated HomeLink® Wireless Button again will cause the num- Control System Before programming HomeLink® bers to increment (Note: they will The HomeLink® Wireless Control to a garage door opener or gate repeat …13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). operator, make sure people and Releasing the button when the System can replace up to three hand-held radio-frequency (RF) objects are out of the way of the desired Zone Number appears on device to prevent potential harm the display will set the new Zone. transmitters with a single built-in device. This innovative feature will or damage. Do not use the ® 4. Within about 5 seconds the com- learn the radio frequency codes of HomeLink with any garage pass will start displaying a com- most current transmitters to operate door opener that lacks the safe- pass heading again. devices such as gate operators, ty stop and reverse features garage door openers, entry door required by U.S. federal safety locks, security systems, even home standards (this includes any There are some conditions that can garage door opener model man- cause changes to the vehicle mag- lighting. Both standard and rolling code-equipped transmitters can be ufactured before April 1, 1982). A nets, such as installing a ski rack or garage door that cannot detect a CB antenna. Body repair work on programmed by following the out- lined procedures. an object - signaling the door to the vehicle can also cause changes stop and reverse - does not meet ® to the vehicle's magnetic field. In Additional HomeLink information current U.S. federal safety stan- these situations, the compass will can be found at: www.homelink.com, dards. Using a garage door need to be re-calibrated to correct www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex opener without these features these changes. or by calling 1-800-355-3515. increases the risk of serious injury or death. 3-26 Programming HomeLink® Programming 3. Hold the Garage Door Opener Please note the following: To program most devices, follow Original Transmitter (OT) near the HomeLink Mirror. • When programming a garage door these instructions: opener, it is advised to park the vehicle outside of the garage. • It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held transmitter of the device being pro- 3

grammed to HomeLink® for quicker Convenient features of your vehicle training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal. • Some vehicles may require the ignition switch to be placed in the ACC (or "Accessories") position for programming and/or operation of OOS047095N OOS047096N ® HomeLink . 1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3) 4. Press the Original Transmitter • In the event that there are still pro- button. (OT) button until the indicator (4) is turned continuously ON or gramming difficulties or questions • If the indicator (4) is turned ON after following the programming flashes in Green for approximately in Orange, go to Step 3) since it 10 seconds and it indicates the steps listed below, contact is a new programming. HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com, programing is completed. www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex • If the indicator (4) is continuous- or by calling 1-800-355-3515. ly turned ON or flashes in Green rapidly several times, go to Step i Information 2) since it is a programmed but- • Some garage door openers require ton. to press the programmed button on 2. Press and hold the button you the mirror up to three times right wish to program for approximately after the programming is just com- 15-25 seconds until the LED flash- pleted to operate the garage door. es in Orange for several times. 3-27 Convenient features of your vehicle

• The indicator (4) is turned ON in Operating HomeLink® Erasing HomeLink® buttons Orange and flashes for about 60sec- onds, during the programing mode and if a programing is not succeed- ed within the 60 seconds, the programing mode will be abort.

HomeLink® should now activate your rolling code equipped device.

Gate operator & Canadian programming During programming, your handheld OOS047095N OOS047098N transmitter may automatically stop 1. Press and release one of the 1. Press and hold the button (1) and transmitting. Continue to press the HomeLink buttons (1, 2 or 3) that (3) simultaneously. Integrated HomeLink® Wireless programed. 2. The indicator (4) is turned contin- Control System button while you 2. The HomeLink indicator (4) will uously ON in orange for about 10 press and re-press ("cycle") your operate as below: seconds. handheld transmitter every two sec- - Indicates Green and is continu- 3. Then the indicator (4) color onds until the frequency signal has ously ON (Fixed Code Garage changes to Green and flashes been learned. The indicator light will Door Opener) rapidly. flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful - Flashes in Green rapidly (Rolling Release the buttons once the training. Code Garage Door Opener) green indicator flashes. 4. Now HomeLink button (1), (2) and (4) memories are all cleared.

3-28 NVS® is a registered trademark and Two Way Communication Programing Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the Gentex 1. Complete the HomeLink Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan. "Programming" first. HomeLink® is a registered trademark owned by Johnson Controls, 2. Before the first 10 times HomeLink Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin. button is pressed after the programming, the following steps FCC ID: NZLUAHL5A MUST occur to program two way IC: 4112A-UAHL5A communication. (only for some 3

older garage doors) Convenient features of your vehicle i Information This device complies with Part 15 of OOS047411N the FCC Rules. 5. If the both indicator (4) and (6) are Operation is subject to the following flashing rapidly for about 5 sec- three conditions: onds, the two way synchronization 1. This device may not cause harmful is completed. interference. 2. This device must accept any inter- i Information ference received, including interfer- Some newer garage door openers pro- ence that may cause undesired vide two-way communication syn- operation. OOS047099N chronizing when programming the 3. The transceiver has been tested and 3. Press and release the programed original transmitter (OT). complies with FCC and Industry HomeLink button to activate the Canada rules. Changes or modifica- garage door. tions not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance 4. Once the garage door is stopped, could void the user’s authority to press and release the "Learn" or operate the device. "Smart" button on the Garage door opener within 1 minute from the time of pressing the programed HomeLink button on mirror. 3-29 Convenient features of your vehicle

Operating Two Way Communication - If the indicator (4) flashes in Recalling Garage Door Status Orange, it indicates that the Homelink mirror with two way com- garage door is "closing". munication provides a way to view - If the indicator (4) is ON continu- the last stored message from the ously in Green, it indicates that garage door opener. In order to recall the garage door is "closed". the last known status of the last acti- - If the indicator (6) flashes in vated device, press the buttons "1 Orange, it indicates that the and 2" OR "2 and 3" simultaneously. garage door is "Opening". • If the indicator (4) is ON continu- - If the indicator (6) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that the ously in Green, it indicates that last activated device was "closed" the garage door is "Opened". properly. OOS047099N - If the indicator (4) or (6) does not • If the indicator (6) is ON continu- 1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3) turn to Green, it indicates that the ously in Green, it indicates that the button. last status of garage door was last activated device was "open" not received properly. The properly. HomeLink mirror tries to receive the last known status of the i Information garage door for a few seconds. Two way communication range distance between "vehicle" and "garage door opener" is 100m. The range may be reduced or increased a little due to obstacle conditions around the garage door opener, such as houses or trees.

OOS047412N 2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates as below: 3-30 Side View Mirrors Use the inside rear view mirror or Blind spot mirror (if equipped) look back directly to determine the actual distance of other vehicles prior to changing lanes.

WARNING

Do not adjust or fold the side 3

view mirrors while driving. This Convenient features of your vehicle may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

OOS047012 NOTICE OOS047413N Make sure to adjust the side view • Do not scrape ice off the mirror mirrors to your desired position face; this may damage the sur- before you begin driving. face of the glass. Your vehicle is equipped with both • If the mirror is jammed with ice, left-hand and right-hand side view do not adjust the mirror by mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted force. Use an approved spray remotely with the remote switch. The de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) side view mirrors can be folded to spray, or a sponge or soft cloth help prevent damage when going with very warm water, or move through an automatic car wash or the vehicle to a warm place and when passing through a narrow allow the ice to melt. street. OLF044478N The right side view mirror is convex. The Blind Spot Mirror (BSM) is a Objects seen in the mirror are closer supplemental mirror that minimizes than they appear. the driver's blind spot zone by expanding the field of view on the rear side of the vehicle. 3-31 Convenient features of your vehicle

The blind spot mirror is equipped on Side View Mirror Adjustment NOTICE the driver's left side view mirror. • The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust- WARNING ing angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch • Always check the road condi- is pressed. Do not press the tion while driving for unex- switch longer than necessary, pected situations even though because this can damage the the vehicle is equipped with a motor. blind spot mirror. • Do not attempt to adjust the side • The blind spot mirror is view mirrors by hand, because intended as a supplemental this can damage the motor. device to assist the driver OOS047013 before changing lanes. Do not solely rely on the blind Adjusting the side view mirrors: Folding the side view mirrors spot mirror as a precaution. 1. Press either the L (driver's side) or Always pay attention to traffic R (passenger's side) button (1) to conditions around you. select the side view mirror you would like to adjust. 2. Use the mirror adjustment control NOTICE switch to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right. Do not clean the mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum 3. After adjustment, put the button based cleaning products. into neutral (center) position to prevent inadvertent adjustment.

OOS047014 To fold the side view mirrors, grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it inwards. 3-32 WINDOWS (1) Driver’s door power window switch (2) Front passenger’s door power window switch (3) Rear door (left) power window switch (4) Rear door (right) power window switch 3

(5) Window opening and closing Convenient features of your vehicle (6) Automatic power window (7) Power window lock switch

OOS047017

3-33 Convenient features of your vehicle

Power Windows i Information Window opening and closing The ignition switch must be in the ON • In cold and wet climates, power win- position to be able to raise or lower dows may not work properly due to the windows. Each door has a Power freezing conditions. Window switch to control that door’s window. The driver has a Power • While driving with the rear win- Window Lock switch which can block dows down or with the sunroof (if the operation of passenger windows. equipped) opened (or partially The power windows will operate for opened), your vehicle may demon- approximately 30 seconds after the strate a wind buffeting or pulsation ignition switch is placed in the ACC noise. This noise is normal and can or LOCK/OFF position. However, if be reduced or eliminated by taking the front doors are opened, the the following actions. If the noise Power Windows will not operate even occurs with one or both of the rear OOS047018 within the 30 second period. windows down, partially lower both To open: front windows approximately one Press the window switch down to the inch. If you experience the noise first detent position (5). Release the WARNING with the sunroof open, slightly close switch when you want the window to the sunroof. To avoid serious injury or death, stop. do not extend your head, arms or body outside the windows To close: while driving. Pull the window switch up to the first detent position (5). Release the window switch when you want the window to stop.

3-34 Auto down window (if equipped) To reset the power windows Automatic reverse (if equipped) Pressing the power window switch If the power windows do not operate down momentarily to the second normally, the automatic power win- detent position (6) completely lowers dow system must be reset as follows: the window even when the switch is 1. Place the ignition switch to the ON released. To stop the window at the position. desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down 2. Close the window and continue 3 and release the switch. pulling up on the power window switch for at least one second. Convenient features of your vehicle If the power windows do not operate Auto up/down window properly after resetting, have the (if equipped) system checked by an authorized Pressing or pulling up the power win- HYUNDAI dealer. OLF044032 dow switch momentarily to the sec- If a window senses any obstacle while ond detent position (6) completely WARNING it is closing automatically, it will stop lowers or lifts the window even when and lower approximately 12 inches (30 the switch is released. To stop the The automatic reverse feature cm) to allow the object to be cleared. window at the desired position while doesn't activate while resetting If the window detects the resistance the window is in operation, pull up or the power window system. Make while the power window switch is press down and release the switch. sure body parts or other objects pulled up continuously, the window are safely out of the way before will stop upward movement then closing the windows to avoid lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm). injuries or vehicle damage. If the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reverse feature, the automatic window reverse will not operate.

3-35 Convenient features of your vehicle

Power window lock switch i Information WARNING The automatic reverse feature is only active when the "Auto Up" feature is Do not allow children to play used by fully pulling up the switch to with the power windows. Keep the second detent. the driver's door power window lock switch in the LOCK posi- WARNING tion. Serious injury or death can result from unintentional win- Make sure body parts or other dow operation by a child. objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to NOTICE avoid injuries or vehicle damage. OOS047019 • To prevent possible damage to Objects less than 0.16 inch the power window system, do (4 mm) in diameter caught The driver can disable the power not open or close two windows between the window glass and window switches on the rear passen- or more at the same time. This the upper window channel may ger doors by pressing the power win- will also ensure the longevity of not be detected by the automatic dow lock switch. the fuse. reverse window and the window When the power window lock switch • Never try to operate the main will not stop and reverse direc- is pressed: tion. switch on the driver's door and • The rear passenger control will not the individual door window be able to operate the rear passen- switch in opposite directions at NOTICE ger power window the same time. If this is done, the • Note that the front passenger con- window will stop and cannot be Do not install any accessories on trol is still able to operate the front opened or closed. the windows.The automatic reverse passenger window, and that the feature may not operate. driver master control can still operate all the power windows.

3-36 SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED) If your vehicle is equipped with a sun- NOTICE roof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof WARNING with the sunroof control switch locat- • Do not continue to move the ed on the overhead console. • Never adjust the sunroof or sunroof control lever after the sunshade while driving. This sunroof is fully opened, closed, could result in loss of control or tilted. Damage to the motor or and an accident that may system components could cause death, serious injury, or occur. 3 property damage. • Make sure the sunroof is closed • Make sure heads, hands, arms fully when leaving your vehicle. Convenient features of your vehicle or any other body parts or If the sunroof is left open, rain or objects are out of the way snow may wet the interior of the before operating the sunroof. vehicle. Also, leaving the sun- • Do not extend your head, roof open when the vehicle is arms or body outside the sun- unattended may invite theft. roof while driving, to avoid OOS047021 serious injury. The sunroof can only be opened, • Do not leave the engine run- closed, or tilted when the ignition ning and the key in your vehi- switch is in the ON position. cle with unsupervised children. Unattended children i Information could operate the sunroof, which could result in serious • In cold and wet climates, the sun- injury. roof may not work properly due to freezing conditions. • Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It may cause injury or • After the vehicle is washed or in a vehicle damage. rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it.

3-37 Convenient features of your vehicle

Sunroof opening and closing Sliding the sunroof Tilting the sunroof Pressing the sunroof control lever backward or forward momentarily to the second detent position completely opens or closes the sunroof even when the switch is released. To stop the sunroof at the desired position while the sunroof is in operation, press the sunroof control lever backward or forward and release the switch.

OOS047022 i Information OOS047023 To open the sunroof: To minimize wind noise while driving, Tilt the sunroof open: Press the sunroof control lever back- it is recommended that you drive with Push the sunroof control lever ward to the first detent position. the sunroof slightly closed (stop the upward until the sunroof moves to Release the switch when you want sunroof about 2 inch (5 cm) before the the desired position. the sunroof to stop. maximum slide open position). To close the sunroof: To close the sunroof: Press the sunroof control lever for- Push the sunroof control lever forward to the first detent position. ward until the sunroof moves to the Release the switch when you want desired position. the sunroof to stop.

3-38 NOTICE Sunshade Resetting the sunroof • Periodically remove any dirt that In some circumstances resetting the may accumulate on the sunroof sunroof operation may need to be guide rail or between the sun- performed. Some instances where roof and roof panel which can resetting the sunroof may be make a noise. required include: • Do not try to open the sunroof - When the 12V battery in the 3 when the temperature is below engine room is either disconnected freezing or when the sunroof is or discharged Convenient features of your vehicle covered with snow or ice, other- - When the 12V battery fuse is wise the motor could be dam- replaced aged. In cold and wet climates, If the sunroof one-touch AUTO the sunroof may not work prop- OAD045037 OPEN/CLOSE operation is not func- erly. The sunshade can be opened and tioning properly closed manually. However, the sunshade will open automatically with Sunroof resetting procedure: the sunroof glass when both the sunroof and sunshade are closed and 1. It is recommended to perform the the sunroof control lever is operated. reset procedure with the vehicle engine running. Start the vehicle in PARK (P) by pressing the NOTICE Start/Stop button. Do not leave the sunshade closed 2. Make sure the sunroof is in the while the sunroof is open. fully closed position. If the sunroof is open, push the control lever forward until the sunroof is fully closed. 3. Release the control lever when the sunroof is fully closed.

3-39 Convenient features of your vehicle

4. Push the control lever forward If you release the lever during opera- Sunroof Open Warning about 10 seconds. tion, start the procedure again from (if equipped) step 2. - When the sunroof is in the • If the driver turns off the engine closed position : when the sunroof is not fully The glass will tilt and slightly 6. Release the sunroof control lever closed, the warning chime will move up and down. after all steps have completed. sound for approximately 3 seconds - When the sunroof is in the tilt (The sunroof system has been and the sunroof open warning will position: reset.) appear on the LCD display. The glass will slightly move up • If the driver turns off the engine and down. i Information and opens the door when the sunroof is not fully closed, the open • If the sunroof is not reset when the sunroof warning will appear on the Do not release the lever until the vehicle battery is disconnected or LCD display until the door is closed operation is completed. discharged, or the sunroof fuse is or the sunroof is fully closed. blown, the sunroof may not operate If you release the lever during opera- normally. Close the sunroof securely when tion, start the procedure again from leaving your vehicle. step 2. • For more detailed information, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 5. Within 3 seconds, push and hold the control lever forward until the sunroof operates as follows:

Tilt down → Slide Open → Slide Close.

Do not release the lever until the operation is completed.

3-40 EXTERIOR FEATURES Hood Opening the hood

3 Convenient features of your vehicle

OOS047025 OOS047026 3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise 4. Pull out the support rod and hold the hood slightly, push up the sec- the hood open with the support OOS047024 ondary latch (1) inside of the hood rod (1). 1. Park the vehicle and set the park- center and lift the hood (2). ing brake. WARNING 2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood. The hood should pop • When handling the support open slightly. rod, grasp the rod in the area wrapped with rubber only. In some cases where the engine has been running the support rod may be hot. Caution should be taken to avoid getting burned by the support rod.

3-41 Convenient features of your vehicle

2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted Liftgate • The support rod must be insert- approximately 12 inches (30 cm) ed completely into the hole pro- from the closed position) and push Opening the liftgate vided whenever you inspect the down to securely lock in place. engine compartment. This will Then double check to be sure the prevent the hood from becom- hood is secure. If the hood can be ing dislodged and falling and raised slightly, it is not securely causing potential injury. locked. Open it again and close it with more force. Closing the hood WARNING 1. Before closing the hood, check in and around the engine compart- • Before closing the hood, ment to ensure the following: ensure all obstructions are - Any tools or other loose objects removed from around the OOS047027 are removed from the engine hood opening. room area or hood opening area Before attempting to open the lift- • Always double check to be gate, make sure the vehicle is in - All glove, rags, or other com- sure that the hood is firmly PARK (P). To open the liftgate, per- bustible material is removed latched before driving away. form the following: from the engine compartment Check there is no hood open warning light or message dis- 1) Unlock the vehicle using either the - All filler caps are tightly and cor- remote key fob (Key Start vehi- rectly installed played on the instrument cluster. Driving with the hood cles), the Smart Key (Push Button opened may cause a total loss Start vehicles), or the Unlock but- of visibility, which might ton on the driver side armrest. result in an accident. 2) From outside the vehicle, press • Do not move the vehicle with the liftgate handle the hood in the raised position, as vision is obstructed, which might result in an accident, and the hood could fall 3-42 or be damaged. Closing the liftgate NOTICE Emergency liftgate safety release Make certain that you close the liftgate before driving your vehicle. Possible damage may occur to the liftgate struts and mounting hinges if the liftgate is not closed prior to driving. 3

WARNING Convenient features of your vehicle

OOS047028 Lower the liftgate lid and press down OOS047029 until it locks. To be sure the liftgate lid Your vehicle is equipped with an is securely fastened, always check emergency liftgate safety release by trying to pull it up again without lever located on the bottom of the lift- pressing the liftgate handle button. gate inside the vehicle. To unlock and open the liftgate man- i Information ually from inside the luggage com- In cold and wet climates, door lock partment, perform the following and door mechanisms may not work OOS047085 steps: properly due to freezing conditions. Do not hold on to or try to pull 1. Insert the mechanical key from the on the liftgate strut. Be aware key fob or a small screwdriver into WARNING that the deformation of the lift- the slot at the bottom of the liftgate gate strut may cause vehicle inside the luggage compartment. The liftgate swings upward. damage and risk of injury. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the liftgate. 3-43 Convenient features of your vehicle

2. Slide the key or screwdriver to the Fuel Filler Door right to engage the safety release lever. Opening the fuel filler door 3. Push the liftgate outward and upward.

WARNING

• Be aware of the location of the emergency liftgate safety release lever in your vehicle and know how to open the lift- OOS047031 gate using the safety release 3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward to access the fuel tank cap. lever. OOS047086 • No one should be allowed to 4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), occupy the luggage compart- The fuel filler door is opened from turn it counterclockwise. You may ment of the vehicle at any time. inside the vehicle using the fuel filler hear a hissing noise as the pres- The luggage compartment is a door release lever. sure inside the tank equalizes. very dangerous location in the 1. Turn the engine off. Locate the fuel 5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door. event of a crash. filler door release lever on the floor • Use the release lever for emer- on the left side of the driver seat. i Information gencies only. Use extreme cau- 2. Pull up on the release lever. If the fuel filler door does not open tion, especially while the vehi- because ice has formed around it, tap cle is in motion. lightly or push on the door to break the ice and release the door. Do not pry on the door. If necessary, spray around the door with an approved de- icer fluid (do not use radiator antifreeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt. 3-44 Closing the fuel filler door WARNING • Do not get back into a vehicle 1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it once you have begun refuel- clockwise until it "clicks" one time. Gasoline is highly flammable ing. You can generate a build- 2. Close the fuel filler door until it is and explosive. Failure to follow up of static electricity by latched securely. these guidelines may result in touching, rubbing or sliding SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: against any item or fabric • Read and follow all warnings capable of producing static posted at the gas station. electricity. Static electricity 3

discharge can ignite fuel Convenient features of your vehicle • Before refueling, note the vapors causing a fire. If you location of the Emergency must re-enter the vehicle, you Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, should once again eliminate at the gas station. potentially dangerous static • Before touching the fuel noz- electricity discharge by touch- zle, you should eliminate the ing a metal part of the vehicle, potential build-up of static away from the fuel filler neck, electricity by touching a metal nozzle or other gasoline part of the vehicle, a safe dis- source, with your bare hand. tance away from the fuel filler • When using an approved neck, nozzle, or other gas portable fuel container, be source, with your bare hand. sure to place the container on • Do not use cellular phones the ground prior to refueling. while refueling. Electric cur- Static electricity discharge rent and/or electronic interfer- from the container can ignite ence from cellular phones can fuel vapors causing a fire. potentially ignite fuel vapors and cause a fire.

3-45 Convenient features of your vehicle

Once refueling has begun, • Do not over-fill or top-off your i Information contact between your bare vehicle tank, which can cause Make sure to refuel your vehicle hand and the vehicle should gasoline spillage. according to the "Fuel Requirements" be maintained until the filling • If a fire breaks out during refu- suggested in the Introduction chapter. is complete. eling, leave the vicinity of the • Use only approved portable vehicle, and immediately con- NOTICE plastic fuel containers designed tact the manager of the gas to carry and store gasoline. station and then contact the • Do not spill fuel on the exterior • When refueling, always move local fire department. Follow surfaces of the vehicle. Any type the shift lever to the P (Park) any safety instructions they of fuel spilled on painted sur- position (for automatic trans- provide. faces may damage the paint. mission/dual clutch transmis- • If pressurized fuel sprays out, • If the fuel filler cap requires sion), set the parking brake, it can cover your clothes or replacement, use only a genuine and place the ignition switch skin and thus subject you to HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent to the LOCK/OFF position. the risk of fire and burns. specified for your vehicle. An Sparks produced by electrical Always remove the fuel cap incorrect fuel filler cap can components related to the carefully and slowly. If the cap result in a serious malfunction engine can ignite fuel vapors is venting fuel or if you hear a of the fuel system or emission causing a fire. hissing sound, wait until the control system. • Do not use matches or a condition stops before com- lighter and do not smoke or pletely removing the cap. leave a lit cigarette in your • Always check that the fuel cap vehicle while at a gas station, is installed securely to pre- especially during refueling. vent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.

3-46 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

■ Type A

3 1. Tachometer Convenient features of your vehicle 2. Speedometer 3. Engine coolant temperature gauge 4. Fuel gauge 5. Warning and indicator lights ■ Type B 6. LCD display (including Trip computer)

The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more information, refer to the "Gauges and Meters" in this chapter.

OOS047101N/OOS047102N

3-47 Convenient features of your vehicle

Instrument Cluster Control WARNING Adjusting instrument cluster illumination Never adjust the instrument cluster while driving. Doing so could lead to driver distraction which may cause an accident and lead to vehicle damage, serious injury, or death.

OPDE046110 • The brightness of the instrument panel illumination is displayed.

OOS047401N • If the brightness reaches the maximum or minimum level, a chime When the vehicle's position lights or will sound. headlights are on, press the illumina- For information regarding the illu- tion control button to adjust the mination setting on your audio dis- brightness of the instrument panel play, refer to the "Setup" section of illumination. your Audio or Navigation manual. When pressing the illumination control button, the interior switch illumination intensity is also adjusted.

3-48 Gauges and Meters Tachometer Engine coolant temperature Speedometer gauge

3 Convenient features of your vehicle

OOS047104L OOS047103N The tachometer indicates the OOS047140L approximate number of engine revo- The speedometer indicates the This gauge indicates the tempera- lutions per minute (rpm). speed of the vehicle and is calibrated ture of the engine coolant when the in miles per hour (MPH) and/or kilo- Use the tachometer to select the cor- ignition switch is in the ON position. meters per hour (km/h). rect shift points and to prevent lug- ging and/or over-revving the engine. NOTICE If the gauge pointer moves NOTICE beyond the normal range area Do not operate the engine within toward the "H" position, it indi- the tachometer's RED ZONE. This cates overheating that may dam- may cause severe engine damage. age the engine. Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to "If the Engine Overheats" in chapter 6.

3-49 Convenient features of your vehicle

Fuel gauge WARNING WARNING

Never remove the radiator cap or Running out of fuel can expose reservoir cap when the engine is vehicle occupants to danger. hot. The engine coolant is under You must stop and obtain addi- pressure and could severely tional fuel as soon as possible burn.Wait until the engine is cool after the warning light comes before adding coolant to the on or when the gauge indicator reservoir. comes close to the "E (Empty)" level.

NOTICE OOS047141L This gauge indicates the approxi- Avoid driving with an extremely mate amount of fuel remaining in the low fuel level. Running out of fuel fuel tank. could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter. i Information • The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter 8. • The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light, which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty. • On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank. 3-50 Outside temperature gauge You can change the temperature unit Odometer from °F to °C or °C to °F in the User Settings mode in the cluster: - Go to User Settings Mode ➝ Other ➝ Temperature Unit. For vehicles equipped with Automatic Climate Control, you can also: - Press and hold the AUTO and OFF 3

buttons on the climate control unit Convenient features of your vehicle for 3 seconds

Both the temperature unit on the OPD047463N cluster LCD display and climate con- OPDE046141R This gauge indicates the current out- trol screen will change. The odometer indicates the total dis- side air temperature by 1°F (1°C). tance that the vehicle has been driv- - Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F en and should be used to determine (-40°C ~ 60°C) when periodic maintenance should be performed. Note that the temperature indicated on the LCD display may not change as quickly as the outside temperature (there may be a slight delay before the temperature changes.)

3-51 Convenient features of your vehicle

Range i Information Transmission shift indicator • If the vehicle is not on level ground Automatic transmission/ or the battery power has been inter- Dual clutch transmission shift rupted, the range function may not indicator operate correctly. • The range may differ from the actual driving distance as it is only an estimate of the available driving range for the vehicle and driving conditions. • The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallon OPDE046138R (6 liters) of fuel are added to the • The range is the estimated dis- vehicle. tance the vehicle can be driven • The range may vary significantly with the remaining fuel. based on driving conditions, driving OTL045132 • If the estimated distance is below habits, and condition of the vehicle. This indicator displays the gear posi- 1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will tion of the shift lever. display "----" as range. •Park :P • Reverse : R • Neutral : N •Drive :D • Sport Mode - Auto Transmission : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 - Dual Clutch Transmission : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

3-52 Warning and Indicator Lights Seat Belt Warning Light

i Information Make sure that all warning lights are OFF after starting the engine. If any This warning light informs the driver light is still ON, this indicates a situa- that the seat belt is not fastened. tion that needs attention. For more information, refer to 3 "Seat Belts" in chapter 2. Air Bag Warning Light Convenient features of your vehicle

OTL045134 Shift indicator pop-up The pop-up indicates the current This warning light illuminates: gear position displayed in the cluster • When you place the ignition switch for about 2 seconds when shifting to the ON position. into other positions (P/R/N/D). - The air bag warning light illuminates for about 6 seconds and then turns off when all checks have been performed • The air bag warning light will remain illuminated if there is a malfunction with the Safety Restraint System (SRS) air bag operation. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3-53 Convenient features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake If the brake fluid level in the reser- Also, the vehicle will not stop in as Fluid Warning Light voir is low: short a distance with only a portion 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe of the brake system working. location and stop your vehicle. If the brakes fail while you are driv- This warning light illuminates: 2. With the engine stopped, check the ing, shift to a lower gear for addition- brake fluid level immediately and al engine braking and stop the vehi- • When you place the ignition switch cle as soon as it is safe to do so. to the ON position. add fluid as required (For more information, refer to "Brake - The parking brake light illumi- Fluid" in chapter 7). After adding WARNING nates for about 3 seconds and brake fluid, check all brake compo- will then turn off once the parking nents for fluid leaks. If a brake fluid Parking Brake & Brake Fluid brake is released. leak is found, or if the warning light Warning Light • Whenever the parking brake is remains on, or if the brakes do not applied. operate properly, do not drive the Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous. If the • Whenever the brake fluid level in vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Parking Brake & Brake Fluid the reservoir is low. Warning Light illuminates with - If the warning light illuminates the parking brake released, it with the parking brake released, it Dual-diagonal braking system indicates that the brake fluid indicates the brake fluid level in Your vehicle is equipped with dual- level is low. the reservoir is low. diagonal braking systems. This In this case, have the vehicle means you still have braking on two inspected by an authorized wheels even if one of the dual sys- HYUNDAI dealer. tems should fail. With only one of the dual systems working, more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure is required to stop the vehicle.

3-54 Anti-lock Brake System Electronic Brake Force Have the vehicle inspected by (ABS) Warning Light Distribution (EBD) an authorized HYUNDAI dealer System Warning Light as soon as possible.

This warning light illuminates: • When you place the ignition switch i Information - Electronic to the ON position. Brake Force Distribution These two warning lights illuminate (EBD) System Warning Light 3 - The ABS warning light illuminates at the same time while driving: When the ABS Warning Light is on or Convenient features of your vehicle for about 3 seconds and then • When the ABS and regular brake turns off. both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake system may not work normally. Fluid Warning Lights are on, the • Whenever there is a malfunction In this case, have the vehicle inspect- speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter with the ABS. ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. may not work. Also, the EPS Warning Note that the hydraulic braking Light may illuminate and the steering system will still be operational even WARNING effort may increase or decrease. if there is a malfunction with the In this case, have the vehicle inspected ABS. Electronic Brake Force by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as Distribution (EBD) System soon as possible. Warning Light When both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the brake system will not work normally and you may experience an unexpected and dangerous situation during sudden braking. In this case, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking.

3-55 Convenient features of your vehicle

Electric Power Steering Malfunction Indicator NOTICE (EPS) Warning Light Lamp (MIL) If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic converter damage is possible This warning light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: which could result in loss of • When you place the ignition switch • When you place the ignition switch engine power. to the ON position. to the ON position. In this case, have the vehicle - The Electric Power Steering - The malfunction indicator light inspected by an authorized Warning light illuminates for illuminates for about 3 seconds HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi- about 3 seconds and then goes and then goes off. ble. off. • Whenever there is a malfunction • Whenever there is a malfunction with either the emission control with the EPS. system or the engine or the vehicle If this occurs, have the vehicle powertrain. inspected by an authorized If this occurs, have the vehicle HYUNDAI dealer. inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission control system which could affect drivability and/or fuel economy.

3-56 Charging System Engine Oil Pressure NOTICE Warning Light Warning Light • If the engine does not stop immediately after the Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light is illumi- When this warning light illuminates This warning light illuminates: nated, severe damage could while the engine is running, the bat- • When the engine oil pressure is low. result. tery is not being charged. Immediately • If the warning light stays on turn OFF all electrical accessories. 3 If the engine oil pressure is low: while the engine is running, it Try not to use electrically operated indicates that there may be seri- Convenient features of your vehicle controls, such as the power windows. 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe ous engine damage or malfunc- Keep the engine running. location and stop your vehicle. tion. In this case: Have the vehicle inspected by an 2. Turn the engine off and check the 1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon engine oil level (For more informa- is safe to do so. as possible. tion, refer to "Engine Oil" in chapter 7). If the level is low, add oil as 2. Turn off the engine and check required. the oil level. If the oil level is low, fill the engine oil to the If the warning light remains on proper level. after adding oil or if oil is not available, have the vehicle inspected 3. Start the engine again. If the by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer warning light stays on after as soon as possible. the engine is started, turn the engine off immediately. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3-57 Convenient features of your vehicle

Low Fuel Level Washer Fluid Warning Master Warning Light Warning Light Light

This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: • When the fuel tank is nearly empty. • When the washer fluid level in the • When there is a malfunction in Add fuel as soon as possible. reservoir is nearly empty. operation in any of the following If washer fluid warning light illumi- systems: NOTICE nates, refill the washer fluid reser- - Low washer fluid voir in the engine room when pos- - Exterior lamp malfunction Driving with the Low Fuel Level sible. (if equipped) warning light on or with the fuel level below "E" can cause the - Blind-Spot Collision Warning engine to misfire and damage the (BCW) malfunction (if equipped) catalytic converter. - Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) To identify the details of the warning, look at the LCD display.

3-58 Low Tire Pressure This warning light remains ON All Wheel Drive (AWD) Warning Light after blinking for approximately 60 Warning Light (if equipped) seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON (if equipped) and OFF in 3 second intervals: This warning light illuminates: • When there is a malfunction with This warning light illuminates: the TPMS. • When you place the ignition switch • When you place the ignition switch ON position. In this case, have the vehicle inspect- to the ON position. ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal- 3 - It illuminates for approximately 3 - The All Wheel Drive warning light

er as soon as possible. Convenient features of your vehicle seconds and then goes off. illuminates for about 3 seconds For more information, refer to and then goes off. • When one or more of your tires are "Tire Pressure Monitoring System significantly underinflated. (The (TPMS)" in chapter 6. • Whenever there is a malfunction location of the underinflated tires with the AWD system. are displayed on the LCD display.) If this occurs, have your vehicle For more information, refer to WARNING inspected by an authorized "Tire Pressure Monitoring System HYUNDAI dealer. (TPMS)" in chapter 6. Safe Stopping • The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors. • If you notice any vehicle insta- bility, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.

3-59 Convenient features of your vehicle

Electronic Stability Electronic Stability Immobilizer Indicator Control (ESC) Indicator Control (ESC) OFF Light (with smart key Light Indicator Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates for • When you place the ignition switch • When you place the ignition switch up to 30 seconds: to the ON position. to the ON position. • When the vehicle detects the - The Electronic Stability Control - It illuminates for approximately smart key in the vehicle with the indicator light illuminates for 3 seconds and then goes off. Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC or ON position. about 3 seconds and then goes • When you deactivate the ESC sys- off. tem by pressing the ESC OFF but- - Once the smart key is detected, • Whenever there is a malfunction ton. you can start the engine. with the ESC system. For more information, refer to - The indicator light goes off after If this occurs, have the vehicle "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" starting the engine. inspected by an authorized in chapter 5. HYUNDAI dealer. This indicator light blinks for a few seconds: This indicator light blinks: • When the smart key is not in the • While the ESC is operating. vehicle. For more information, refer to - If the smart key is not detected, "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" you cannot start the engine. in chapter 5.

3-60 This indicator light illuminates for Turn Signal Indicator High Beam Indicator 2 seconds and goes off: Light Light • If the smart key is in the vehicle and the Engine Start/Stop button is ON, but the vehicle cannot detect This indicator light blinks: This indicator light illuminates: the smart key. • When you operate the turn signal • When the headlights are on and in In this case, have the vehicle inspect- indicator stalk. the high beam position ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal- 3 • When the turn signal lever is pulled

er. Convenient features of your vehicle If any of the following occur, there may into the Flash-to-Pass position. be a malfunction with the turn signal This indicator light blinks: system. • When the battery voltage of the Light ON Indicator - The turn signal indicator light illumi- Light smart key is low. nates but does not blink - If this occurs, you will not be able - The turn signal indicator light blinks to start the engine by simply rapidly pressing the Start/Stop button. This indicator light illuminates: However, you can still start the - The turn signal indicator light does • When the tail lights or headlights engine by pressing the Start/Stop not illuminate at all are on. button directly with the smart key. If any of these conditions occur, have (Refer to "Starting the Engine" your vehicle inspected by an author- in chapter 5.) ized HYUNDAI dealer. Front Fog Indicator Light (if equipped) • When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system. In this case, have the vehicle This indicator light illuminates: inspected by an authorized • When the front fog lights are on. HYUNDAI dealer.

3-61 Convenient features of your vehicle

LED Headlight Warning High Beam Assist Icy Road Warning Light Light (if equipped) (HBA) indicator light (if equipped) (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates : This warning light is to warn the driver • When you place the ignition switch • When the high-Beam is on with the the road may be icy. or the Engine Start/Stop button to light switch in the AUTO light posi- When the outside temperature the ON position. tion. gauge reads below 40°F (4°C), the • When there is a malfunction with • If your vehicle detects oncoming or Icy Road Warning Light and Outside the LED headlight. preceding vehicles, the High Beam Temperature Gauge blinks and then If this occurs, have the vehicle Assist (HBA) system will switch the illuminates. Also, the warning chime inspected by an authorized high beam to low beam automati- sounds 1 time. HYUNDAI dealer. cally. For more information, refer to i Information This warning light blinks: "High Beam Assist (HBA) system" in this chapter. If the icy road warning light illumi- When there is a malfunction with a nates while driving, it means that the LED headlight related part. outside temperature has reduced and In this case, have the vehicle inspect- that the road conditions may be icy. ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. As a precaution you should reduce your speed and drive more carefully and with greater attention to the road NOTICE conditions. Continuous driving with the LED Headlight Warning Light on or blinking can reduce LED headlight life.

3-62 Cruise Indicator Light SPORT Mode Indicator Forward Collision Light Avoidance Assist Warning Light (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates: This warning light illuminates : • When the cruise control system is This indicator light illuminates: enabled. • When you select "SPORT" mode • When you set the ignition switch as drive mode. or Engine Start/Stop button to the For more information, refer to ON position. 3 "Cruise Control System" in chap- For more information, refer to ter 5. "Drive Mode Integrated Control - It illuminates for approximately 3 Convenient features of your vehicle System" in chapter 5. seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with Cruise SET Indicator FCA. In this case, have your vehicle Light ECO Mode Indicator inspected by an authorized dealer of Light (for Canada) HYUNDAI.

This indicator light illuminates: For more information, refer to • When the cruise control speed is This indicator light illuminates : "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist set. • When you select "ECO" mode as (FCA) system" in chapter 5. For more information, refer to drive mode. "Cruise Control System" in chap- For more information, refer to ter 5. "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in chapter 5.

3-63 Convenient features of your vehicle

Lane Keep Assist All Wheel Drive LOCK Downhill Brake Control Indicator Light Indicator Light (DBC) Indicator Light (if equipped) (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: • [Green] When you activate the lane • When you place the ignition switch • When you place the ignition switch departure warning system by to the ON position. to the ON position. pressing the LKA button and all of - The AWD LOCK indicator light - The Downhill Brake Control the system operating conditions illuminates for about 3 seconds Indicator Light illuminates for are satisfied. and then goes off. about 3 seconds and then goes • [White] When system operating • When you select AWD Lock mode off. conditions are not satisfied or by pressing the AWD LOCK button. • When you activate the system by when the sensor does not detect pressing the DBC button. the lane line. - The AWD LOCK mode is to transfer a portion of the drive torque to • [Yellow] When there is a malfunc- the rear wheels for increased This indicator light blinks: tion with the lane keeping assist traction on wet pavement, snow system. covered roads or when driving off • When the DBC is operating. In this case, have your vehicle road. inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI This indicator light illuminates yel- dealer. CAUTION low: For more information, refer to "Lane • When there is a malfunction with Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in AWD Lock Mode the DBC system. chapter 5. Do not use the AWD lock mode If this occurs, have your vehicle on dry paved roads. Doing so inspected by an authorized can cause abnormal noise or HYUNDAI dealer. vibration, and may damage the For more information, refer to AWD system. "Downhill Brake Control (DBC) System" in chapter 5.

3-64 LCD Display Messages Low key battery Key not detected Shift to P or N to start engine (for smart key system) (for smart key system) (for smart key system) This warning message is displayed if This warning message is displayed if This warning message is displayed if the battery of the smart key is dis- the smart key is not detected when you you try to start the engine with the charged while changing the Engine press the Engine Start/Stop button. shift lever not in the P (Park) or N Start/Stop button to the OFF position. (Neutral) position. Press START button again Press brake pedal to start (for smart key system) 3 i Information engine (for smart key system) This message is displayed if you Convenient features of your vehicle You can start the engine with the shift This warning message is displayed if were unable to start the vehicle when lever in the N (Neutral) position. But, the Engine Start/Stop button the Engine Start/Stop button was for your safety, we recommend that changes to the ACC position twice pressed. you start the engine with the shift by pressing the button repeatedly If this occurs, attempt to start the lever in the P (Park) position. without depressing the brake pedal. engine by pressing the Engine Start/ You can start the vehicle by depress- Stop button again. ing the brake pedal and then press- If the warning message appears Shift to P ing the Engine Start/Stop button. (for smart key system) each time you press the Engine Start/Stop button, have your vehicle This message is displayed if you try Key not in vehicle inspected by an authorized to turn off the engine without the shift HYUNDAI dealer. lever in P (Park) position. (for smart key system) If this occurs, the Engine Start/Stop This warning message is displayed if button turns to the ACC position (If the smart key is not in the vehicle you press the Engine Start/Stop but- when you press the Engine Start/ ton once more, it will turn to the ON Stop button. position). When attempting to start the vehicle, always have the smart key with you.

3-65 Convenient features of your vehicle

Battery discharging due to Press START button with key Door, Hood, Liftgate Open external electrical devices (for smart key system) Indicator (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if This message is displayed if the bat- you press the Engine Start/Stop but- tery voltage is weak due to any non- ton while the warning message "Key factory electrical accessories (ex. not detected" is displayed. dashboard camera) while parking. At this time, the immobilizer indicator Be careful that the battery is not dis- light blinks. charged. If the warning message appears after removing the non-factory elec- Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse trical accessories, we recommend (for smart key system) that you have the vehicle inspected This warning message is displayed if the brake switch fuse is disconnected. by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. OOS047112 You need to replace the fuse with a new one before starting the engine. This warning is displayed if any door or the hood or the liftgate is left open. If that is not possible, you can start The warning will indicate which door the engine by pressing the Engine is open in the display. Start/Stop button for 10 seconds in the ACC position. CAUTION Before driving the vehicle, you should confirm that the door/ hood/liftgate is fully closed. Also, check there is no door/ hood/liftgate open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster.

3-66 Sunroof Open (if equipped) Low Pressure Turn FUSE SWITCH on

3 Convenient features of your vehicle

OOS047113 OOS047115L OOS047142L This warning is displayed if you turn This warning message is displayed if This warning message is displayed if off the engine when the sunroof is the tire pressure is low. The corre- the fuse switch located on the fuse open. sponding tire on the vehicle will be box under the steering wheel is OFF. Close the sunroof securely before illuminated. The fuse switch is turned OFF to leaving your vehicle. For more information, refer to minimize battery draw when the "Tire Pressure Monitoring System vehicle is in storage or in transporta- (TPMS)" in chapter 6. tion where the vehicle will not be operated for some time. Under normal conditions, the fuse switch should be set to the ON position. For more information, refer to "Fuses" in chapter 7.

3-67 Convenient features of your vehicle

Lights Mode Wiper Low washer fluid (if equipped)

■ Front ■ Rear This warning message is displayed if the washer fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty. Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.

Low fuel This warning message is displayed if the fuel tank is almost out of fuel. When this message is displayed, the low fuel level warning light in the cluster will come on. OPD047120L OPD047125L/OPD047126L It is recommended to look for the This indicator displays which exterior This indicator displays which wiper nearest fueling station and refuel as light is selected using the lighting speed is selected using the wiper soon as possible. control. control. Add fuel as soon as possible. Heated Steering Wheel turned off (if equipped) Engine overheated This message is displayed if you turn This warning message is displayed off the heated steering wheel. when the engine coolant temperature is above 248°F (120°C). This For more information, refer to means that the engine is overheated "Heated Steering Wheel" in this and may be damaged. chapter. If your vehicle is overheated, refer to "Overheating" in chapter 6.

3-68 Check headlight (if equipped) Check Forward Collision Check Lane Keeping Assist This warning message is displayed if Avoidance Assist system (LKA) system (if equipped) the headlights are not operating (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if properly. A headlight bulb may need This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Check to be replaced. there is a malfunction with the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system. Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Have the vehicle inspected by an i Information (FCA) system. Have the vehicle authorized HYUNDAI dealer. inspected by an authorized For more information, refer to 3 Make sure to replace the burned out HYUNDAI dealer. bulb with a new one of the same wattage "Check Lane Keeping Assist Convenient features of your vehicle rating. For more information, refer to (LKA) system" in chapter 5. "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system" in chapter 5. Check High Beam Assist (HBA) system (if equipped) Check Driver Attention Warning This warning message is displayed if (DAW) system (if equipped) there is a problem with the High Beam Assist (HBA) system. Have the vehi- This warning message is displayed if cle inspected by an authorized there is a problem with the Driver HYUNDAI dealer. Attention Warning (DAW). Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized For more information, refer to HYUNDAI dealer. "High Beam Assist (HBA) system" in chapter 3. For more information, refer to "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)" in chapter 5.

3-69 Convenient features of your vehicle

LCD DISPLAY LCD Display Control The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons.

(1) : MODE button for changing modes (2) , : MOVE switch for changing items (3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item

OOS047038N

3-70 LCD Display Modes

Modes Symbol Explanation

This mode displays driving information such as the tripmeter, fuel economy, etc. Trip Computer For more information, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Turn By Turn (TBT) This mode displays the state of the navigation. 3 (if equipped) Convenient features of your vehicle

This mode displays the state of : - Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system - Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system Assist (if equipped) - Tire pressure For more information, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system”, “Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system” in chapter 5 and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

The User Settings menu provides user options for a variety of settings including door User Settings lock/unlock features, convenience features, driver assistance settings, etc.

The Warning mode displays warning messages related to the vehicle when one or Warning more systems is not operating normally.

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

3-71 Convenient features of your vehicle

Shift to P to edit settings Trip computer mode Turn By Turn (TBT) mode This warning message appears if you try to adjust the User Settings while driving. For your safety, change the User Settings after parking the vehicle, applying the parking brake and moving the shift lever to P (Park).

Quick guide help This mode provides quick guides for the systems in the User Settings OPD047464N OPDE046147R mode. The trip computer mode displays This mode displays the state of the Select an item, press and hold the OK information related to vehicle driving navigation. button. parameters including fuel economy, For more information about each tripmeter information and vehicle system, refer to this Owner's speed. Manual. For more information, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

3-72 Assist mode Warning mode If one of followings occurs, warning messages will be displayed on the LCD display for several seconds. - Low washer fluid - Exterior lamp malfunction (if equipped) 3 - Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system malfunction (if equipped) Convenient features of your vehicle - Tire Pressure Monitoring System OOS047119L (TPMS)

OOS047118L Tire Pressure - High Beam Assist (HBA) malfunction (if equipped) LKA/DAW This mode displays information related to Tire Pressure. - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist This mode displays the state of the (FCA) malfunction (if equipped) Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system For more information, refer to and Driver Attention Warning (DAW) "Tire Pressure Monitoring System system. (TPMS)" in chapter 6. For more information, refer to each system in chapter 5.

3-73 Convenient features of your vehicle

User settings mode 1. Head-Up Display In this mode, you can change the settings of the instrument cluster, Items Explanation doors, lamps, etc. Enable Head-Up Display To activate or deactivate the Head-up display function. 1. Head-up display (if equipped) 2. Driver Assistance Display Height To adjust the height of the image displayed 3. Door 4. Lights Rotation To adjust the angle of the image displayed. 5. Sound 6. Convenience Brightness To adjust the brightness of the image displayed.

7. Service interval To select the content to be displayed. 8. Other - Tur n by Tur n 9. Language - Traffic Information Content Selection 10. Reset - Cruise control The information provided may differ - Lane keeping assist depending on which functions are - Blind-spot Collision Warning applicable to your vehicle. To select the speedometer size displayed. Speed Size - Large/Medium/Small

To select the speedometer color displayed. Speed Color - White/Orange/Green

For more information, refer to "Head-Up Display" in this chapter.

3-74 2. Driver Assistance

Items Explanation

To adjust the sensitivity of the Driver Attention Warning. Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system - Off / Normal Sensitivity / High Sensitivity For more information, refer to the "Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System" in chapter 5. 3 To adjust the Lane Keeping Assist function. Lane Safety - Active LKA / Standard LKA / Lane Departure Warning Convenient features of your vehicle For more information, refer to the "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5.

To activate or deactivate the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system.

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist For more information, refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) System" in chapter 5. To adjust the initial warning alert time for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system. - Early / Normal / Late Forward Collision Warning For more information, refer to "Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (FCA) System" in chapter 5.

To activate or deactivate the Blind- Spot Collision Warning sound. Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) Sound For more information, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) System" in chapter 5.

3-75 Convenient features of your vehicle

3. Door

Items Explanation

- Disable: The auto door lock operation will be canceled. - Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 Auto Lock mph (15 km/h). - Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.

- Disable: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled. - On Key Out: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the key ignition switch (if equipped with remote key). Auto Unlock - Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Start/Stop button is set to the OFF position. (if equipped with smart key) - On shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission is shifted to the P (Park) position.

- Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed. Two Press Unlock - On: Only the driver's door will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed. When the door unlock button is pressed again within 4 seconds, the remaining doors will unlock.

To activate or deactivate the horn feedback. If the horn feedback is activated, after locking the door by pressing the lock button on the remote Horn Feedback key, and pressing it again within 4 seconds, the horn feedback sound will operate once to indicate that all doors are locked (if equipped with remote key).

3-76 4. Lights

Items Explanation - Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated. - 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is One Touch Turn Signal moved slightly. For more information, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter. 3 To activate or deactivate the headlight delay function. Headlight Delay Convenient features of your vehicle For more information, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.

5. Sound

Items Explanation

Welcome Sound To activate or deactivate the welcome sound function.

3-77 Convenient features of your vehicle

6. Convenience

Items Explanation

To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat. Wireless Charging System For more information, refer to "Wireless Charging System" in this chapter.

To activate or deactivate the Wiper/Light mode. Wiper/Lights Display When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode whenever you change the mode.

To activate or deactivate the gear position pop-up. Gear Position Pop-up When activated, the gear position will be displayed in the cluster LCD display.

Icy Road Warning To activate or deactivate the Icy Road Warning function.

3-78 7. Service interval

Items Explanation

Service Interval To activate or deactivate the service interval function.

Adjust Interval If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance. 3 If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following Convenient features of your vehicle situations each time the vehicle is turned on. - Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service. - Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.

i Information If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect. - The battery cable is disconnected. - The fuse switch is turned off. - The battery is discharged.

3-79 Convenient features of your vehicle

8. Other

Items Explanation - Off: The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling. - After ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy will reset automatically. Fuel Economy Reset - After refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).

For more information, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

To select the fuel economy unit. Fuel Economy Unit - US gallon / UK gallon

To select the temperature unit. Temperature Unit - °C / °F

To select the tire pressure unit. Tire Pressure Unit - psi / kPa / bar

9. Language

Items Explanation

Language To select language.

10. Reset

Items Explanation

You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the User Settings mode are Reset reset to factory settings, except language and service interval.

3-80 TRIP COMPUTER The trip computer is a microcomput- Trip modes er-controlled driver information system that displays information related Fuel Economy to driving. • Average Fuel Economy • Instant Fuel Economy i Information Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average 3

Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is Drive Info Convenient features of your vehicle disconnected. • Tripmeter • Fuel Economy OOS047038N • Timer To change the trip mode, toggle the " , " switch on the steering wheel. Accumulated Info • Tripmeter • Fuel Economy • Timer

Digital Speedometer

3-81 Convenient features of your vehicle

Average fuel economy/ Manual reset Instant Fuel Economy (2) Instant fuel economy To clear the average fuel economy • The instantaneous fuel economy is manually, press the OK button on the ■ Type A ■ Type B displayed according to the bar steering wheel for more than 1 sec- graph in the LCD display while ond when the average fuel economy driving. is displayed. Automatic reset To automatically reset the average fuel economy, select between "After Ignition" or "After Refueling" in the User Settings mode on the LCD display. - After Ignition: When the engine has OPD047464N/OPD047465N been OFF for 4 hours or longer the Average Fuel Economy (1) average fuel economy will reset • The average fuel economy is calcu- automatically. lated by the total driving distance - After Refueling: The average fuel and fuel consumption since the last economy will reset automatically average fuel economy reset. after adding 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of • The average fuel economy can be fuel or more and after driving speed reset both manually and automati- exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h). cally. i Information The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated.

3-82 Accumulated Info display The accumulated driving information Drive Info display will continue to be counted while the ■ ■ ■ ■ Type A Type B engine is still running (for example, Type A Type B when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light).

i Information The vehicle must be driven for a min- 3

imum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since Convenient features of your vehicle the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated. OPD047466N/OPD047467N OPD047468N/OPD047469N This display shows the accumulated This display shows the trip distance trip distance (1), the average fuel (1), the average fuel economy (2), economy (2), and the total driving and the total driving time (3). time (3). The information is combined for each The information is accumulated start- ignition cycle. However, when the ing from the last reset. engine has been OFF for 4 hours or To reset the information, press and longer the Drive Info screen will reset. hold the OK button when viewing the To manually reset the information, Accumulated driving info. The trip press and hold the OK button when distance, the average fuel economy, viewing the Drive Info. The trip dis- and total driving time will reset simul- tance, the average fuel economy, and taneously. total driving time will reset simultaneously.

3-83 Convenient features of your vehicle

The driving information will continue to Digital speedometer be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light).

i Information The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated.

OPDE046145R The digital speedometer display shows the speed of the vehicle.

3-84 HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) (IF EQUIPPED) Precautions while using the head up display WARNING It may sometimes be difficult to read • Do not attach any stickers or information on the head up display in accessories on the head-up the following situations. display or crash pad. - The driver is improperly positioned • Do not attempt to adjust or try in the driver's seat. to move the combiner screen 3 - The driver wears polarizing-filter or the mechanical door on top

sunglasses. of the dash manually by hand. Convenient features of your vehicle - An object is located above the • The image may be invisible OOS047079N head up display cover. due to finger prints. Also, The Head-Up Display is an optional - The vehicle is driven on a wet road. excessive force applied dur- feature that allows the driver to view - Any improper lighting accessory is ing operation may damage the information projected onto a trans- installed inside the vehicle, or there display. parent screen while still keeping your is incoming light from outside of • Do not place any objects near eyes safely on the road ahead while the vehicle. the head-up display. driving. - The driver wears glasses. Interference with such objects during activation may influ- - The driver wears contact lenses. ence the operation or damage When it is difficult to read the head the display. up display information, adjust the • Do not put any drinks near the image height of HUD or the head up head-up display. If liquid flows display brightness level in the User in the display, the unit could Settings Mode. For more information, be damaged. refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.

3-85 Convenient features of your vehicle

Head Up Display ON/OFF • Do not place any objects on or CAUTION around the head-up display. Do not apply any decals or • When you open or close the stickers on the combiner HUD, noise may occur from screen. Doing so may the motor and gear. obstruct the image display. • When you adjust the image • Avoid prolonged exposure of height of the HUD, noise may direct sunlight onto the com- occur from the motor and biner screen. gear. • Do not place any objects on, inside, or near the combiner screen when the head-up display is either opened or OOS047402N closed. Use the button on the left hand side Use caution to prevent any of the dash panel to activate/deacti- objects from falling inside the vate the Head-up display when the mechanical door. ignition is in the ON position or when • Use only a soft cloth to clean the engine is running. the combiner screen. Do not The Head-Up display will retract use any organic solvents, automatically when the engine is detergents, or polishing mate- turned OFF and the doors are locked rials. Doing so could damage with the Smart Key or when pressing the display. the button on the outside door han- • For your safety, make sure to dle. stop the vehicle before adjust- Note that if the engine is turned OFF ing the settings. and the doors are not locked, the Head-up display will automatically retract after approximately five minutes.

3-86 Head Up Display Information i Information Head Up Display Setting On the LCD display, you can change If you select the Turn By Turn (TBT) the head up display settings as fol- navigation information as HUD con- lows. tents, the Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information will not be displayed • Display Height on the LCD Display. • Rotation • Brightness 3 • Content Select Convenient features of your vehicle • Speedometer Size • Speedometer Color

OOS047082N For more information, refer to 1. Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation "LCD Display" in this chapter. information 2. Speed Limit Sign 3. Speedometer 4. Cruise Control SET Indicator 5. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system information 6. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system information 7. Warning Message (Low Fuel, etc.) 8. Audio Station Info

3-87 Convenient features of your vehicle

LIGHTING Exterior Lights Daytime running light (DRL) Lighting control The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make it easier for others to see To operate the lights, turn the knob at the front of your vehicle during the the end of the control lever to one of day, especially after dawn and before the following positions: sunset.

The DRL system will turn the dedi- cated lamp OFF when : • The headlamps are ON. • The parking lamps are ON. OOS047050N • The vehicle is turned off. AUTO headlamp position (if • The parking brake is engaged. equipped) The parking lamp and headlamp will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of daylight OOS047404N as measured by the ambient light 1. OFF position sensor on the center dash. 2. AUTO headlamp position 3. Parking lamp position Even with the AUTO headlamp fea- 4. Headlamp position ture in operation, it is recommended to manually turn ON the headlamps when driving at night or in a fog, driving in the rain, or when you enter dark areas, such as tunnels and parking facilities.

3-88 NOTICE • Do not cover or spill anything on the sensor (1) located in front of the instrument panel. • Do not clean the sensor using a window cleaner, the cleanser may leave a light film which could 3 interfere with sensor operation. • If your vehicle has window tint Convenient features of your vehicle or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the OOS047405N OOS047406N AUTO headlamp system may not Parking lamp position ( ) Headlamp position ( ) work properly. The parking lamp, license plate lamp The headlamp, parking lamp, license and instrument panel lamp are turned plate lamp and instrument panel lamp ON. are turned ON.

i Information The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlamp.

3-89 Convenient features of your vehicle

High beam operation High Beam Assist (HBA) (if equipped)

OOS047408N

OOS047407N To flash the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you, then OOS047409N To turn on the high beam headlamp, release the lever. The high beams push the lever away from you. The will remain ON as long as you hold The High Beam Assist (HBA) is a lever will return to its original position. the lever towards you. system that automatically adjusts the The high beam indicator will light headlamp range (switches between when the headlamp high beams are high beam and low beam) according switched on. to the brightness of other vehicles and road conditions. To turn off the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you. The low beams will turn on. Operating condition 1. Place the headlamp switch in the WARNING AUTO position. 2. Turn on the high beam by pushing Do not use high beam when there the lever away from you. are other vehicles approaching you. Using high beam could The High Beam Assist (HBA) ( ) obstruct the other driver's vision. indicator will illuminate.

3-90 3. The High Beam Assist (HBA) will When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is turn on when vehicle speed is operating, the high beam switches to above 25 mph (40 km/h). low beamif any of the following condi- • If the headlamp switch is pushed tions occur : away when the High Beam Assist - When the headlamp of an on-com- (HBA) is operating, the High Beam ing vehicle is detected. Assist (HBA) will turn off and the - When the tail lamp of a vehicle in high beam will be on continuously. front is detected. 3

• If the headlamp switch is pulled - When the headlamp or tail lamp of Convenient features of your vehicle towards you when the high beam a motorcycle or a bicycle is detect- is off, the high beam will turn on ed. without the High Beam Assist OOS047127L - When the surrounding ambient light (HBA) canceled. When you let go Warning light and message of the light switch, the lever will is bright enough that high beams are not required. When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is move to the middle and the high not working properly, the Check High beam will turn off. - When streetlights or other lights are detected. Beam Assist warning message will • If the headlamp switch is pulled come on for a few second. After the towards you when the high beam - When the headlamp switch is not in the AUTO position. message disappears, the master is on by the High Beam Assist warning light ( ) will illuminate. Take (HBA), the low beam will be on - When the High Beam Assist (HBA) your vehicle to an authorized and the High Beam Assist (HBA) is off. HYUNDAI dealer and have the system will turn off. - When vehicle speed is below 22mph checked. • If the headlamp switch is placed (35 km/h). to the headlamp ON position, the High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off and the low beam will be on continuously.

3-91 Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING • When the vehicle is driven on • When the front window is cov- a narrow curved road or rough ered with foreign matters such The system may not operate nor- road as ice, dust, fog, or is damaged. mally if any of the following con- • When the vehicle is driven on 3) When the forward visibility is ditions should occur: an uphill road or downhill poor. Such examples may 1) When the illumination from road include: an on-coming vehicle or a • When only part of the vehicle in • When the headlamps of an on- vehicle in front is dim. Such front is visible on a crossroad coming vehicle or a vehicle in examples may include: or curved road. front is not detected due to • When the headlamps of an on- • When there is a traffic light, poor outside visibility (smog, coming vehicle or the tail reflecting sign, flashing sign or smoke, dust, fog, heavy rain, lamps of a vehicle in front is mirror. snow, etc.). covered with dust, snow, or • When the road conditions are • When the windshield visibility water. bad such as being wet or cov- is poor. • When the headlamps on an on- ered with snow. coming vehicle are OFF, but the • When a vehicle suddenly fog lamps are ON. appears from a curve. 2) When the High Beam Assist • When the vehicle is tilted from camera is adversely affected a flat tire or being towed. by an external condition. Such examples may include: • When the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system warning light • When the vehicle's head- illuminates. lamps have been damaged or not repaired properly. • When the light from the oncoming or front vehicle is not • When the vehicle headlamps detected because of exhaust are not aimed properly. fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.

3-92 Turn signals and lane change WARNING • Do not place objects on the signals crash pad that reflect light • Do not attempt to disassem- such as mirrors, white paper, ble the front view camera etc. The system may malfunc- without the assistance of an tion if sunlight is reflected. authorized HYUNDAI dealer • At times, the High Beam technician. If camera is Assist (HBA) may not work removed for any reason, the properly. The system is for 3

system may need to be re-cal- your convenience only. It is Convenient features of your vehicle ibrated. Have the system the responsibility of the driver inspected by an authorized for safe driving practices and HYUNDAI dealer. always check the road condi- • If the windshield of your vehi- tions for your safety. cle is replaced, most likely the • When the system does not OOS047410N front view camera will need to operate normally, change the To signal a turn, push down on the be re-calibrated. If this headlamp position manually lever for a left turn or up for a right occurs, have your vehicle between the high beam and turn in position (A). inspected and have the sys- low beam. tem re-calibrated by an If an indicator stays on and does not authorized HYUNDAI dealer. flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned • Be careful that water doesn’t out and will require replacement. get into the High Beam Assist (HBA) unit and do not remove or damage related parts of the High Beam Assist (HBA) system.

3-93 Convenient features of your vehicle

Onetouch turn signal function Front fog lamp (if equipped) NOTICE To activate the One Touch Turn When in operation, the fog lamps Signal function, push the turn signal consume large amounts of vehicle lever up or down to position (B) and electrical power. Only use the fog then release it. lamps when visibility is poor. The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times. You can activate or deactivate the Battery saver function One Touch Turn Signal function or The purpose of this feature is to pre- choose the number of blinks (3, 5, or vent the battery from being dis- 7) from the User Settings mode in charged. The system automatically the LCD display. turns off the parking lamp when the OOS047414N driver turns the vehicle off and opens the driver-side door. For more information, refer to the Fog lamps are used to provide "LCD Display" section in this improved visibility when visibility is With this feature, the parking lamps chapter. poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. will turn off automatically if the driver Use the switch next to the headlamp parks on the side of road at night. switch to turn the fog lamps ON and If necessary, to keep the lamps on OFF. when the vehicle is turned off, perform 1. Turn on the parking lamp. the following: 2. Turn the headlamp switch (1) to 1) Open the driver-side door. the front fog lamp position. 2) Turn the parking lamps OFF and 3. To turn off the front fog lamp, turn ON again using the headlamp the headlamp switch to the front switch on the steering column. fog lamp position again or turn off the parking lamp.

3-94 Headlamp delay function NOTICE Smart cornering lamp If the key is removed from the ignition (if equipped) If the driver exits the vehicle switch or placed in the ACC position through another door besides the As an optional safety feature, your or the LOCK/OFF position with the driver door, the battery saver func- vehicle may be equipped with a headlamps ON, the headlamps tion does not operate and the smart cornering lamp. The cornering (and/or parking lamps) remain on for headlamp delay function does not lamp turns ON automatically while about 5 minutes. However, if the dri- turn OFF automatically. driving when the vehicle enters into a ver’s door is opened and closed, the cornering maneuver. 3 headlights are turned off after 15 This may cause the battery to dis- The system will operate under the Convenient features of your vehicle seconds. Also, with the engine off if charge. To avoid battery dis- following conditions: the driver's door is opened and charge, turn OFF the headlamps closed, the headlamps (and/or park- manually from the headlamp • When the headlamps are turned ing lamps) are turned off after 15 switch before exiting the vehicle. ON seconds. • When the steering angle is above The headlamps (and/or parking 25 to 35 degrees (depending on lamps) can be turned off by pressing vehicle speed) the lock button on the remote key or • When the vehicle speed is under smart key twice or turning the head- 25 mph (40 kph) lamp switch to the OFF or AUTO position. When the smart cornering lamp turns on, the front fog lamp turns off. You can activate or deactivate the (if equipped) Headlamp Delay function from the User Settings Mode in the LCD display. For more information, refer to the "LCD Display" section in this chapter.

3-95 Convenient features of your vehicle

Interior Lights Front lamps Front Map Lamp (1) :

■ Type A (Without sunglass case) Press either lenses to turn the map WARNING lamp on or off. This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a Do not use the interior lights map lamp at night or as a personal when driving in the dark. The lamp for the driver and the front pas- interior lights may obscure your senger. view and cause an accident. Front Door Lamp (2) ( ): NOTICE The front or rear room lamps come on when the front or rear doors are Do not use the interior lights for opened if the engine is running or not. extended periods when the vehi- OOS047051 When doors are unlocked by the cle is turned off or the battery will ■ Type B (With sunglass case) remote key or smart key, the front and discharge. rear lamps come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is Interior lamp AUTO cut not opened. The front and rear room lamps go out gradually after approxi- The interior lamps will automatically mately 30 seconds when the door is go off approximately 20 minutes after closed. However, if the ignition switch the engine is turned off and the is in the ON position or all doors are doors are closed. If a door is opened, locked, the front and rear lamps will the lamp will go off 40 minutes after turn off. If a door is opened with the the engine is turned off. If the doors ignition switch in the ACC position or are locked by the remote key or OOS047052 the OFF position, the front and rear smart key and the vehicle enters the lamps stay on for about 20 minutes. armed stage of the theft alarm system, the lamps will go off five seconds later.

3-96 Front room lamp Rear lamp Luggage compartment lamp (if equipped) • (3) : ■ Type A Press the button to turn ON the room lamp for the front/rear seats.

• (4) : Press the button to turn OFF the 3

room lamp for the front/rear seats Convenient features of your vehicle regardless of front or rear door open position.

OOS047321 ■ Type B OOS047054 The luggage compartment lamp comes on when the liftgate is opened.

NOTICE The luggage compartment lamp comes on as long as the liftgate is open.To prevent unnecessary battery system drain, close the lift- OOS047053 gate securely after using the luggage compartment. Rear Room Lamp ( ): Press this switch to turn the rear room lamp on and off.

3-97 Convenient features of your vehicle

Vanity mirror lamp Welcome System Welcome light Interior lamp When the interior lamp switch is in the DOOR position and all doors are closed and locked, the room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any of the below is performed. • When the door unlock button is pressed on the remote key or smart key.

OOS047055 • When the button of the outside door handle is pressed. Push the switch to turn the light on or off. At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button on the remote key or • : The lamp will turn on if this smart key the room lamp will turn off button is pressed. immediately. • : The lamp will turn off if this button is pressed. NOTICE Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off, it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor.

3-98 WIPERS AND WASHERS ■ Front windshield wiper/washer A : Wiper speed control Windshield Wipers · MIST – Single wipe Operates as follows when the igni- · OFF – Off tion switch is in the ON position. · INT – Intermittent wipe MIST : For a single wiping cycle, AUTO* – Auto control wipe push the lever upward and release. The wipers will oper- · LO – Low wiper speed ate continuously if the lever is · HI – High wiper speed held in this position. 3

B : Intermittent control wipe time OFF : Wiper is not in operation. Convenient features of your vehicle adjustment INT : Wiper operates intermittently at OPD047454L the same wiping intervals. To C : Wash with brief wipes ■ Rear windshield wiper/washer vary the speed setting, move (pull lever towards you) the speed control lever. The top D : Rear wiper/washer control most setting will run the wipers most frequently (for more rain). · HI – High wiper speed The bottom setting will run the · LO – Low wiper speed wipers the least frequently (for · OFF – Off less rain). E : Wash with brief wipes (rear) AUTO :The rain sensor located on (push lever away from you) the upper end of the windshield glass senses the * : if equipped amount of rainfall and con- OTLA045318 trols the wiping cycle for the proper interval. The more it rains, the faster the wiper operates. When the rain stops, the wiper stops.To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob (B).

3-99 Convenient features of your vehicle

LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed. AUTO (Automatic) control If the wiper switch is set in AUTO HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed. (if equipped) mode when the ignition switch is in the ON position, the wiper will operate once to perform a self-check of i Information the system. Set the wiper to OFF If there is heavy accumulation of snow position when the wiper is not in use. or ice on the windshield, defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, or WARNING until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to To avoid personal injury from ensure proper operation. the windshield wipers, when the If you do not remove the snow and/or Sensor engine is running and the wind- ice before using the wiper and washer, shield wiper switch is placed in it may damage the wiper and washer the AUTO mode: OOS047322N system. • Do not touch the upper end of The rain sensor located on the upper the windshield glass facing end of the windshield glass senses the rain sensor. the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper inter- • Do not wipe the upper end of val. the windshield glass with a damp or wet cloth. The wiper operation time will be automatically controlled depends on • Do not put pressure on the rainfall. windshield glass. When the rain stops, the wiper stops. To vary the sensitivity setting, turn the sensitivity control knob (1).

3-100 Windshield Washers CAUTION WARNING

• When washing the vehicle, set When the outside temperature the wiper switch in the OFF is below freezing, ALWAYS position to stop the auto wiper warm the windshield using the operation.The wiper may oper- defroster to help prevent the ate and be damaged if the washer fluid from freezing on switch is set in the AUTO mode the windshield and obscuring 3

while washing the vehicle. your vision which could result Convenient features of your vehicle • Do not remove the sensor in an accident and serious cover located on the upper injury or death. end of the passenger side windshield glass. Damage to OTLE045164 system parts could occur and In the OFF position, pull the lever may not be covered by your gently toward you to spray washer vehicle warranty. fluid on the windshield and to run the • Because of using a photo sen- wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and sor, temporary malfunction wiper operation will continue until could occur according to you release the lever. If the washer sudden ambient light change does not work, you may need to add made by stone and dust while washer fluid to the washer fluid driving. reservoir.

3-101 Convenient features of your vehicle

NOTICE Rear Window Wiper and Washer • To prevent possible damage to the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty. • To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry. • To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do OTLE045166 not attempt to move the wipers OTLE045165 Push the lever away from you to manually. spray rear washer fluid and to run the • To prevent possible damage to The rear window wiper and washer rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray the wipers and washer system, switch is located at the end of the and wiper operation will continue use anti-freezing washer fluids wiper and washer switch lever. Turn until you release the lever. in the winter season or cold the switch to the desired position to weather. operate the rear wiper and washer. Auto rear wiper HI – High wiper speed The rear wiper will operate while the LO – Low wiper speed vehicle is in reverse with the front OFF – Off wiper ON by selecting the function on the LCD display. Go to 'User Settings → Convenience → Auto Rear Wiper (in R)'.

3-102 DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM Rear view monitor This is a supplemental system that helps provide a view of the area WARNING behind the vehicle through the audio display while the vehicle is in the R • Never rely solely on the Rear (Reverse) position. view monitor when backing- up. • ALWAYS look around your WARNING vehicle to make sure there are 3 no objects or obstacles before

The rear view monitor is not a moving the vehicle in any Convenient features of your vehicle safety device. It only serves to direction to prevent a collision. assist the driver in identifying objects directly behind the mid- • Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven OOS047046 dle of the vehicle. The camera does NOT cover the complete close to objects, particularly area behind the vehicle. pedestrians, and especially children.

NOTICE Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with dirt, water or snow.

OOS047091N The rear view monitor will activate when the engine is running and the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.

3-103 Convenient features of your vehicle

Parking Distance Warning Operation of the Parking (Reverse) system (if equipped) WARNING Distance Warning (Reverse) system • ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are not Operating condition any objects or obstacles before • This system will activate when moving the vehicle in any direc- backing up with the ignition switch tion to prevent a collision. in the ON position. However, if the • Always pay close attention vehicle speed exceeds 3 mph when the vehicle is driven close (5km/h), the system may not detect to objects, particularly pedestri- objects. ans, and especially children. • If the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph • Be aware that some objects (10 km/h), the system will not warn may not be visible on the you even though objects are OOS047042 screen or be detected by the detected. [A] : Sensor sensors, due to the objects • When more than two objects are The Parking Distance Warning distance, size or material, all of sensed at the same time, the clos- (Reverse) System assists the driver which can limit the effective- est one will be recognized first. during reverse movement of the vehi- ness of the sensor. cle by chiming if any object is sensed within approximately 50 in (120 cm) behind the vehicle. This system is a supplemental system that senses objects within the range and location of the sensors, it cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed.

3-104 Types of warning sound and indicator NOTICE To turn off the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system Types of warning sound Indicator • The indicator may differ from the (if equipped) illustration as objects or sen- When an object is 24 to 47 in sors status. If the indicator (60 to 120 cm) from the rear blinks, have your vehicle bumper, the warning sound checked by an authorized beeps intermittently. HYUNDAI dealer. 3 When an object is 12 to 24 in • If the audible warning does not Convenient features of your vehicle (30 to 60 cm) from the rear sound or if the buzzer sounds bumper, the warning sound intermittently when shifting into beeps more frequently. R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction with the When an object is within 12 in Parking Distance Warning (30 cm) from the rear bumper, (Reverse) system. If this occurs, the warning sound beeps have your vehicle checked by an OOS047045L continuously. authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. Push the button to turn off the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system. The indicator light on the button will turn on.

3-105 Convenient features of your vehicle

Non-operational conditions of There is a possibility of the Parking Detecting range may decrease when: Parking Distance Warning Distance Warning (Reverse) system • Outside air temperature is extreme- (Reverse) system malfunction when: ly hot or cold. The Parking Distance Warning • Driving on uneven road surfaces • Undetectable objects smaller than (Reverse) system may not operate such as unpaved roads, gravel, 40 inches (1 m) and narrower than normally when: bumps, or gradient. 6 inches (14 cm) in diameter. • The sensor is covered with dirt or • Objects generating excessive noise such as vehicle horns, loud motor- debris such as snow or ice, or the The following objects may not be sensor cover is blocked. cycle engines, or truck air brakes can interfere with the sensor. recognized by the sensor: • Heavy rain or water spray is present. • Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, chains or small poles. • Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are present near the sensor. • Objects, which tend to absorb sensor frequency such as clothes, • The sensor is covered with snow. spongy material or snow. • Any non-factory equipment or accessories have been installed, or if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified.

3-106 Parking Distance Warning • Do not push, scratch or strike the (Reverse) system Precautions sensor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the • The Parking Distance Warning sensor. Sensor damage could occur. (Reverse) system may not operate consistently in some circum- • Do not spray the sensors or its sur- stances depending on the speed of rounding area directly with a high the vehicle and the shapes of the pressure washer. Doing so may objects detected. cause the sensors to fail to operate 3 normally.

• The Parking Distance Warning Convenient features of your vehicle (Reverse) system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sen- WARNING sor installation has been modified or damaged. Any non-factory Extreme caution should always installed equipment or accessories be taken to avoid accidents or may also interfere with the sensor vehicle injuries. Do not solely performance. rely on the Parking Distance • The sensor may not recognize Warning (Reverse) system. objects less than 15 in. (40 cm) Always drive safely and cau- from the sensor, or it may sense an tiously, especially when back- incorrect distance. Use caution. ing up in reverse. • When the sensor is blocked with snow, dirt, debris, or ice, the rear parking assist system may be inoperative until the snow or ice melts, or the debris is removed. Use a soft cloth to wipe debris away from the sensor.

3-107 Convenient features of your vehicle

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

1. Fan speed control knob 2. Temperature control knob 3. Mode selection knob 4. Front windshield defroster position 5. A/C (Air conditioning) button 6. Rear window defroster button 7. Air intake control (recirculation) button

OOS047300L

3-108 Heating and Air Conditioning Mode selection 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select the mode according to the following: 3 - Heating: Convenient features of your vehicle - Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to fresh mode or recirculation mode position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.

OOS047304N The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system. Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or windshield. Five symbols are used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost air position. 3-109 Convenient features of your vehicle

Floor & Defrost Face-Level (B, D) (A, C, D, E)

Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the body and face. Additionally, each floor and the windshield with a small outlet can be controlled to direct the amount directed to the side window air discharged from the outlet. defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D) Bi-Level (B, C, D, E) OOS047305 Most of the air flow is directed to the MAX A/C-Level (B, D) Air flow is directed towards the face windshield with a small amount of air (if equipped) and the floor. directed to the side window defrosters. The MAX A/C mode is used to cool the inside of the vehicle faster. Air flow is directed toward the upper Floor-Level (A, C, D, E) body and face. In this mode, the A/C button and the Most of the air flow is directed to the Recirculation mode button cannot be floor, with a small amount of the air selected. Turn the fan speed mode to being directed to the windshield and adjust. side window defrosters. After the interior cabin has cooled sufficiently, move the temperature knob away from the MAX A/C setting and adjust the knob to the desired position. If you wish to continue using A/C ON, make sure the A/C button LED is illuminated. 3-110 Instrument panel vents Temperature control (2) i Information The temperature will increase by Using the system primarily in Fresh turning the knob to the right. mode and Recirculation mode only The temperature will decrease by when needed is recommended for best turning the knob to the left. results. Prolonged operation of the heater in Air intake control (7) Recirculation mode and without the 3 The air intake control button is used A/C ON can cause fogging of the to select either Fresh mode (outside windshield. Convenient features of your vehicle air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air). In addition, prolonged use of the A/C ON in Recirculation mode may result in excessively dry, dehumidified air in OOS047306N Recirculation mode the cabin. The instrument panel vent air flow When Recirculation can be directed up/down or left/right mode is selected, air using the vent adjustment lever. from the passenger The air flow can also be CLOSED compartment will be using the vent adjustment lever. The recirculated through the instrument panel air vents are the system and heated or "click-to-close" type. cooled according to the To CLOSE the instrument panel function selected. vents perform the following: - For the driver side vents, slide the Fresh mode vent adjustment lever to the LEFT When Fresh mode is until it clicks. selected, air enters the - For the passenger side vents, slide vehicle from outside and the vent adjustment lever to the is heated or cooled right until it clicks. according to the function selected. 3-111 Convenient features of your vehicle

Fan speed control (1) System Operation WARNING Turn the knob to the right to increase Cooling / Ventilation the fan speed and airflow. Turn the • Continued use of the climate 1. Select the Face Level mode. control system operation in knob to the left to decrease fan speed and airflow. 2. Set the air intake control to fresh Recirculation mode for a pro- mode. longed period of time may Setting the fan speed control knob to cause drowsiness to the the "0" position turns off the fan. 3. Set the temperature control to the occupants in the cabin. This desired position. may lead to loss of vehicle NOTICE 4. Set the fan speed control to the control which may lead to an desired speed. accident. Operating the fan speed when the ignition switch is in the ON posi- • Continued use of the climate tion could cause the battery to Heating control system operation in discharge. Operate the fan speed 1. Select the Floor Level mode. Recirculation mode with the when the engine is running. A/C OFF may allow humidity 2. Set the air intake control to fresh to increase inside the cabin. mode. This may cause condensation Air conditioning (5) 3. Set the temperature control to the to accumulate on the wind- Push the A/C button to turn the sys- desired position. shield and obscure visibility. tem on (indicator light will illuminate) 4. Set the fan speed control to the • Do not sleep in your vehicle or and off. desired speed. remain parked in your vehicle 5. If desired, turn the air conditioning with the windows up and ON with the temperature control either the heater or the air knob set to heat in order to dehu- conditioning ON for pro- midify the air before it enters into longed periods of time. Doing the cabin. so may increase the levels of If the windshield fogs up, select the carbon dioxide in the cabin Floor & Defrost mode or press which may lead to serious the Front Defrost mode. injury or death.

3-112 Operation Tips Air conditioning NOTICE • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes Your HYUNDAI vehicle air condition- When using the air conditioning from entering the vehicle through ing system is filled with R-1234yf system, monitor the engine tem- the ventilation system, temporarily refrigerant. perature gauge closely while driv- set the air intake control to recircu- 1. Start the engine. ing up hills or in heavy traffic when lation mode. Return the control to outside temperatures are high. Air Fresh mode when the unpleasant 2. Press the air conditioning button. conditioning system operation air outside has diminished. This will 3. Set the mode to the Face Level when climbing a steep grade or in 3 help keep the driver alert and com- mode. high outside ambient tempera- Convenient features of your vehicle fortable. 4. Set the air intake control to tures can cause engine overheat- • To help prevent the inside of the Recirculation mode temporarily to ing. windshield from fogging, set the air allow the cabin to cool quickly. Continue to use the fan, but turn intake control to fresh mode and When the desired temperature in the air conditioning system off if fan speed to the desired position, the cabin is reached, change the the engine temperature gauge turn on the air conditioning system, air intake control back to Fresh indicates engine overheating. and adjust the temperature control mode. to the desired temperature. 5. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort. When maximum cooling is desired, set the temperature control to the MAX A/C position, then set the fan speed control to the highest setting.

3-113 Convenient features of your vehicle

Air conditioning system operation tips System Maintenance Checking the amount of air • If the vehicle has been parked in Cabin air filter conditioner refrigerant and direct sunlight during hot weather, compressor lubricant open the windows for a short time When the amount of refrigerant is Outside air to let the hot air inside the vehicle low, the performance of the air con- escape. ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also Recirculated • After sufficient cooling has been air reduces the performance of the air achieved, switch back from the conditioning system. recirculated air to the fresh outside Therefore, if abnormal operation is air position. found, have the system inspected by • To help reduce moisture inside of an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. the windows on rainy or humid Blower Heater core days, decrease the humidity inside Cabin air filter Evaporator NOTICE core the vehicle by operating the air con- 1LDA5047 ditioning system with the windows It is important that the correct and sunroof closed. The cabin air filter is installed behind type and amount of oil and refrig- the glove box. It filters the dust or other erant is used. Otherwise, damage • Use the air conditioning system pollutants that enter the vehicle to the compressor and abnormal every month only for a few minutes through the heating and air condition- system operation may occur. to ensure maximum system per- ing system. formance. Have the cabin air filter replaced by • If you operate air conditioner exces- an authorized HYUNDAI dealer sively, the difference between the according to the maintenance sched- temperature of the outside air and ule. If the vehicle is being driven in that of the windshield could cause severe conditions such as dusty or the outer surface of the windshield rough roads, more frequent cabin air to fog up, causing loss of visibility. filter inspections and changes are In this case, set the mode selection required. knob or button to the position If the air flow rate suddenly decreas- and fan speed control to the lower es, the system should be checked at speed. an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 3-114 Air Conditioning refrigerant label WARNING ■ Example Because the refrigerant is mildly inflammable at very high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and cer- 3

tified technicians. It is Convenient features of your vehicle important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the vehi- ODH043366 cle and personal injury. The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant label in the vehicle may differ The air conditioning system should from the illustration. be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Each symbols and specification on air conditioning refrigerant label means as below : 1. Classification of refrigerant 2. Amount of refrigerant 3. Classification of Compressor lubricant

Refer to chapter 8 for more detail location of the air conditioning refrigerant label.

3-115 Convenient features of your vehicle

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

1. Temperature control knob 2. Fan speed control knob 3. AUTO (automatic control) button 4. Air conditioning button 5. OFF button 6. Front windshield defroster button 7. Mode selection button 8. Rear window defroster button 9. Air intake control button 10. Climate control information screen

OOS047301L

3-116 Automatic Temperature The selected function will be con- Control Mode trolled manually while other functions operate automatically. The Automatic Climate Control System is controlled by setting the For your convenience and to improve desired temperature. the efficiency of the climate control, use the AUTO button and set the 1. Press the AUTO button (3). temperature to 73°F (23°C). The modes, fan speeds, air intake To change the temperature unit from 3 and air-conditioning will be controlled

°F to °C or °C to °F: Convenient features of your vehicle automatically by the temperature setting you select. Press and hold the AUTO and OFF buttons on the climate control unit for 2. Turn the temperature control knob 3 seconds. OOS047308 (1) to the desired temperature. If the temperature is set to the low- NOTICE est setting (Lo), the air conditioning system will operate continu- Never place anything near the ously. After the interior has cooled ambient light/solar sensor to sufficiently, adjust the knob to a ensure better control of the heat- higher temperature set point ing and cooling system. whenever possible. To turn the automatic operation off, select any button of the following: - Mode selection button - Front windshield defroster button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate on the information display once again.) - Fan speed control button 3-117 Convenient features of your vehicle

Manual Temperature Control Mode selection Mode The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected. When pressing any button except the AUTO button while using automatic operation, the functions not selected will be controlled automatically. 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select the mode according to the following: - Heating: - Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to Fresh mode position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. OOS047304N 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on. The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system. 7. Press the AUTO button to convert to full automatic control of the system. 3-118 The air flow outlet direction is cycled Instrument panel vents as follows: Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window Face-Level (B, D) defrosters. 3 Convenient features of your vehicle Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each Floor-Level (A, C, D, E) outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet. Most of the air flow is directed to the OOS047306N floor, with a small amount of the air The instrument panel vent air flow being directed to the windshield and can be directed up/down or left/right using the vent adjustment lever. Bi-Level (B, C, D, E) side window defrosters. The air flow can also be CLOSED Defrost-Level (A, D) (6) using the vent adjustment lever. The Air flow is directed towards the face instrument panel air vents are the and the floor. Most of the air flow is directed to the "click-to-close" type. windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters. To CLOSE the instrument panel vents perform the following: - For the driver side vents, slide the vent adjustment lever to the LEFT until it clicks. - For the passenger side vents, slide the vent adjustment lever to the right until it clicks.

3-119 Convenient features of your vehicle

Temperature control (1) Fresh mode WARNING Turn the knob to the right to increase When Fresh mode is selected, air enters the the temperature. Turn the knob to the • Continued use of the climate vehicle from outside and left to decrease temperature. control system operation in is heated or cooled The temperature will increase or Recirculation mode for a pro- according to the function decrease by 1°F/0.5°C for each incre- longed period of time may selected. mental location. When set to the low- cause drowsiness to the est temperature setting, the air condi- occupants in the cabin. This tioning will operate continuously. i Information may lead to loss of vehicle Using the system primarily in Fresh control which may lead to an Air intake control (9) mode and Recirculation mode only accident. The air intake control button is used when needed is recommended for best • Continued use of the climate to select either Fresh mode (outside results. control system operation in air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air). Prolonged operation of the heater in Recirculation mode with the Recirculation mode and without the A/C OFF may allow humidity A/C ON can cause fogging of the wind- to increase inside the cabin. Recirculation mode shield. This may cause condensation When Recirculation to accumulate on the wind- In addition, prolonged use of the A/C shield and obscure visibility. mode is selected, air ON in Recirculation mode may result in from the passenger excessively dry, dehumidified air in the • Do not sleep in your vehicle or compartment will be cabin. remain parked in your vehicle recirculated through the with the windows up and system and heated or either the heater or the air cooled according to the conditioning ON for pro- function selected. longed periods of time. Doing so may increase the levels of carbon dioxide in the cabin which may lead to serious injury or death.

3-120 Fan speed control (2) Air conditioning (4) System Operation The fan speed can be set as desired Push the A/C button to manually turn Cooling / Ventilation by pushing the fan speed control but- the system on (indicator light will illu- 1. Select the Face Level mode. ton. minate) and off. 2. Set the air intake control to fresh More air is delivered with higher fan mode. speeds. OFF mode (5) 3. Set the temperature control to the Pressing the OFF button turns off the Push the OFF button to turn the cli- desired position. 3 fan. mate control system off. You can still

4. Set the fan speed control to the Convenient features of your vehicle operate the mode and air intake but- desired speed. i Information tons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON position. For better sound quality, fan speed may automatically slow down for a Heating couple of minutes when you activate 1. Select the Floor Level mode. voice recognition or hands free. 2. Set the air intake control to fresh mode. NOTICE 3. Set the temperature control to the Operating the fan when the igni- desired position. tion switch is in the ON position 4. Set the fan speed control to the could cause the battery to dis- desired speed. charge. Operate the fan when the 5. If desired, turn the air conditioning engine is running. ON with the temperature control knob set to heat in order to dehu- midify the air before it enters into the cabin. If the windshield fogs up, select the Floor & Defrost mode or press the Front Defrost mode.

3-121 Convenient features of your vehicle

Operation Tips Air conditioning NOTICE • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes Your HYUNDAI vehicle air condition- When using the air conditioning from entering the car through the ing system is filled with R-1234yf system, monitor the engine tem- ventilation system, temporarily set refrigerant. perature gauge closely while driv- the air intake control to the recircu- 1. Start the engine. ing up hills or in heavy traffic lation mode. Return the control to when outside temperatures. Air the to Fresh mode when the 2. Press the air conditioning button. conditioning system operation unpleasant air outside has dimin- 3. Set the mode to the Face Level when climbing a steep grade or in ished. This will help keep the driver mode. high outside ambient tempera- alert and comfortable. 4. Set the air intake control to tures can cause engine overheat- • To help prevent the inside of the Recirculation mode temporarily to ing. Continue to use the fan, but windshield from fogging, set the air allow the cabin to cool quickly. turn the air conditioning system intake control to fresh mode and When the desired temperature in off if the engine temperature the fan speed to the desired posi- the cabin is reached, change the gauge indicates engine overheat- tion, turn on the air conditioning air intake control back to Fresh ing. system, and adjust the temperature mode. control to the desired temperature. 5. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain Air conditioning system operation maximum comfort. tips When maximum cooling is desired, • If the vehicle has been parked in set the temperature control to the direct sunlight during hot weather, MAX A/C position, then set the fan open the windows for a short time speed control to the highest setting. to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape. • After sufficient cooling has been achieved, switch back from the recirculated air to the fresh outside air position.

3-122 • To help reduce moisture inside of System Maintenance Checking the amount of air the windows on rainy or humid Cabin air filter conditioner refrigerant and days, decrease the humidity inside compressor lubricant the vehicle by operating the air When the amount of refrigerant is Outside air conditioning system with the win- low, the performance of the air con- dows and sunroof closed. ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also Recirculated • Use the air conditioning system air reduces the performance of the air every month only for a few minutes conditioning system. 3 to ensure maximum system per-

Therefore, if abnormal operation is Convenient features of your vehicle formance. found, have the system inspected by • If you operate air conditioner an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. excessively, the difference between Blower Heater core the temperature of the outside air Cabin air filter Evaporator NOTICE and that of the windshield could core cause the outer surface of the 1LDA5047 It is important that the correct windshield to fog up, causing loss The cabin air filter is installed behind type and amount of oil and refrig- of visibility. In this case, set the the glove box. It filters the dust or other erant is used. Otherwise, damage mode selection knob or button to pollutants that enter the vehicle to the compressor and abnormal the position and fan speed through the heating and air condition- system operation may occur. control to the lower speed. ing system. Have the The cabin air filter replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads, more frequent cabin air filter inspections and changes are required. If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 3-123 Convenient features of your vehicle

Air Conditioning refrigerant label WARNING ■ Example Because the refrigerant is mildly inflammable at very high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and cer- tified technicians. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the vehi- ODH043366 cle and personal injury. The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant label in the vehicle may differ The air conditioning system should from the illustration. be serviced by an authorized Each symbols and specification on HYUNDAI dealer. air conditioning refrigerant label means as below : 1. Classification of refrigerant 2. Amount of refrigerant 3. Classification of Compressor lubricant

Refer to chapter 8 for more detail location of the air conditioning refrigerant label.

3-124 WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING • For maximum defrost perform- Manual Climate Control System WARNING ance, set the temperature control knob to the highest temperature Windshield heating setting (rotated all the way to the Do not use the or posi- right) and the fan speed control to tion during cooling operation in the highest setting. extremely humid weather. The • If warm air to the floor is desired difference between the temper- while defrosting or defogging, set the 3 ature of the outside air and that mode to the floor-defrost position. Convenient features of your vehicle of the windshield could cause • Before driving, clear all snow and the outer surface of the wind- ice from the windshield, rear win- shield to fog up, causing loss of dow, side view mirrors, and all side visibility could cause an acci- windows. dent resulting in serious injury OOS047309 or death. In this case, set the • Clear all snow and ice from the To defog inside windshield mode selection knob or button hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster effi- 1. Select any fan speed except "0" to the position and fan position. speed control knob or button to ciency and to reduce the probability a lower speed. of fogging up the inside of the wind- 2. Select the desired temperature. shield. 3. Select the or position. 4. Fresh mode will be selected auto- NOTICE matically. Additionally, the air condi- If the engine temperature is still tioning will automatically operate if cold after starting, then a brief the mode is selected to the engine warm up period may be position. required for the vented air flow to Check to make sure the A/C is ON. If become warm or hot. the A/C ON LED is not illuminated, press the A/C button once to turn the air conditioner ON.

3-125 Convenient features of your vehicle

Check to make sure the air intake Automatic Temperature Control control is in Fresh mode. If the air System (if equipped) intake control LED is illuminated, press the button once to enable Fresh mode (LED OFF).

OOS047312 To defrost outside windshield OOS047311 1. Set the fan speed to the highest To defog inside windshield (extreme right) position. 1. Select the desired fan speed. 2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot (HI) position. 2. Select the desired temperature. OOS047310 3. Press the defroster button ( ). 3. Press the defroster button ( ). To defrost outside windshield 4. The outside (fresh) air position will 1. Set the fan speed to the highest 4. Fresh mode will be selected auto- be selected automatically. matically. setting (knob rotated all the way to If the position is selected, lower the right). Check to make sure the air intake fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan 2. Set the temperature control to the control is in Fresh mode. If the air speed. highest temperature setting. intake control LED is illuminated, press the button once to enable 3. Select the position. Fresh mode (LED OFF). 4. Fresh mode (Recirculation OFF) If the position is selected, the fan and A/C ON will automatically be speed is automatically increased. selected.

3-126 Defogging logic Automatic climate control system Auto Defogging System To reduce the probability of fogging 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON (Additional Feature with up the inside of the windshield, the position. Automatic Temperature air intake or air conditioning are con- 2. Press the defroster button ( ). Control System) trolled automatically according to 3. While pressing the air conditioning Auto defogging reduces the possibili- certain conditions such as or button (A/C), press the air intake ty of fogging up the inside of the wind- positions. To cancel or reset the control button at least 5 times with- shield by automatically sensing the defogging logic, do the following. in 3 seconds. moisture on inside the windshield. 3

The Automatic Temperature Control The auto defogging system operates Convenient features of your vehicle Manual climate control system information screen will blink 3 times when the heater or air conditioning is 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON to indicate that the defogging logic on. position. has been disabled. 2. Press the defroster button ( ). Repeat the steps again to re-enable i Information 3. Press the air intake control button the defogging logic. The auto defogging system may not at least 5 times within 3 seconds. operate normally, when the outside The LED indicator on the A/C ON If the battery has been discharged or temperature is below 50 °F (-10 °C). button will blink 3 times to indicate disconnected, it resets to the defog that the defogging logic has been logic status. disabled. Repeat the steps again to re-enable the defogging logic.

If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.

3-127 Convenient features of your vehicle

When the Auto Defogging To cancel or reset the NOTICE System operates, the indi- Auto Defogging System Do not remove the sensor cover cator will illuminate. Press the front windshield defroster located on the upper end of the button for 3 seconds when the ignition windshield glass. If a high amount of humidity is switch is in the ON position. When the detected in the vehicle, the Auto Auto Defogging System is canceled, Damage to system parts could Defogging System will be enabled. the ADS OFF symbol will blink 3 times occur and may not be covered by The following steps will be performed and ADS OFF will be displayed on the your vehicle warranty. automatically: climate control information screen. Step 1) The air intake control will When the Auto Defogging System is change to Fresh mode. reset, the ADS OFF symbol will blink 6 times without a signal. Step 2) The A/C button will turn ON. Step 3) The mode will be changed to defrost to direct airflow to the i Information windshield. • When the air conditioning is turned Step 4) The fan speed will be set to on by Auto defogging system, if you MAX. try to turn off the air conditioning, the indicator will blink 3 times and the air If the air conditioning is off or recircu- conditioning will not be turned off. lated air position is manually selected while Auto Defogging System is • To maintain the effectiveness and ON, the Auto Defogging System efficiency of the Auto Defogging Indicator will blink 3 times to signal System, do not select Recirculation that the manual operation has been mode while the system is operating. canceled. • When the Auto Defogging System is operating, the fan speed adjustment knob, the temperature adjustment knob, and the air intake control button are all disabled.

3-128 Rear Window Defroster ■ Automatic climate control system i Information NOTICE • If there is heavy accumulation of To prevent damage to the rear snow on the rear window, brush it window defroster conducting ele- off before operating the rear ments bonded to the inside sur- defroster. face of the rear window, never use • The rear window defroster automat- sharp instruments or window ically turns off after approximately 3 cleaners containing abrasives to 20 minutes or when the ignition clean the window. switch is in the LOCK/OFF posi- Convenient features of your vehicle tion. If you want to defrost and defog OOS047303L the front windshield, refer to the The defroster heats the window to Side view mirror defroster "Windshield Defrosting and remove frost, fog and thin ice from Defogging" section in this chapter. If your vehicle is equipped with the the interior and exterior of the rear side view mirror defrosters, they will ■ Manual climate control system window, while the engine is running. operate at the same time you turn on • To activate the rear window the rear window defroster. defroster, press the rear window defroster button located in the center control panel. The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON. • To turn off the defroster, press the rear window defroster button again.

OOS047302L

3-129 Convenient features of your vehicle

CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES (IF EQUIPPED) Cluster ionizer Automatic Ventilation Sunroof Inside Air When the ignition switch is in the ON When the ignition switch is in the ON Recirculation position, the clean air function turns position or when the engine is run- When the heater or air conditioning on automatically. ning and temperature is below 59°F system is on with the sunroof Also, the clean air function turns off (15°C) with the recirculation mode opened, the fresh mode will be auto- automatically, when the ignition selected more than five minutes, the matically selected. If you press the switch is in the OFF position. air intake position will automatically Recirculation mode button with the change to fresh mode. sunroof open, Recirculation mode activate but will only remain enabled To cancel or reset the Automatic for 3 minutes. After 3 minutes the air Ventilation intake control will revert back to Fresh mode. When the air conditioning system is When the sunroof is closed, the air on, press the mode selection button intake position will return to the orig- and the recirculation mode button inal position that was selected. five times within three seconds. When the Automatic Ventilation feature is enabled, the Recirculation button LED indicator will blink 6 times. When the Automatic Ventilation feature is disabled, the Recirculation button LED indicator will blink 3 times.

3-130 STORAGE COMPARTMENT Center Console Storage Glove Box WARNING

Never store cigarette lighters, propane cylinders, or other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot tem- 3

peratures for extended periods. Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING

ALWAYS keep the storage com- OOS047056 OOS047057 partment covers closed secure- To open : To open: ly while driving. Items inside Grab and hold the latch (1) on the Pull the lever (1). your vehicle are moving as fast arm rest then lift the lid. as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there WARNING is a crash, the items may fly out of the compartment and may ALWAYS close the glove box cause an injury if they strike the door after use. driver or a passenger. An open glove box door can cause serious injury to the passenger in an accident, even if the NOTICE passenger is wearing a seat belt. To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartments.

3-131 Convenient features of your vehicle

Sunglass Holder Multi Box WARNING

• Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle. • Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is moving. The rear view mirror OOS047058 of the vehicle can be blocked OOS048059 To open: by an open sunglass holder. Small things may be placed in the Push and release the cover and the • Do not put the glasses forcibly multi box. holder will slowly open. Place your into a sunglass holder. It may sunglasses in the compartment door cause personal injury if you WARNING with the lenses facing out. try to open it forcibly when the glasses are jammed in holder. To close: Do not keep objects that can be thrown from the multi box and Push back into position. severely injure passengers in Make sure the sunglass holder is the vehicle in the event of a sud- closed while driving. den stop or an accident.

3-132 INTERIOR FEATURES Cup Holder Rear • Do not place uncovered or unsecured cups, bottles, cans, etc., in the cup holder containing hot liquid while the vehicle is in motion. Injuries may result in the event of a sudden stop or collision. • Only use soft cups in the cup 3

holders. Hard objects can Convenient features of your vehicle injure you in an accident.

OOS048060 OOS047061N WARNING Cups or small beverages cups may Pull the armrest down to use the cup holders. Keep cans or bottles out of be placed in the cup holders. direct sun light and do not put them in a hot vehicle. It may WARNING explode. • Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is in use to prevent spilling your drink. If hot liquid spills, you could be burned. Such a burn to the driver could cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

3-133 Convenient features of your vehicle

NOTICE Sunvisor NOTICE • Keep your drinks sealed while Close the vanity mirror cover driving to prevent spilling your securely and return the sunvisor drink. If liquid spills, it may get to its original position after use. into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts. WARNING • When cleaning spilled liquids do For your safety, do not block not use hot air to blow out or dry your view when using the sunvi- the cup holder. This may dam- sor. age the interior.

OOS047062 NOTICE To use the sunvisor, pull it down- Do not put several tickets in the ward. ticket holder at one time. This To use the sunvisor to block the sun could cause damage to the ticket from the side window, pull it down- holder. ward, release it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2) towards the window. To use the vanity mirror, pull down the sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3). Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward (4) as needed (if equipped).

3-134 Power Outlet • Some electronic devices can WARNING cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle's Avoid electrical shocks. Do not power outlet. These devices may place your fingers or foreign cause excessive audio static objects (pin, etc.) into a power and malfunctions in other elec- outlet or touch the power outlet tronic systems or devices used with a wet hand. in your vehicle. 3 • Push the plug in as far as it will NOTICE go. If good contact is not made, Convenient features of your vehicle the plug may overheat and the To prevent damage to the Power fuse may open. Outlets : • Plug in battery equipped electri- OOS048063 • Use the power outlet only when cal/electronic devices with The power outlet is designed to pro- the engine is running and reverse current protection. The vide power for mobile telephones or remove the accessory plug after current from the battery may other devices designed to operate use. Using the accessory plug flow into the vehicle's electri- with vehicle electrical systems. The for prolonged periods of time cal/electronic system and cause devices should draw less than 180 W with the engine off could cause system malfunction. with the engine running. the battery to discharge. • Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 180 W in electric capacity. • Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet. • Close the cover when not in use.

3-135 Convenient features of your vehicle

USB charger (if equipped) • A smart phone or a tablet PC may Wireless Cellular Phone get warmer during the re-charging Charging System (if equipped) process. It does not indicate any malfunction with the charging system. • A smart phone or a tablet PC, which adopts a different re-charging method, may not be properly re-charged. In this case, use an exclusive charger of your device. • The charging terminal is only to recharge a device. Do not use the charging terminal either to turn ON OOS048143 an audio or to play media on the The USB charger is designed to AVN. OOS048064 recharge batteries of small size elec- On certain models, the vehicle trical devices using a USB cable. comes equipped with a wireless cel- The electrical devices can be lular phone charger. recharged when the ignition switch The system is available when all or the Engine Start/Stop button is in doors are closed, and when the igni- the ACC, ON or START position. tion switch is in the ACC/ON position. The battery charging state may be monitored on the electrical device. Disconnect the USB cable from the USB port after use.

3-136 To charge a cellular phone If your cellular phone is not charging: NOTICE The wireless cellular phone charging - Slightly change the position of the • The wireless cellular phone system charges only the Qi-enabled cellular phone on the charging pad. charging system may not sup- cellular phones ( ). Read the label - Make sure the indicator light is port certain cellular phones, on the cellular phone accessory orange. which are not verified for the Qi cover or visit your cellular phone specification ( ). manufacturer's website to check The indicator light will blink orange whether your cellular phone supports • When placing your cellular for 10 seconds if there is a malfunc- 3 the Qi technology. phone on the charging mat, tion in the wireless charging system. position the phone in the middle Convenient features of your vehicle The wireless charging process starts In this case, temporarily stop the of the mat for optimal charging when you put a Qi-enabled cellular charging process, and re-attempt to performance. If your cell phone phone on the wireless charging unit. charge your cellular phone again. is off to the side, the charging 1. Remove other items, including the The system warns you with a mes- rate may be less and in some smart key, from the wireless sage on the LCD display if the cellu- cases the cell phone may experi- charging unit. If not, the wireless lar phone is still on the wireless ence higher heat conduction. charging process may be inter- charging unit after the engine is • In some cases, the wireless rupted. Place the cellular phone turned OFF and the front door is charging may stop temporarily on the center of the charging pad. opened. when the Smart Key is used, 2. The indicator light is orange when either when starting the vehicle the cellular phone is charging. The i Information or locking/unlocking the doors, indicator light turns green when etc. phone charging is complete. For some manufacturer's cellular • When charging certain cellular phones, the system may not warn you phones, the charging indicator 3. You can turn ON or OFF the wire- even though the cellular phone is left less charging function in the user may not change to green when on the wireless charging unit. This is the cell phone is fully charged. settings mode on the instrument due to the particular characteristic of cluster. For further information, the cellular phone and not a malfunc- refer to the "LCD Display Modes" tion of the wireless charging. in this chapter.

3-137 Convenient features of your vehicle

• The wireless charging process • If the cellular phone without the Clock may temporarily stop, when tem- wireless charging function or perature abnormally increases the metallic items are placed on WARNING inside the wireless cellular the charging pad, it may cause phone charging system. The slight noise. This noise does not wireless charging process Do not attempt to adjust the affect the cellular phone and the clock while driving. Doing so restarts, when temperature falls vehicle, because this noise is an to a certain level. may result in distracted driving operating sound during deter- which may lead to an accident • The wireless charging process mining the item on the charging involving personal injury or may temporarily stop when pad. death. there is any metallic item, such as a coin, between the wireless i Information cellular phone charging system Vehicles with Audio system If the ignition switch is OFF, the and cellular phone. Select the [SETUP] button on the charging also stops. • When charging some cell audio system ➟ Select [Date/Time]. phones with the case still • Set time: Set the time displayed on applied, the wireless charging i Information speed may decrease and the the audio screen. wireless charging may stop. This device complies with part 15 of • Time format: Choose between 12- the FCC Rules. • If the cellular phone has a thick hour and 24-hour time formats. cover, the wireless charging may Operation is subject to the following two conditions: not be possible. Vehicles with Navigation system • If the cell phone is not complete- 1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and Select the Settings menu on the ly contacting the charging pad, Navigation system ➟ Select wireless charging may not oper- 2. This device must accept any inter- [Date/Time]. ate properly. ference received, including interference that may cause undesired • GPS time: Displays time according • Some magnetic items like credit to the received GNSS time. cards, phone cards or rail tickets operation. may be damaged if left with the • 24-hour: Switches to 12 hour or 24 cellular phone during the charg- hour. ing process. 3-138 Clothes Hanger Floor Mat Anchor(s) WARNING

3 Convenient features of your vehicle

OOS047065 OOS047066 OOS047067 Do not hang other objects such These hangers are not designed to ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors as hangers or hard objects hold large or heavy items. to attach the front floor mats to the except clothes. Also, do not put vehicle. The anchors on the front heavy, sharp or breakable floor carpet keep the floor mats from objects in the clothes pockets. sliding forward. In an accident or when the curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or per- WARNING sonal injury. Do not overlay additional mats or liners over the floor mats. If using All Weather mats, remove the carpeted floor mats before installing them. Only use floor mats designed to connect to the anchors.

3-139 Convenient features of your vehicle

Luggage Net Holder (if equipped) WARNING WARNING

The following must be observed Avoid eye injury. DO NOT over- when installing ANY floor mat stretch the luggage net. ALWAYS to the vehicle. keep your face and body out of • Ensure that the floor mats are the luggage net's recoil path. DO securely attached to the vehi- NOT use the luggage net when cle's floor mat anchor(s) the strap has visible signs of before driving the vehicle. wear or damage. • Do not use ANY floor mat that Use the luggage net to keep only cannot be firmly attached to light items from shifting in the the vehicle's floor mat anchors. luggage compartment. • Do not stack floor mats on top OOS047068N of one another (e.g. all-weath- To keep items from shifting in the lug- er rubber mat on top of a car- gage compartment, you can use the peted floor mat). Only a single 4 holders located in the luggage floor mat should be installed board to attach the luggage net. in each position. Make sure the luggage net is securely IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was attached to the holders in the luggage manufactured with driver’s side board. floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal operation, HYUNDAI recommends that the HYUNDAI floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed.

3-140 Cargo Area Cover NOTICE Luggage tray (if equipped) Since the cargo area cover may be damaged or deformed, do not put luggage on it when it is being used.

WARNING 3

• Do not place objects on the Convenient features of your vehicle cargo area cover while driving. Such objects may be thrown about inside the vehi- OOS047069 cle and possibly injure vehicle OOS047070 Use the cover to hide items stored in occupants during an accident You can place a first aid kit, a reflec- the cargo area. or when braking. tor triangle (front tray), tools, etc. in The cargo area cover will lift when • Never allow anyone to ride in the box for easy access. the liftgate is opened. the luggage compartment. It • Grasp the handle on the top of the Disconnect the strap (1) from the is designed for luggage only. cover and lift it. holder if you want to return the cover • Maintain balance of the vehi- to the original position. To remove the cle and locate the weight as cargo area cover completely, lift the far forward as possible. cover to a 50-degree angle and pull it out (2).

3-141 Convenient features of your vehicle

To increase luggage space 2. Pull out the luggage tray board completely and remove the luggage tray.(If the luggage tray is equipped.) 3. Push the luggage tray board forwards into the lower sliding slot.

OOS047320

OOS047319 1. Grasp the handle on the top of the cover and pull out the luggage tray board backwards.

3-142 EXTERIOR FEATURES Roof Side Rails (if equipped) NOTICE • The vehicle center of gravity • When carrying cargo on the roof will be higher when items are side rails, take the necessary loaded onto the roof side precautions to make sure the rails. Avoid sudden starts, cargo does not damage the roof braking, sharp turns, abrupt of the vehicle. maneuvers or high speeds that may result in loss of vehi- • When carrying large objects on cle control or rollover result- 3 the roof side rails, make sure

ing in an accident. Convenient features of your vehicle they do not exceed the overall roof length or width. • Always drive slowly and turn corners carefully when carrying items on the roof side rails. OOS047317 WARNING Severe wind updrafts, caused by passing vehicles or natural If your vehicle comes equipped with • The following specification is causes, can cause sudden roof side rails, then roof side rails the maximum weight that can upward pressure on items crossbars can be installed on top of be loaded onto the roof side loaded on the roof side rails. your vehicle. rails. Distribute the load as This is especially true when The roof side rails crossbars are an evenly as possible onto the carrying large, flat items such accessory and are available at your roof side rails and secure the as wood panels or mattresses. local HYUNDAI dealer. load firmly. This could cause the items to Loading cargo or luggage in fall off the roof side rails and NOTICE excess of the specified weight cause damage to your vehicle or others around you. If the vehicle is equipped with a limit on the roof side rails may sunroof, be sure not to position damage your vehicle. • To prevent damage or loss of cargo onto the roof side rails in cargo while driving, check fre- ROOF SIDE 176 lbs. (80kg) quently before or while driv- such a way that it could interfere RAILS EVENLY DISTRIBUTED with sunroof operation. ing to make sure the items on the roof side rails are securely fastened.

3-143 Multimedia System

Multimedia System...... 4-2 AUX, USB and iPod® Port ...... 4-2 Antenna ...... 4-2 Steering Wheel Audio Controls...... 4-3 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Hands-Free...... 4-4 Audio (Display Audio) / Video / Navigation System (AVN)...... 4-5

4 Multimedia System

MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM NOTICE AUX, USB and iPod® Port Antenna • If you install an aftermarket HID Pole antenna (if equipped) head lamp, your vehicle's audio and electronic devices may not function properly. • Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration.

OOS048074 You can use an AUX or USB cable to OOS047071 connect audio devices to the vehicle Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to AUX or USB port. receive AM or/and FM broadcast signals. This antenna pole is removable. i Information To remove the roof antenna pole, turn it counterclockwise. When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise To install the roof antenna pole, turn may occur during playback. If this it clockwise. happens, use the portable audio device's power source.

❈ iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

4-2 NOTICE Shark fin antenna (if equipped) Steering Wheel Audio Control • Before entering a place with a ■ Type A low height clearance or a car wash, remove the antenna pole by rotating it counterclockwise. If not, the antenna may be damaged. • When reinstalling your roof antenna, it is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure 4

proper reception. Multimedia System • When cargo is loaded on the OOS048421 OOS047072 roof rack, do not place the cargo The shark fin antenna receives ■ Type B near the antenna pole to ensure transmitted data. (for example: proper reception. AM/FM, SXM, GPS, LTE)

OOS047073

NOTICE Do not operate multiple audio remote control buttons simultaneously. 4-3 Multimedia System

VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1) It will function as the TRACK UP/ Bluetooth® Wireless • Press the VOLUME switch up to DOWN button. Technology Hands-Free increase volume. MODE (3) • Press the VOLUME switch down to Press the MODE button to toggle decrease volume. through Radio, SXM, or AUX modes.

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2) MUTE ( ) (4) If the SEEK/PRESET switch is • Press the MUTE button to mute the pressed up or down and held for 0.8 sound. second or more, it will function in the • Press the MUTE button again to following modes: activate the sound. RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK i Information OOS047075 select button. It will SEEK until you Detailed information for audio control release the button. buttons are described in the separately MEDIA mode supplied manual with the vehicle. It will function as the FF/RW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up or down, it will function in the following modes: RADIO mode

It will function as the PRESET STA- OOS047076 TION UP/DOWN button. With the Bluetooth® Wireless MEDIA mode Technology in the vehicle, you can use the phone wireless.

4-4 (1) Call / Answer button (2) Call end button (3) Microphone Detailed information for the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free is described in the Car Multimedia User's Manual.

Audio (Display Audio) / Video / Navigation System (AVN) 4 (if equipped) Multimedia System Detailed information for the AVN system is described in the Car Multimedia User's Manual.

4-5 Driving your vehicle

Before driving...... 5-4 Drive Mode Integrated Control System...... 5-46 Before Entering the Vehicle...... 5-4 Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ...5-47 Before Starting ...... 5-4 BCW (Blind-spot Collision Warning)...... 5-48 Ignition switch ...... 5-6 RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning)...... 5-50 Key Ignition Switch ...... 5-6 Detecting sensor ...... 5-52 Engine Start/Stop Button...... 5-9 Limitations of the System...... 5-53 Automatic Transmission ...... 5-14 Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) Automatic Transmission Operation...... 5-14 system - Camera type...... 5-55 Good Driving Practices ...... 5-18 System setting and activation...... 5-55 Dual clutch transmission...... 5-20 FCA warning message and system control ...... 5-57 Dual Clutch Transmission Operation ...... 5-20 FCA sensor...... 5-59 Good Driving Practices ...... 5-27 System malfunction...... 5-61 Braking system...... 5-29 Limitations of the system ...... 5-63 5 Power Brakes...... 5-29 Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) Disc Brakes Wear Indicator ...... 5-30 system-sensor fusion type Parking Brake...... 5-30 (Front radar + Front camera)...... 5-68 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ...... 5-32 System Setting and Activation...... 5-68 Electronic Stability Control (ESC)...... 5-34 FCA Warning Message and System Control ...... 5-70 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)...... 5-36 FCA Sensor ...... 5-72 Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ...... 5-37 System Malfunction ...... 5-73 Downhill Brake Control (DBC)...... 5-37 Limitations of the System...... 5-75 Good Braking Practices...... 5-39 All Wheel Drive (AWD)...... 5-40 AWD operation...... 5-41 Emergency precautions...... 5-44 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...... 5-80 Vehicle load limit...... 5-105 LKA system Operation ...... 5-81 Tire Loading Information Label...... 5-106 Warning Light and Message...... 5-85 Trailer towing ...... 5-110 Limitations of the System...... 5-86 LKA system Function Change ...... 5-87 Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system ...... 5-88 System Setting and Activation...... 5-88 Resetting the System...... 5-89 System Standby...... 5-90 System Malfunction ...... 5-90 Cruise control ...... 5-92 Cruise Control operation ...... 5-92 5 Special driving conditions...... 5-97 Hazardous Driving Conditions...... 5-97 Rocking the Vehicle...... 5-97 Smooth Cornering ...... 5-98 Driving at Night...... 5-98 Driving in the Rain ...... 5-98 Driving in Flooded Areas...... 5-99 Highway Driving...... 5-99 Reducing the risk of a rollover ...... 5-100 Winter driving...... 5-101 Snow or Icy Conditions...... 5-101 Winter Precautions...... 5-103 WARNING

Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled. Do not inhale engine exhaust. If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation. Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Do not run the engine in an enclosed area. 5

Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only Driving your vehicle long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage. Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle. If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior. Keep the air intakes clear. To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions. If you must drive with the liftgate open: Close all windows. Open instrument panel air vents. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.

5-3 Driving your vehicle

BEFORE DRIVING Before Entering the Vehicle Before Starting WARNING • Be sure all windows, outside mir- • Make sure the hood, the liftgate, CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 ror(s), and outside lights are clean and the doors are securely closed WARNING and unobstructed. and locked. • Remove frost, snow, or ice. • Adjust the position of the seat and Engine exhaust and a wide vari- steering wheel. ety of automobile components • Visually check the tires for uneven including components found in wear and damage. • Adjust the inside and outside the interior furnishings in a • Check under the vehicle for any rearview mirrors. vehicle, contain or emit harmful sign of leaks. • Verify all the lights work. chemicals known to the State of • Be sure there are no obstacles • Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all California to cause cancer and behind you if you intend to back up. passengers have fastened their birth defects and reproductive seatbelts. harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and cer- • Check the gauges and indicators in tain products of components the instrument panel and the mes- contain or emit chemicals sages on the instrument display known to the State of California when the ignition switch is in the to cause cancer and birth ON position. defects or other reproductive • Check that any items you are car- harm. rying are stored properly or fastened down securely.

5-4 WARNING WARNING You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or To reduce the risk of SERIOUS NEVER drink or take drugs and take drugs and drive. If you are INJURY or DEATH, take the fol- drive. drinking or taking drugs, don't lowing precautions: Drinking or taking drugs and driv- drive. Do not ride with a driver • ALWAYS wear your seat belt. ing is dangerous and may result who has been drinking or taking All passengers must be prop- in an accident and SERIOUS drugs. Choose a designated driv- erly belted whenever the vehi- INJURY or DEATH. er or call a taxi. cle is moving. For more infor- Drunk driving is the number mation, refer to "Seat Belts" in one contributor to the highway chapter 2. death toll each year. Even a • Always drive defensively. small amount of alcohol will Assume other drivers or pedes- affect your reflexes, percep- trians may be careless and tions and judgment. Just one 5

make mistakes. drink can reduce your ability to Driving your vehicle • Stay focused on the task of respond to changing conditions driving. Driver distraction can and emergencies and your reac- cause accidents. tion time gets worse with each additional drink. • Leave plenty of space between you and the vehicle in front of Driving while under the influ- you. ence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving under the influence of alcohol.

5-5 Driving your vehicle

IGNITION SWITCH Key Ignition Switch ON ACC START WARNING WARNING NEVER turn the ignition switch LOCK to the LOCK or ACC position To reduce the risk of SERIOUS while the vehicle is in motion INJURY or DEATH, take the fol- except in an emergency. This lowing precautions: will result in the engine turning • NEVER allow children or any off and loss of power assist for person who is unfamiliar with the steering and brake systems. the vehicle to touch the igni- This may lead to loss of direction switch or related parts. tional control and braking func- Unexpected and sudden vehi- OAE056172L tion, which could cause an acci- cle movement can occur. Whenever the front door is opened, dent. • NEVER reach through the the ignition switch will illuminate, pro- Before leaving the driver's seat, steering wheel for the ignition vided the ignition switch is not in the always make sure the shift lever switch, or any other control, ON position. The light will go off is in P (Park, for automatic trans- while the vehicle is in motion. immediately when the ignition switch mission/dual clutch transmis- The presence of your hand or is turned on or go off after about 30 sion vehicle) position, apply the arm in this area may cause a seconds when the door is closed. (if parking brake, and turn ignition loss of vehicle control result- equipped) switch to the LOCK position. ing in an accident. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.

5-6 Key ignition switch positions Switch Action Notice Position To turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, put the key in at the ACC position and turn the key towards the LOCK position. LOCK The ignition key can be removed in the LOCK position. (The shift lever must be in the P (Park) position for automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission vehicles)

Electrical accessories are usable. ACC The steering wheel unlocks. 5

This is the normal key position when the engine has Do not leave the ignition switch in the ON position when Driving your vehicle started. the engine is not running in order to prevent the battery ON All features and accessories are usable. from discharging. The warning lights can be checked when you turn the ignition switch from ACC to ON.

To start the engine, turn the ignition switch to the START The engine will crank until you release the key. START position. The switch returns to the ON position when you let go of the key.

5-7 Driving your vehicle

Starting the engine Vehicle with automatic transmission/ NOTICE dual clutch transmission: WARNING 1. Make sure the parking brake is To prevent damage to the vehicle: applied. • Do not hold the ignition key in Always wear appropriate shoes 2. Make sure the shift lever is in P the START position for more when operating your vehicle. (Park). than 10 seconds. Wait 5 to 10 seconds before trying again. Unsuitable shoes, such as high 3. Depress the brake pedal. heels, ski boots, sandals, flip- • Do not push or tow your vehicle 4. Turn the ignition switch to the flops, etc., may interfere with to start the engine. START position. Hold the key your ability to use the brake and (maximum of 10 seconds) until the accelerator pedals. engine starts and release it.

i Information • It is best to maintain a moderate engine speed until the vehicle engine comes up to normal operating temperature. Avoid harsh or abrupt acceleration or deceleration while the engine is still cold. • Whether the engine is cold or warm, always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal. Do not depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not rev the engine while warming it up.

5-8 Engine Start/Stop Button WARNING This may lead to loss of direc- tional control and braking To turn the engine off in an function, which could cause emergency: an accident. Press and hold the Engine • Before leaving the driver's Start/Stop button for more than seat, always make sure the two seconds OR rapidly press shift lever is in the P (Park) and release the Engine Start/ position, set the parking Stop button three times (within brake, press the Engine Start/ three seconds). Stop button to the OFF posi- If the vehicle is still moving, you tion, and take the Smart Key can restart the engine without with you. Unexpected vehicle OOS057001 depressing the brake pedal by movement may occur if these precautions are not followed. Whenever the front door is opened, pressing the Engine Start/Stop 5 • NEVER reach through the the Engine Start/Stop button will illu- button with the shift lever in the Driving your vehicle minate and will go off 30 seconds N (Neutral) position. steering wheel for the Engine after the door is closed. Start/Stop button or any other control while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your WARNING WARNING hand or arm in this area may cause a loss of vehicle control To reduce risk of serious injury • NEVER press the Engine Start/ resulting in an accident. or death, NEVER allow children Stop button while the vehicle or any person who is unfamiliar is in motion except in an emer- with the vehicle to touch the gency. This will result in the Engine Start/Stop button or engine turning off and loss of related parts. Unexpected and power assist for the steering sudden vehicle movement can and brake systems. occur.

5-9 Driving your vehicle

Engine Start/Stop button positions - Vehicle with automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission Button Position Action Notice OFF To turn off the engine, press the Engine Start/Stop button with shift lever in P (Park). When you press the Engine Start/Stop button without the shift lever in P (Park), the Engine Start/Stop button does not turn to the OFF position, but turns to the ACC position.

ACC Press the Engine Start/Stop button when the If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the button is in the OFF position without depress- ACC position for more than one hour, the bat- ing the brake pedal. tery power will turn off automatically to prevent Electrical accessories are usable. the battery from discharging.

5-10 - Vehicle with automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission Button Position Action Notice ON Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it is Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button in in the ACC position without depressing the the ON position when the engine is not run- brake pedal. ning to prevent the battery from discharging. The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started.

5 START To start the engine, depress the brake pedal If you press the Engine Start/Stop button with- and press the Engine Start/Stop button with out depressing the brake pedal, the engine Driving your vehicle the shift lever in the P (Park) or in the N does not start and the Engine Start/Stop but- (Neutral) position. ton changes as follows: For your safety, start the engine with the shift OFF → ACC → ON → OFF lever in the P (Park) position. However, the engine may start if you depress the brake pedal within 0.5 second after pressing the Engine Start/Stop button from the OFF position.

5-11 Driving your vehicle

Starting the engine i Information Vehicle with automatic transmission/ dual clutch transmission: WARNING • The engine will start by pressing the 1. Always carry the smart key with Engine Start/Stop button, only when you. the smart key is in the vehicle. • Always wear appropriate shoes 2. Make sure the parking brake is when operating your vehicle. • Even if the smart key is in the vehi- applied. cle, if it is far away from the driver, Unsuitable shoes, such as the engine may not start. 3. Make sure the shift lever is in P high heels, ski boots, sandals, (Park). • When the Engine Start/Stop button flip-flops, etc., may interfere 4. Depress the brake pedal. with your ability to use the is in the ACC or ON position, if any brake and accelerator pedals. door is open, the system checks for 5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but- the smart key. If the smart key is not ton. • Do not start the vehicle with the in the vehicle, the " " indicator accelerator pedal depressed. will blink and the warning "Key not i Information The vehicle can move and lead in vehicle" will come on and if all to an accident. doors are closed, the chime will also • Do not wait for the engine to warm • Wait until the engine rpm is sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the up while the vehicle remains station- normal. The vehicle may sud- smart key in the vehicle when using ary. Start driving at moderate denly move if the brake pedal the ACC position or if the vehicle engine speeds. (Aggressive accelerat- is released when the rpm is engine is ON. ing and decelerating should be high. avoided.) • Always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal. Do not depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not rev the engine while warming it up.

5-12 NOTICE NOTICE To prevent damage to the vehicle: To prevent damage to the vehicle: • If the engine stalls while you are When the stop lamp switch fuse is in motion, do not attempt to blown, you can't start the engine move the shift lever to the P normally. Replace the fuse with a (Park) position. new one. If you are not able to If traffic and road conditions replace the fuse, you can start the permit, you may put the shift engine by pressing and holding lever in the N (Neutral) position the Engine Start/Stop button for while the vehicle is still moving 10 seconds with the Engine Start/ and press the Engine Start/Stop Stop button in the ACC position. OOS057003 button in an attempt to restart Do not press the Engine Start/Stop the engine. button for more than 10 seconds i Information • Do not push or tow your vehicle except when the stop lamp switch If the smart key battery is weak or the 5

to start the engine. fuse is blown. smart key does not work correctly, Driving your vehicle For your safety always depress you can start the engine by pressing the brake pedal before starting the the Engine Start/Stop button with the engine. smart key in the direction of the pic- ture above.

5-13 Driving your vehicle

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WARNING

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death: • ALWAYS check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). • Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, then set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed. • When using Manual Shift Mode, use caution when shift- Press the shift button, then move shift lever. ing from a higher gear to a Depress the brake pedal, press ths shift button, and then move shift lever. lower gear on slippery roads. Move shift lever. This could cause the tires to OOS057004 slip and may result in an acci- Automatic Transmission Operation dent. The automatic transmission has six forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.

5-14 Transmission ranges R (Reverse) WARNING The indicator in the instrument clus- Use this position to drive the vehicle backward. ter displays the shift lever position • Shifting into P (Park) while the when the ignition switch is in the ON vehicle is in motion may position. cause you to lose control of NOTICE the vehicle. Always come to a complete stop P (Park) • After the vehicle has stopped, before shifting into or out of R Always come to a complete stop always make sure the shift (Reverse); you may damage the before shifting into P (Park). lever is in P (Park), apply the transmission if you shift into R To shift from P (Park), you must parking brake, and turn the (Reverse) while the vehicle is in depress firmly on the brake pedal engine off. motion. and make sure your foot is off the • When parking on an incline, accelerator pedal. place the shift lever in P (Park) N (Neutral) and apply the parking brake to 5 If you have done all of the above and The wheels and transmission are not

prevent the vehicle from Driving your vehicle still cannot shift the lever out of P engaged. (Park), see "Shift-Lock Release" in rolling downhill. Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart this section. a stalled engine. The shift lever must be in P (Park) Shift into P (Park) if you need to before turning the engine off. leave your vehicle for any reason. Always depress the brake pedal when you are shifting from N (Neutral) to another gear.

5-15 Driving your vehicle

In Manual Shift mode, moving the WARNING shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to select the desired Do not shift into gear unless range of gears for the current driving your foot is firmly on the brake conditions. pedal. Shifting into gear when + (UP) the engine is running at high + (Up) : Push the lever forward once speed can cause the vehicle to to shift up one gear. move very rapidly. You could - (Down) :Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one lose control of the vehicle and - (DOWN) hit people or objects. gear.

OOS057069 D (Drive) i Information Manual shift mode This is the normal driving position. • Only the six forward gears can be The transmission will automatically Whether the vehicle is stationary or selected in Manual Shift mode. To shift through a six-gear sequence, in motion, manual shift mode is reverse or park the vehicle, move providing the best fuel economy and selected by pushing the shift lever the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or power. from the D (Drive) position into the P (Park) position as required. manual gate. To return to D (Drive) For extra power when passing anoth- range operation, push the shift lever • Downshifts are made automatically er vehicle or driving uphill depress back into the main gate. when the vehicle slows down. When the accelerator pedal further until the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automat- you feel the transmission downshift ically selected. to a lower gear. • When the engine rpm approaches The DRIVE MODE switch, located the red zone the transmission will on the shift lever console, allows the upshift automatically. driver to switch from COMFORT mode to SPORT mode. For more information, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" later in this chapter. 5-16 • If the driver presses the lever to Shift-lock system Shift-lock release + (Up) or - (Down) position, the For your safety, the automatic trans- transmission may not make the mission has a shift-lock system requested gear change if the next which prevents shifting the transmis- gear is outside of the allowable sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse) engine rpm range. The driver must unless the brake pedal is depressed. execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, taking care to keep To shift the transmission from P the engine rpms below the red zone. (Park) into R (Reverse): • When accelerating from a stop on a 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. slippery road, push the shift lever 2. Start the engine or place the igni- forward into the + (Up) position. tion switch in the ON position. This allows the transmission to shift 3. Move the shift lever. into the 2nd gear which is better for OOS057005L smooth driving on a slippery road. If the shift lever cannot be moved from 5

Push the shift lever to the - (Down) the P (Park) position into R (Reverse) Driving your vehicle side to shift back to the 1st gear. position with the brake pedal • When driving in Manual Shift depressed, continue depressing the Mode, slow down before shifting to brake, and then do the following: a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower 1. Place the ignition switch in the gear may not be engaged if the LOCK/OFF position. engine rpms are outside of the 2. Apply the parking brake. allowable range. 3. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering the shift-lock release access hole. 4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screwdriver) into the access hole and press down on the tool.

5-17 Driving your vehicle

5. Move the shift lever. Parking Good Driving Practices 6. Remove the tool from the shift- Always come to a complete stop and • Never move the shift lever from P lock override access hole then continue to depress the brake pedal. (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other install the cap. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position with the accelerator pedal position, apply the parking brake, depressed. and place the ignition switch in the If you need to use the shift-lock • Never move the shift lever into P LOCK/OFF position. Take the Key release, have your vehicle inspected (Park) when the vehicle is in with you when exiting the vehicle. by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer motion. as soon as possible. Be sure the vehicle is completely WARNING stopped before you attempt to shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). • When you stay in the vehicle • Do not move the shift lever to N with the engine running, be (Neutral) when driving. If the shift careful not to depress the lever is moved to N (Neutral) while accelerator pedal for a long driving the vehicle loses the ability period of time. The engine or to provide engine braking. Doing exhaust system may overheat so may increase the risk of an acci- and start a fire. dent. • The exhaust gas and the Also, moving the shift lever back to exhaust system are very hot. D (Drive) while the vehicle is mov- Keep away from the exhaust ing may severely damage the system components. transmission. • Do not stop or park over flam- • Do not drive with your foot resting mable materials, such as dry on the brake pedal. Even light, but grass, paper or leaves. They consistent pedal pressure can may ignite and cause a fire. result in the brakes overheating, brake wear and possibly even brake failure.

5-18 • Depressing both accelerator and brake pedals at the same time can WARNING • In the event your vehicle trigger logic for engine power leaves the roadway, do not reduction to assure vehicle decel- To reduce the risk of SERIOUS steer sharply. Instead, slow eration. Vehicle acceleration will INJURY or DEATH: down before pulling back into resume after the brake pedal is • ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. the travel lanes. released. In a collision, an unbelted • HYUNDAI recommends you • Always apply the parking brake occupant is significantly more follow all posted speed limits. when leaving the vehicle. Do not likely to be seriously injured depend on placing the transmis- or killed than a properly belt- sion in P (Park) to keep the vehicle ed occupant. from moving. • Avoid high speeds when cor- • Exercise extreme caution when nering or turning. driving on a slippery surface. Be • Do not make quick steering especially careful when braking, wheel movements, such as 5

accelerating or shifting gears. On a sharp lane changes or fast, Driving your vehicle slippery surface, an abrupt change sharp turns. in vehicle speed can cause the • The risk of rollover is greatly drive wheels to lose traction and increased if you lose control may cause loss of vehicle control of your vehicle at highway resulting in an accident. speeds. • Optimum vehicle performance and • Loss of control often occurs if economy is obtained by smoothly two or more wheels drop off depressing and releasing the the roadway and the driver accelerator. over steers to reenter the roadway.

5-19 Driving your vehicle

DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION (IF EQUIPPED) Dual Clutch Transmission Operation The dual clutch transmission has seven forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically when the shift lever is in the D (Drive) position. • The dual clutch transmission can be thought of as an automatically shifting manual transmission. It gives the driving feel of a manual transmission, yet provides the ease of a fully automatic transmission. • When D (Drive) is selected, the transmission will automatically shift through the gears similar to a conventional automatic transmission. Unlike a traditional automatic transmission, the gear shifting can Press the shift button, then move shift lever. sometimes be felt and heard as the Depress the brake pedal, press the shift button, and then move shift lever. actuators engage the clutches and Move shift lever. the gears are selected. OOS057004

5-20 • The dual clutch transmission incor- • When rapidly accelerating from a • During the first 1000 miles, you porates a dry-type dual clutch lower vehicle speed, the engine may feel that the vehicle may not mechanism, which allows for better rpm may increase dramatically as be smooth when accelerating at acceleration performance and a result of clutch slip as the dual low speed. During this break-in increased fuel efficiency while driv- clutch transmission selects the cor- period, the shift quality and per- ing. But it differs from a conven- rect gear. This is a normal condi- formance of your new vehicle is tional automatic transmission tion. continuously optimized. because it does not incorporate a • When accelerating from a stop on torque converter. Instead, the tran- an incline, press the accelerator WARNING sition from one gear to the next is smoothly and gradually to avoid managed by clutch slip, especially any shudder feeling or jerkiness. To reduce the risk of serious at lower speeds. As a result, shifts injury or death: are sometimes more noticeable, • When traveling at a lower vehicle and a light vibration can be felt as speed, if you release the accelera- • ALWAYS check the surround- the transmission shaft speed is tor pedal quickly, you may feel ing areas near your vehicle for 5 matched with the engine shaft engine braking before the trans- people, especially children, speed.This is a normal condition of mission changes gears. This before shifting a vehicle into Driving your vehicle the dual clutch transmission. engine braking feeling is similar to D (Drive) or R (Reverse). operating a manual transmission at • Before leaving the driver's • The dry-type clutch transfers low speed. torque more directly and provides seat, always make sure the a direct-drive feeling which may • When driving downhill, you may shift lever is in the P (Park) feel different from a conventional wish to move the gear shift lever to position, then set the parking automatic transmission. This may Manual Shift mode and downshift brake, and place the ignition be more noticeable when launch- to a lower gear in order to control switch in the LOCK/OFF posi- ing the vehicle from a stop or when your speed without using the brake tion. Unexpected and sudden traveling at low, stop-and-go vehi- pedal excessively. vehicle movement can occur cle speeds. • When you turn the engine on and if these precautions are not off, you may hear clicking sounds followed. as the system goes through a self- test. This is a normal sound for the dual clutch transmission.

5-21 Driving your vehicle

DCT warning messages • If the vehicle is held or creeping • Do not use aggressive engine forward on an incline by applying braking (shifting from a high- the accelerator pedal, the clutch er gear to a lower gear) on and transmission may overheat slippery roads. This could which can result in damage. At this cause the tires to slip and may time, a warning message will result in an accident. appear on the LCD display. • If the LCD display warning is NOTICE active, the foot brake must be applied. • Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D (Drive) or • Ignoring the warnings can lead to R (Reverse). damage to the transmission. • Do not put the shift lever in N OTLE055019 (Neutral) while driving. Steep grade This warning message is displayed when vehicle is driven slowly on a WARNING grade and the vehicle detects that the brake pedal is not applied. Due to transmission failure, you may not continue to drive and Driving up hills or on steep grades: the position indicator (D, P) on • To hold the vehicle on an incline the instrument cluster will bilnk. use the foot brake or the parking Contact an authorized brake. HYUNDAI dealer and have the • When in stop-and-go traffic on an system checked. incline, allow a gap to form ahead of you before moving the vehicle forward. Then hold the vehicle on the incline with the foot brake.

5-22 • If this occurs, pull over to a safe location, stop the vehicle with the engine running, apply the brakes and shift the vehicle to P (Park) with engine on, and allow the transmission to cool. • If you ignore this warning, the driving condition may become worse. You may experience abrupt shifts, frequent shifts, or jerkiness. • When the message "Trans cooled. OTLE055022 Resume driving" appears you can OOS057100L/OOS057101L Transmission high temperature continue to drive your vehicle. Transmission overheated • Under certain conditions, such as • When possible, drive the vehicle • If the vehicle continues to be driv- 5 repeated stop-and-go launches on smoothly. en and the clutch temperatures steep grades, sudden take off or reach the maximum temperature Driving your vehicle acceleration, or other harsh driving limit, the "Transmission Hot! Park conditions, the transmission clutch with engine on" warning will be dis- temperatures will increase exces- played. When this occurs the clutch sively. is disabled until the clutch cools to • When the clutch temperatures are normal temperatures. too high, the "Transmission temp. • The warning will display a time to is high! Stop safely" warning mes- wait for the transmission to cool. sage will appear on the LCD dis- • If this occurs, pull over to a safe play, a chime will sound, and the location, stop the vehicle with the transmission shifting may not be engine running, apply the brakes smooth. and shift the vehicle to P (Park) with engine on for a certain time, and allow the transmission to cool.

5-23 Driving your vehicle

• When the message "Trans cooled. The shift lever must be in P (Park) R (Reverse) Resume driving" appears you can before turning the engine off. Use this position to drive the vehicle continue to drive your vehicle. backward. • When possible, drive the vehicle WARNING smoothly. NOTICE If any of the warning messages in • Shifting into P (Park) while the the LCD display continue to blink, for vehicle is in motion may Always come to a complete stop your safety, contact an authorized cause you to lose control of before shifting into or out of R HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys- the vehicle. (Reverse); you may damage the tem checked. transmission if you shift into R • After the vehicle has stopped, (Reverse) while the vehicle is in always make sure the shift motion. Transmission ranges lever is in P (Park), apply the parking brake, and turn the The indicator in the instrument clus- engine off. N (Neutral) ter displays the shift lever position The wheels and transmission are not when the ignition switch is in the ON • When parking on an incline, engaged. position place the shift lever in P (Park) and apply the parking brake to Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart prevent the vehicle from P (Park) a stalled engine, or if it is necessary rolling downhill. to stop with the engine ON. Always come to a complete stop • For safety, always engage the Shift into P (Park) if you need to before shifting into P (Park). parking brake with the shift leave your vehicle for any reason. To shift from P (Park), you must lever in the P (Park) position Always depress the brake pedal depress firmly on the brake pedal except for the case of emer- when you are shifting from N and make sure your foot is off the gency parking. (Neutral) to another gear. accelerator pedal. If you have done all of the above and still cannot shift the lever out of P (Park), see "Shift-Lock Release" in this chapter.

5-24 The DRIVE MODE switch, located WARNING on the shift lever console, allows the driver to switch from COMFORT Do not shift into gear unless mode to SPORT mode. your foot is firmly on the brake pedal. Shifting into gear when For more information, refer to + (UP) the engine is running at high "Drive Mode Integrated Control speed can cause the vehicle to System" later in this chapter. move very rapidly. You could lose control of the vehicle and - (DOWN) hit people or objects.

OOS057069 D (Drive) Manual shift mode This is the normal driving position. Whether the vehicle is stationary or 5 The transmission will automatically in motion, manual shift mode is shift through a seven-gear selected by pushing the shift lever Driving your vehicle sequence, providing the best fuel from the D (Drive) position into the economy and power. manual gate. To return to D (Drive) For extra power when passing anoth- range operation, push the shift lever er vehicle or driving uphill depress back into the main gate. the accelerator pedal further until In Manual Shift mode, moving the you feel the transmission downshift shift lever backwards and forwards to a lower gear. will allow you to select the desired range of gears for the current driving conditions. + (Up) : Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear. - (Down) :Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear. 5-25 Driving your vehicle

i Information Shift-lock system Shift-lock release For your safety, the dual clutch trans- • Only the seven forward gears can be mission has a shift-lock system selected in Manual Shift Mode. To which prevents shifting the transmis- reverse or park the vehicle, move sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse) the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or unless the brake pedal is depressed. P (Park) position as required. To shift the transmission from P • Downshifts are made automatically (Park) into R (Reverse): when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automat- 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. ically selected. 2. Start the engine or place the igni- • When the engine rpm approaches tion switch in the ON position. the red zone the transmission will 3. Move the shift lever. upshift automatically. OOS057005L • If the driver presses the lever to If the shift lever cannot be moved from + (Up) or - (Down) position, the the P (Park) position into R (Reverse) transmission may not make the position with the brake pedal requested gear change if the next depressed, continue depressing the gear is outside of the allowable brake, and then do the following: engine rpm range. The driver must 1. Place the ignition switch in the execute upshifts in accordance with LOCK/OFF position. road conditions, taking care to keep 2. Apply the parking brake. the engine rpms below the red zone. 3. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering the shift-lock release access hole. 4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screwdriver) into the access hole and press down on the tool.

5-26 5. Move the shift lever. Good Driving Practices WARNING 6. Remove the tool from the shift- • Never move the shift lever from P lock override access hole then When you stay in the vehicle (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other install the cap. with the engine running, be position with the accelerator pedal careful not to depress the accel- depressed. If you need to use the shift-lock erator pedal for a long period of • Never move the shift lever into P release, have your vehicle inspected time. The engine or exhaust (Park) when the vehicle is in by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer system may overheat and start motion. immediately. a fire. Be sure the vehicle is completely The exhaust gas and the stopped before you attempt to shift Parking exhaust system are very hot. into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). Keep away from the exhaust Always come to a complete stop and • Do not move the shift lever to N system components. (Neutral) when driving. Doing so continue to depress the brake pedal. 5 Move the shift lever into the P (Park) Do not stop or park over flam- may result in an accident because position, apply the parking brake, mable materials, such as dry of a loss of engine braking and the Driving your vehicle and place the ignition switch in the grass, paper or leaves. They transmission could be damaged. LOCK/OFF position. Take the key may ignite and cause a fire. • Do not drive with your foot resting with you when exiting the vehicle. on the brake pedal. Even light, but consistent pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, Moving up a steep grade from a brake wear and possibly even standing start brake failure. To move up a steep grade from a • Depressing both accelerator and standing start, depress the brake brake pedals at the same time can pedal, shift the shift lever to D trigger logic for engine power (Drive). Depress the accelerator reduction to assure vehicle decel- pedal gradually while releasing the eration. Vehicle acceleration will brake pedal. resume after the brake pedal is released.

5-27 Driving your vehicle

• When driving in Manual Shift mode, slow down before shifting to WARNING • In the event your vehicle a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower leaves the roadway, do not gear may not be engaged if the To reduce the risk of SERIOUS steer sharply. Instead, slow engine rpms are outside of the INJURY or DEATH: down before pulling back into allowable range. • ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. the travel lanes. • Always apply the parking brake In a collision, an unbelted • HYUNDAI recommends you when leaving the vehicle. Do not occupant is significantly more follow all posted speed limits. depend on placing the transmis- likely to be seriously injured sion in P (Park) to keep the vehicle or killed than a properly belt- from moving. ed occupant. • Exercise extreme caution when • Avoid high speeds when cor- driving on a slippery surface. Be nering or turning. especially careful when braking, • Do not make quick steering accelerating or shifting gears. On a wheel movements, such as slippery surface, an abrupt change sharp lane changes or fast, in vehicle speed can cause the sharp turns. drive wheels to lose traction and • The risk of rollover is greatly may cause loss of vehicle control increased if you lose control resulting in an accident. of your vehicle at highway • Optimum vehicle performance and speeds. economy is obtained by smoothly • Loss of control often occurs if depressing and releasing the two or more wheels drop off accelerator. the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.

5-28 BRAKING SYSTEM Power Brakes WARNING • Wet brakes may impair the Your vehicle has power-assisted vehicle's ability to safely slow brakes that adjust automatically Take the following precautions: down; the vehicle may also through normal usage. • Do not drive with your foot pull to one side when the If the engine is not running or is resting on the brake pedal. brakes are applied. Applying turned off while driving, the power This will create abnormal high the brakes lightly will indicate assist for the brakes will not work. brake temperatures, exces- whether they have been You can still stop your vehicle by sive brake lining and pad affected in this way. Always applying greater force to the brake wear, and increased stopping test your brakes in this fash- pedal than typical. The stopping dis- distances. ion after driving through deep tance, however, will be longer than water. To dry the brakes, light- • When descending down a with power brakes. ly tap the brake pedal to heat long or steep hill, move the When the engine is not running, the up the brakes while maintain- gear shift lever to Manual ing a safe forward speed until reserve brake power is partially Shift Mode and manually 5 depleted each time the brake pedal brake performance returns to downshift to a lower gear in normal. Avoid driving at high Driving your vehicle is applied. Do not pump the brake order to control your speed pedal when the power assist has speeds until the brakes func- without using the brake pedal tion correctly. been interrupted. excessively. Applying the Pump the brake pedal only when brakes continuously will necessary to maintain steering con- cause the brakes to overheat trol on slippery surfaces. and could result in a temporary loss of braking performance.

5-29 Driving your vehicle

Disc Brakes Wear Indicator Parking Brake When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required, you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front or rear brakes. You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal. Note that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does OOS057011 not indicate a problem with your OOS057010 To release: brakes. Firmly depress the brake pedal. Always set the parking brake before leaving the vehicle. To apply the While pressing the release button NOTICE parking brake: (1), slightly pull up on the parking To avoid costly brake repairs, do brake lever then lower the parking Firmly depress the brake pedal. brake lever (2). not continue to drive with worn Pull up the parking brake lever as far brake pads. If the parking brake does not release as possible. or does not release all the way, have your vehicle checked by an author- i Information WARNING ized HYUNDAI dealer. Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets. To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to an accident.

5-30 NOTICE Check the Parking WARNING Brake Warning Light • Do not apply the accelerator by placing the ignition • Whenever leaving the vehicle pedal while the parking brake is switch to the ON posi- or parking, always come to a engaged. If you depress the tion (do not start the complete stop and continue to accelerator pedal with the park- engine). depress the brake pedal. Move ing brake engaged, warning will This light will be illuminated when the the shift lever into P (Park) sound. Damage to the parking parking brake is applied with the igni- position, then apply the park- brake may occur. tion switch in the START or ON posi- ing brake, and place the igni- • Driving with the parking brake tion. tion switch in the LOCK/OFF on can overheat the braking sys- position. Before driving, be sure the parking tem and cause premature wear brake is released and the Brake Vehicles with the parking or damage to brake parts. Make Warning Light is OFF. brake not fully engaged are at sure the parking brake is risk for moving inadvertently released and the Brake Warning If the Parking Brake Warning Light 5 and causing injury to yourself Light is off before driving. remains on after the parking brake is or others. released while engine is running, Driving your vehicle there may be a malfunction in the • When parking on an incline, brake system. Immediate attention is block the wheels to prevent necessary. the vehicle from rolling down. If at all possible, cease driving the • NEVER allow anyone who is vehicle immediately. If that is not pos- unfamiliar with the vehicle to sible, use extreme caution while touch the parking brake. If the operating the vehicle and only con- parking brake is released tinue to drive the vehicle until you unintentionally, serious injury can reach a safe location. may occur. • Only release the parking brake when you are seated inside the vehicle with your foot firmly on the brake pedal.

5-31 Driving your vehicle

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Using ABS • Tire chains are installed on your vehicle. To obtain the maximum benefit from WARNING your ABS in an emergency situation, The safety features of an ABS do not attempt to modulate your An Anti-Lock Braking System or ESC equipped vehicle should brake pressure and do not try to (ABS) or an Electronic Stability not be tested by high speed pump your brakes. Depress your Control (ESC) system will not driving or cornering. This could brake pedal as hard as possible. prevent accidents due to endanger the safety of yourself or others. When you apply your brakes under improper or dangerous driving conditions which may lock the maneuvers. Even though vehi- wheels, you may hear sounds from cle control is improved during ABS is an electronic braking system the brakes, or feel a corresponding emergency braking, always sensation in the brake pedal. This is maintain a safe distance that helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows the driver to steer and normal and it means your ABS is between you and objects ahead active. of you. Vehicle speeds should brake at the same time. always be reduced during ABS does not reduce the time or dis- extreme road conditions. The tance it takes to stop the vehicle. braking distance for cars Always maintain a safe distance from equipped with ABS or ESC may the vehicle in front of you. be longer than for those without ABS will not prevent a skid that these systems in the following results from sudden changes in road conditions. direction, such as trying to take a Drive your vehicle at reduced corner too fast or making a sudden speeds during the following lane change. Always drive at a safe conditions: speed for the road and weather con- • Rough, gravel or snow-cov- ditions. ered roads. • On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height.

5-32 ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability. Always steer moderately when WARNING CAUTION braking hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel movement can still cause If the ABS warning light ( ) is When you drive on a road hav- your vehicle to veer into oncoming on and stays on, you may have ing poor traction, such as an icy traffic or off the road. a problem with the ABS. Your road, and apply your brakes power brakes will work normal- continuously, the ABS will be ly. To reduce the risk of serious active continuously and the On loose or uneven road surfaces, injury or death, contact your ABS warning light ( ) may operation of the anti-lock brake sys- HYUNDAI dealer as soon as illuminate. Pull your car over to tem may result in a longer stopping possible. a safe place and turn the engine distance than for vehicles equipped off. with a conventional brake system. Restart the engine. If the ABS The ABS warning light ( ) will stay warning light is off, then your on for several seconds after the igni- ABS system is normal. 5 tion switch is in the ON position.

Otherwise, you may have a Driving your vehicle During that time, the ABS will go problem with your ABS system. through self-diagnosis and the light Contact an authorized HYUNDAI will go off if everything is normal. If dealer as soon as possible. the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon i Information as possible When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery, the ABS warning light ( ) may turn on at the same time. This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle.

5-33 Driving your vehicle

Electronic Stability Control When operating WARNING (ESC) When the ESC is in opera- Never drive too fast for the road tion, the ESC indicator light conditions or too quickly when blinks: cornering. The ESC system will • When you apply your brakes under not prevent accidents. conditions which may lock the Excessive speed in turns, abrupt wheels, you may hear sounds from maneuvers, and hydroplaning the brakes, or feel a corresponding on wet surfaces can result in sensation in the brake pedal. This severe accidents. is normal and it means your ESC is active. • When the ESC activates, the ESC operation engine may not respond to the OOS058012N ESC ON condition accelerator as it does under rou- tine conditions. The Electronic Stability Control When the ignition switch is in the ON (ESC) system helps to stabilize the position, the ESC and the ESC OFF • If the Cruise Control was in use vehicle during cornering maneuvers. indicator lights illuminate for approxi- when the ESC activates, the ESC checks where you are steering mately three seconds. After both Cruise Control automatically disen- and where the vehicle is actually lights go off, the ESC is enabled. gages. The Cruise Control can be going. ESC applies braking pressure reengaged when the road condi- to any one of the vehicle's brakes tions allow. See "Cruise Control and intervenes in the engine man- System" later in this chapter. (if agement system to assist the driver equipped) with keeping the vehicle on the • When moving out of the mud or intended path. It is not a substitute driving on a slippery road, the for safe driving practices. Always engine RPM (revolutions per adjust your speed and driving to the minute) may not increase even if road conditions. you press the accelerator pedal deeply. This is to maintain the stability and traction of the vehicle and does not indicate a problem. 5-34 ESC OFF condition Indicator lights WARNING To cancel ESC operation : ■ ESC indicator light (blinks) • State 1 When the ESC is blinking, this indicates the ESC is active: Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The ESC OFF indicator light and Drive slowly and NEVER attempt message "Traction Control disabled" to accelerate. NEVER turn the will illuminate. In this state, the trac- ■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on) ESC off while the ESC indicator tion light is blinking or you may lose control of the vehicle resulting in control function of ESC (engine man- an accident. agement) is disabled, but the brake control function of ESC (braking management) still operates. NOTICE When the ignition switch is placed to • State 2 the ON position, the ESC indicator Driving with wheels and tires with 5

Press and hold the ESC OFF button light illuminates, then goes off if the different sizes may cause the ESC Driving your vehicle continuously for more than 3 sec- ESC system is operating normally. system to malfunction. Before onds. The ESC OFF indicator light The ESC indicator light blinks when- replacing tires, make sure all four and message "Traction and Stability ever the ESC is operating. tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with Control disabled" illuminates and a If ESC indicator light stays on, your warning chime sounds. In this state, different sized wheels and tires vehicle may have a malfunction with installed. both the traction control function of the ESC system. When this warning ESC (engine management) and the light illuminates have your vehicle brake control function of ESC (brak- checked by an authorized HYUNDAI ing management) are disabled. dealer as soon as possible. If the ignition switch is placed to the The ESC OFF indicator light comes LOCK/OFF position when ESC is off, on when the ESC is turned off. ESC remains off. Upon restarting the engine, the ESC will automatically turn on again.

5-35 Driving your vehicle

ESC OFF usage i Information • Never drive too fast for the When Driving Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS road conditions. The VSM sys- The ESC OFF mode should only be or standard brake system operation. tem will not prevent acci- used briefly to help free the vehicle if dents. Excessive speed in bad stuck in snow or mud by temporarily weather, slippery and uneven stopping operation of the ESC to Vehicle Stability Management roads can result in severe maintain wheel torque. (VSM) accidents. To turn ESC off while driving, press The Vehicle Stability Management the ESC OFF button while driving on (VSM) is a function of the Electronic a flat road surface. Stability Control (ESC) system. It VSM operation helps ensure the vehicle stays stable VSM ON condition NOTICE when accelerating or braking sud- The VSM operates when: denly on wet, slippery and rough To prevent damage to the trans- roads where traction over the four • The Electronic Stability Control mission: tires can suddenly become uneven. (ESC) is on. • Do not allow wheel(s) of one • Vehicle speed is approximately axle to spin excessively while above 9 mph (15 km/h) on curve the ESC, ABS, and parking brake WARNING roads. warning lights are displayed. • Vehicle speed is approximately Take the following precautions The repairs would not be cov- above 12 mph (20 km/h) when the when using the Vehicle Stability ered by the vehicle warranty. vehicle is braking on rough roads. Reduce engine power and do Management (VSM): not spin the wheel(s) excessive- • ALWAYS check the speed and When operating ly while these lights are dis- the distance to the vehicle When you apply your brakes under played. ahead. The VSM is not a sub- conditions which may activate the • When operating the vehicle on a stitute for safe driving prac- ESC, you may hear sounds from the dynamometer, make sure the tices. brakes, or feel a corresponding sen- ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light sation in the brake pedal. This is nor- illuminated). mal and it means your VSM is active.

5-36 NOTICE Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) Downhill Brake Control (DBC) The VSM does not operate when: The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) helps prevent the vehicle from rolling • Driving on a banked road such backwards when starting a vehicle as gradient or incline. from a stop on a hill. The system • Driving rearward. operates the brakes automatically for • ESC OFF indicator light is on. approximately 2 seconds and releas- • EPS (Electric Power Steering) es the brake after 2 seconds or when warning light ( ) is on or the accelerator pedal is depressed. blinks. WARNING WARNING Always be ready to depress the OOS057058 If ESC indicator light ( ) or accelerator pedal when starting The Downhill Brake Control (DBC) 5 EPS warning light ( ) stays on off on a incline.The HAC activates feature assists the driver to descend Driving your vehicle or blinks, your vehicle may have only for approximately 2 seconds. a malfunction with the VSM sys- down a steep hill without having to tem. When the warning light illu- depress the brake pedal. The system minates, have your vehicle NOTICE automatically applies the brakes to checked by an authorized maintain the vehicle speed below 5 • The HAC does not operate when mph (8 km/h) and allows the driver to HYUNDAI dealer as soon as the shift lever is in P (Park) or N possible. concentrate on steering the vehicle (Neutral) down hill. • The HAC activates even though Driving with wheels and tires with dif- the ESC (Electronic Stability ferent sizes may cause the ESC sys- Control) is off but does not acti- tem to malfunction. Before replacing vate when the ESC has malfunc- tires, make sure all four tires and tioned. wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized tires and wheels installed.

5-37 Driving your vehicle

DBC operation WARNING Mode Indicator light Description Always turn off the DBC on normal roads. The DBC might acti- Press the DBC button when vehicle speed is under vate inadvertently from the stand- 25 mph (40 km/h). The DBC system will turn ON and by mode when driving through Standby enter the standby mode. The system does not turn ON if vehicle speed is over speed bumps or making sharp illuminated curves. 25 mph (40 km/h).

NOTICE In the standby mode, if vehicle speed is under 22 mph Activated (35 km/h) while driving down a steep hill, the DBC will • The DBC defaults to the OFF activate automatically. position whenever the ignition blinks switch is placed in the ON posi- In the activated mode, the DBC will temporarily deacti- tion. vate under the following conditions: • Noise or vibration may occur Temporarily • The hill is not steep enough. from the brakes when the DBC is deactivated • The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed. activated. illuminated If the above conditions are not met, the DBC will auto- • The rear stop light comes on matically activate again. when DBC is activated. The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions: OFF • The DBC button is pressed again. not • Vehicle speed is over 38 mph (60 km/h). illuminated

5-38 Good Braking Practices To dry the brakes, apply the brakes WARNING lightly until the braking action returns WARNING to normal, taking care to keep the If the DBC red indicator light vehicle under control at all times. If illuminates, the system may Whenever leaving the vehicle or the braking action does not return to have overheated or have mal- normal, stop as soon as it is safe to functioned. When the warning parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to do so and call an authorized light illuminates even though HYUNDAI dealer for assistance. the DBC system has cooled off, depress the brake pedal. Move have your vehicle checked by the shift lever into P (Park) posi- DO NOT drive with your foot resting an authorized HYUNDAI dealer tion, then apply the parking on the brake pedal. Even light, but as soon as possible. brake, and place the ignition constant pedal pressure can result in switch in the LOCK/OFF posi- the brakes overheating, brake wear, tion. and possibly even brake failure. NOTICE Vehicles parked with the park- If a tire goes flat while you are driv- 5 • The DBC may not deactivate on ing brake not applied or not ing, apply the brakes gently and steep inclines even though the fully engaged may roll inadver- keep the vehicle pointed straight Driving your vehicle brake or accelerator pedal is tently and may cause injury to ahead while you slow down. When depressed. the driver and others. ALWAYS you are moving slowly enough for it apply the parking brake before to be safe to do so, pull off the road • The DBC does not operate exiting the vehicle. and stop in a safe location. when: Keep your foot firmly on the brake - The shift lever is in P (Park). pedal when the vehicle is stopped to - The ESC is activated. Wet brakes can be dangerous! The prevent the vehicle from rolling for- brakes may get wet if the vehicle is ward. driven through standing water or if it is washed. Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side.

5-39 Driving your vehicle

ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING NOTICE • Do not drive in water if the level To reduce the risk of SERIOUS is higher than the bottom of the INJURY or DEATH: vehicle. • Do not drive in conditions that • Check your brake condition exceed the vehicles intended once you are out of mud or design such as challenging water. Depress the brake pedal off-road conditions. several times as you move slow- • Avoid high speeds when cor- ly until you feel normal braking nering or turning. return. OOS057057 • Do not make quick steering • Shorten your scheduled mainte- The All Wheel Drive (AWD) system wheel movements, such as nance interval if you drive in off- delivers engine torque to both the sharp lane changes or fast, road conditions such as sand, front and rear wheels for extra trac- sharp turns. mud or water (see "Maintenance tion. AWD is useful when maximum • The risk of a rollover is great- Under Severe Usage Conditions" traction is required on slippery, ly increased if you lose con- in chapter 7). muddy, wet, or snow-covered roads. trol of your vehicle at highway • Always wash your vehicle thor- Occasional off-road use such as speeds. oughly after off road use, espe- established unpaved roads and trails • Loss of control often occurs if cially the bottom of the vehicle. are OK. It is always important that two or more wheels drop off • Be sure to equip the vehicle with the driver carefully reduces the the roadway and the driver four tires of the same size and speed to a level that does not exceed over steers to reenter the type. the safe operating speed for those roadway. • Make sure that a full time AWD conditions. • In the event your vehicle vehicle is towed by a flat bed leaves the roadway, do not tow truck. steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.

5-40 AWD operation All Wheel Drive (AWD) mode selection Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light Description

In the AWD AUTO mode, under normal operating conditions, the vehicle operates similar to conventional 2WD vehicles. If the AWD AUTO system determines there is a need for four wheel drive, the (AWD LOCK is engine's driving power is distributed to all four wheels automat- deactivated) ically. (not illuminated) Use this mode when driving on normal roads.

In the AWD LOCK mode, the system is deactivated when vehi- 5 cle speed is over 20 mph (30 km/h) and the mode is shifted to AWD AUTO mode. If the vehicle speed is reduced back down Driving your vehicle to 20 mph (30 km/h) the system shifts back into AWD LOCK AWD LOCK mode. Use this mode when driving up or down steep inclines, driving (illuminated) off-road, driving on sandy and muddy roads, etc. to maximize traction

WARNING

If AWD warning light ( ) stays on the instrument cluster, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the AWD system. When the AWD warning light ( ) illuminates have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

5-41 Driving your vehicle

For safe AWD operation Driving in sand or mud CAUTION Before driving • Maintain slow and constant speed. When driving on normal roads, • Make sure all passengers are • Use tire chains driving in mud if deactivate the AWD LOCK mode wearing seat belts. necessary. by pushing the AWD LOCK but- • Sit upright and closer to the steer- • Keep sufficient distance between ton (AWD LOCK indicator light ing wheel than usual. Adjust the your vehicle and the vehicle in front goes off). Driving on normal steering wheel to a position com- of you. roads with the AWD LOCK fortable for you to drive. • Reduce vehicle speed and always mode, especially, when corner- check the road condition. ing may cause mechanical noise or vibration. The noise Driving on snow-covered or icy • Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration, and vibration will disappear roads sudden brake applications, and when the AWD LOCK mode is • Start off slowly by applying the sharp turns to prevent getting deactivated. Prolong driving accelerator pedal gently. stuck. with the noise and vibration • Use snow tires or tire chains. may damage some parts of the • Keep sufficient distance between CAUTION power train. your vehicle and the vehicle in front When the vehicle is stuck in of you. snow, sand or mud, place a non- NOTICE • Apply engine braking during decel- slip material under the drive When the AWD LOCK mode is eration by switching the gear shift wheels to provide traction OR deactivated, a sensation may be lever to Manual Shift Mode and Slowly spin the wheels in for- felt as the driving power is deliv- manually selecting a lower gear. ward and reverse directions ered entirely to the front wheels. • Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration, which causes a rocking motion sudden brake applications, and that may free the vehicle. sharp turns to prevent skids. However, avoid running the engine continuously at high rpm, doing so may damage the AWD system.

5-42 Driving through water WARNING • Try to avoid driving in deep stand- Exercise extreme caution when ing water. It may stall your engine driving up or down steep hills. and clog your exhaust system. The vehicle may flip over • If you need to drive in water, stop depending on the grade, the ter- your vehicle, set the vehicle in rain, and the trail conditions. AWD LOCK mode and drive under 5 mph (8 km/h). • Do not change gear while driving in water.

OLMB053017 Driving up or down hills CAUTION • Driving uphill Always drive slowly in water. If 5

- Before starting off, check if it is you drive too fast, water may Driving your vehicle possible to drive uphill. get into the engine compart- - Drive as straight as possible. ment and wet the ignition system causing your vehicle to • Driving downhill suddenly stop. - Do not change gear while driving OLMB053018 downhill. Select gear before driving downhill. WARNING - Drive slowly using engine braking while driving downhill. Do not drive across the contour - Drive straight as possible. of steep hills. A slight change in the wheel angle can destabilize the vehicle, or a stable vehicle may lose stability if the vehicle stops its forward motion. Your vehicle may roll over and lead to a serious injury or death. 5-43 Driving your vehicle

Additional driving conditions Emergency precautions • Become familiar with the off-road Tires conditions before driving. Do not use a tire and wheel package • Always pay attention when driving with a different size and type from off-road and avoid dangerous the one originally installed on your areas. vehicle. It can affect the safety and • Drive slowly when driving in heavy performance of your vehicle, which wind. could lead to steering failure or • Reduce vehicle speed when cor- rollover causing serious injury. nering. The center of gravity of When replacing the tires, be sure to AWD vehicles is higher than con- OOS057075L equip all four tires with the tire and ventional 2WD vehicles, making wheel of the same size, type, tread, them more likely to roll over when • Always hold the steering wheel brand and load-carrying capacity. If you rapidly turn corners. firmly when you are driving off- you equip your vehicle with any road. tire/wheel combination not recommended by HYUNDAI for off-road WARNING driving, you should not use these tires for highway driving. Do not grab the inside of the steering wheel when you are driving off-road. You may hurt WARNING your arm by a sudden steering maneuver or from steering wheel Never start or run the engine rebound due to an impact with while a full-time AWD vehicle is objects on the ground.You could raised on a jack.The vehicle can lose control of the steering wheel slip or roll off of a jack causing which may lead to serious injury serious injury or death to you or or death. those nearby.

5-44 Towing CAUTION AWD vehicles must be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equip- • Never engage the parking ment with all the wheels off the brake while performing the ground. For more information, refer test. to "Towing" in chapter 6. • When the vehicle is lifted up, do not operate the front and Dynamometer testing rear wheel separately. All four A full-time AWD vehicle must be test- Temporary Free Roller wheels should be operated. ed on a special four wheel chassis Roll Tester (Speedometer) dynamometer. OOS057009 A full-time AWD vehicle should not WARNING be tested on a 2WD roll tester. If a Keep away from the front of the 5 2WD roll tester must be used, per- vehicle while the vehicle is in form the following procedure: Driving your vehicle gear on the dynamometer. The 1. Check the tire pressures recom- vehicle can jump forward and mended for your vehicle. cause serious injury or death. 2. Place the front wheels on the roll tester for a speedometer test as shown in the illustration. 3. Release the parking brake. 4. Place the rear wheels on the temporary free roller as shown in the illustration.

5-45 Driving your vehicle

DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) The mode changes, as below, when- SPORT mode ever the DRIVE MODE button is SPORT mode manages pressed. the driving dynamics by automatically adjusting the NORMAL SPORT steering effort, and the engine and transmission control logic for enhanced driving performance. NORMAL mode • When SPORT mode is selected by In NORMAL mode the engine and pressing the DRIVE MODE button, transmission control logic work the SPORT indicator will illuminate. OOS058060 together to provide regular daily driv- • Whenever the engine is restarted, The drive mode may be selected ing performance with some fuel effi- the Drive Mode will revert back to according to the driver's preference ciency. NORMAL mode. If SPORT mode is or road condition. • When NORMAL mode is selected, desired, re-select SPORT mode The system resets to be in the NOR- it is not displayed on the instrument from the DRIVE MODE button. MAL mode, when the engine is cluster. • When SPORT mode is activated: restarted. - The engine rpm will tend to remain a little higher for a brief i Information time even after releasing the If there is a problem with the instru- accelerator. This is a typical when ment cluster, the drive mode will be in the SPORT mode is activated. NORMAL mode and may not change - Upshifts are delayed when accel- to SPORT mode. erating

i Information In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.

5-46 BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) (1) Blind-Spot Collision Warning The feature will operate when the (BCW) vehicle is moving in reverse below The Blind-Spot Collision Warning about 6 mph (10 km/h). If oncom- A (BCW) range varies relative to ing cross traffic is detected a vehicle speed. Note that if your warning chime will sound. The vehicle is traveling much faster time of alert varies according to than the vehicles around you, the the speed difference between you warning will not occur. and the approaching vehicle. B (2) BCW : Closing at high speed The BCW-Closing at high speed WARNING feature will alert you when a vehicle is approaching in an adjacent • Always be aware of road con- lane at a high rate of speed. If the ditions while driving and be driver activates the turn signal alert for unexpected situations 5 when the system detects an even though the Blind-Spot oncoming vehicle, the system Collision Warning (BCW) sys- Driving your vehicle sounds an audible alert. tem is operating. OOS057099L The time of alert (warning signal) • The Blind-Spot Collision [A] : Blind spot area varies according to the speed dif- Warning (BCW) system is not [B] : Closing at high speed ference between you and the a substitute for proper and approaching vehicle. safe driving. Always drive The Blind-Spot Collision Warning safely and use caution when (BCW) system uses radar sensors in (3) RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic changing lanes or backing up the rear bumper to monitor and warn Collision Warning) the vehicle. The Blind-Spot the driver of an approaching vehicle The RCCW feature monitors Collision Warning (BCW) sys- in the driver's blind spot area. approaching cross traffic from the tem may not detect every The system monitors the rear area of left and right side of the vehicle object alongside the vehicle. the vehicle and provides information when your vehicle is in reverse. to the driver with an audible alert and an indicator on the outer side view mirrors. 5-47 Driving your vehicle

BCW (Blind-Spot Collision To cancel: ■ Left side Warning) Press the BCW switch again. The Operating conditions indicator on the switch will go off. When the system is not used, turn the system off by turning off the switch. ■ Right side i Information • If the ignition switch is turned OFF and then ON again, the BCW system returns to the previous state. OOS057024 • When the system is turned on, the First stage alert warning light will illuminate for 3 If a vehicle is detected within the seconds on the outer side view mir- OOS057023N boundary of the system, a warning ror. light will illuminate on the outer side To operate: view mirror. Press the BCW switch with the igni- The function will activate when: Once the detected vehicle is no tion switch in the ON position. 1. The system is on. longer within the blind spot area, the The indicator on the BCW switch will warning will turn off depending on 2. The vehicle speed is above the driving conditions of the vehicle. illuminate. approximately 20 mph (30 km/h). 3. An oncoming vehicle is detected in the blind spot area.

5-48 ■ Left side ■ Right side • The second stage alarm may be deactivated. - To deactivate the warning chime: Go to the ''User Settings → Driver Assistance and deselect Blind- Spot Collision Warning sound'' on the LCD display.

- To activate the warning chime: Go to the ''User Settings → Driver OOS057025 OOS057026 Assistance and select Blind-Spot [A] : Warning sound Collision Warning sound'' on the LCD display. Second stage alert 5

A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when: Driving your vehicle i Information 1. A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system (the warning light will illuminate on the outer side view mirror) AND The warning chime function helps alert the driver. Deactivate this func- 2. The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being tion only when it is necessary. detected). When this alert is activated, the warning light on the side view mirror will also blink. If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the warning chime will be deactivated.

5-49 Driving your vehicle

RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic i Information Warning type Collision Warning) The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision ■ Left ■ Right The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) detecting range is Warning function monitors approach- approximately 1 - 65 ft (0.5 – 20 m). ing cross traffic from the left and right An approaching vehicle will be detect- side of the vehicle when your vehicle ed if their vehicle speed is within 2.5 - is in reverse. 22.5 mph (4 - 36 km/h). Note that the detecting range may Operating conditions vary under certain conditions. As To operate: always, use caution and pay close → attention to your surroundings when Go to the 'User Settings Driver backing up your vehicle. Assistance and select Rear Cross- OOS057031/OOS057032 Traffic Collision Warning' on the LCD display. (For more information, If the vehicle detected by the sensors refer to "LCD Display" in chapter approaches your vehicle, the warn- 3.) ing chime will sound, the warning light on the outer side view mirror will The system will turn on and standby blink and a message will appear on to activate. The system will activate the LCD display. when vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h) and with the shift lever in R (Reverse).

5-50 i Information WARNING • The Blind-Spot Collision • The warning chime will turn off Warning (BCW) system and when: • The warning light on the outer Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) are not a - The detected vehicle moves out of side view mirror will illumi- substitute for proper and safe the sensing area or nate whenever a vehicle is detected at the rear side by driving practices. Always - when the vehicle is right behind the system. drive safely and use caution your vehicle or To avoid accidents, do not when changing lanes or back- - when the vehicle is not approach- focus only on the warning ing up your vehicle.The Blind- ing your vehicle or light and neglect to see the Spot Collision Warning (BCW) - when the other vehicle slows down. surrounding of the vehicle. system may not detect every object alongside the vehicle. • The system may not operate proper- • Drive safely even though the ly due to other factors or circum- vehicle is equipped with a stances. Always pay attention to Blind-Spot Collision Warning NOTICE 5

your surroundings. (BCW) system and Rear Driving your vehicle • The system may not work prop- Cross-Traffic Collision • If the sensing area near the rear erly when the bumper has been Warning (RCCW). Do not sole- bumper is blocked by either a wall damaged, or if the rear bumper ly rely on the system but or barrier or by a parked vehicle, has been replaced or repaired. the system sensing area may be check your surrounding reduced. before changing lanes or • The sensing range differs some- backing the vehicle up. what according to the width of the road. When the road is nar- The system may not alert the row, the system may detect driver in some conditions so other vehicles in the next lane always check your surround- OR when the road is wide, the ings while driving. system may not detect other vehicles in the next lane. • The system may turn off due to strong electromagnetic waves.

5-51 Driving your vehicle

Blind-Spot Collision Warning - Warning message - A trailer or carrier is installed. To Sensor Location use the BCW system, remove the trailer or carrier from your vehicle. If any of these conditions occur, the light on the BCW switch and the system will turn off automatically. When the BCW cancelled warning message is displayed in the cluster, check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that could interfere OOS057077L with the radar sensors. OOS057027 Blind-Spot Collision Warning After any dirt or debris is removed, The sensors are located inside the (BCW) system disabled. Radar blocked the BCW system should operate nor- rear bumper. mally after about 10 minutes of driv- Always keep the rear bumper clean • This warning message may appear ing the vehicle. when : for the proper operation of the sys- If the system still does not operate tem. - One or both of the sensors on the normally have your vehicle inspected rear bumper is blocked by dirt or by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. snow or a foreign object. - Driving in rural areas where the i Information BCW sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended Turn off the system by pressing the period of time. BCW switch and deselecting Rear Cross Traffic Alert from the User - When there is inclement weather Settings mode on the cluster, when such as heavy snow or rain. using a trailer or carrier behind your vehicle.

5-52 Non-operating condition Limitations of the System The BCW indicator on the outer The driver must be cautious in the side view mirror may not illumi- below situations, because the sys- nate properly when: tem may not detect other vehicles or - The outer side view mirror housing objects in certain circumstances. is damaged. • When a trailer or carrier is - The mirror is covered with dirt, installed. snow, or debris. • The vehicle driven in inclement - The window is covered with dirt, weather such as heavy rain or snow, or debris. snow. OOS057078L - The window is tinted. • The sensor is polluted with rain, Check Blind-Spot Collision snow, mud, etc. Warning (BCW) system • The rear bumper where the sensor 5 If there is a problem with the BCW is located is covered with a foreign system, a warning message will object such as a bumper sticker, a Driving your vehicle appear and the light on the switch bumper guard, a bike rack, etc. will turn off. The system will turn off • The rear bumper is damaged, or automatically. Have your vehicle the sensor is out of the original inspected by an authorized default position. HYUNDAI dealer. • The vehicle height gets lower or higher due to heavy loading in a trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc. • When the temperature of the rear bumper is high. • When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking-lot pillars.

5-53 Driving your vehicle

• The vehicle driven on a curved • When the other vehicle passes at a i Information road. very fast speed. • The vehicle driven through a toll- • While changing lanes. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. gate. • If the vehicle has started at the • The road pavement (or the periph- same time as the vehicle next to Operation is subject to the following eral ground) abnormally contains you and has accelerated. two conditions: metallic components (i.e. possibly • When the vehicle in the next lane 1. This device may not cause harmful due to subway construction). moves two lanes away from you interference. • There is a fixed object near the OR when the vehicle two lanes 2. This device must accept any inter- vehicle, such as a guardrail. away moves to the next lane from ference received, including interfer- • While going down or up a steep you. ence that may cause undesired road where the height of the lane is • A motorcycle or bicycle is near. operation. different. • A flat trailer is near. • Driving on a narrow road where • If there are small objects in the trees or grass or overgrown. detecting area such as a shopping • Driving in rural areas where the cart or a baby stroller. sensor does not detect another • If there is a low height vehicle such vehicle or structure for an extended as a sports car. period of time. • Driving on a wet road. • Driving on a road where the guardrail or wall is in double structure. • A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck. • When the other vehicle approaches very close.

5-54 FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) SYSTEM - CAMERA TYPE (IF EQUIPPED) The Forward Collision-Avoidance System setting and activation Assist (FCA) system is designed to WARNING help detect and monitor the vehicle System setting ahead in the roadway through camera Take the following precautions • The Forward Collision-Avoidance recognition to warn the driver that a when using the Forward Assist (FCA) system is enabled collision is imminent, and if necessary, Collision-Avoidance Assist whenever the vehicle is turned on. apply emergency braking. (FCA) system: To turn off the system, go to the The camera type Forward Collision- • This system is only a supple- 'User settings → Driver assistance' Avoidance Assist (FCA) system mental system and it is not and deselect 'FCA (Forward detects the vehicle ahead in the intended to, nor does it Collision Avoidance Assist)' on the roadway through camera. replace the need for extreme cluster LCD display. care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the sen- The warning light illumi- sors are limited. Pay attention nates on the cluster, 5 to the road conditions at all when you cancel the FCA times. system. The driver can Driving your vehicle monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on • NEVER drive too fast in accor- the LCD display. Also, the warning dance with the road condi- light illuminates when the ESC tions or while cornering. (Electronic Stability Control) is • Always drive cautiously to turned off. If the warning light prevent unexpected and sud- remains ON when the FCA is acti- den situations from occur- vated, have the system checked by ring. FCA does not stop the an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. vehicle completely and is not a collision avoidance system.

5-55 Driving your vehicle

• The driver can select the initial warn- The options for the initial Forward - Late: ing activation time on the LCD dis- Collision Warning includes the fol- When this condition is selected, play. lowing: the initial Forward Collision Go to the 'User settings → Driver - Early: Warning is activated later than nor- assistance → FCW (Forward When this condition is selected, mal. This setting reduces the Collision Warning) → Late/Normal/ the initial Forward Collision amount of distance between the Early'. Warning is activated earlier than vehicle ahead before the initial normal. This setting maximizes the warning occurs. amount of distance between the Even though, 'Late' is selected if vehicle ahead before the initial the front vehicle suddenly stops warning occurs. the initial warning activation time Even though, 'Early' is selected if may not seem late. the front vehicle suddenly stops Select 'Late' when traffic is light the initial warning activation time and when driving speed is slow. may not seem fast. If you feel the warning activates too early, set the Forward Collision Warning to "Normal". - Normal: When this condition is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated normally. This setting allows for a nominal amount of distance between the vehicle ahead before the initial warning occurs.

5-56 Prerequisite for activation FCA warning message and WARNING The FCA gets ready to be activated, system control when the FCA is selected on the • Completely stop the vehicle The FCA produces warning mes- LCD display, and when the following on a safe location before sages and warning alarms in accor- prerequisites are satisfied. operating the switch on the dance with the collision risk levels, - The ESC (Electronic Stability steering wheel to activate/ such as abrupt stopping of the vehi- Control) is on. deactivate the FCA system. cle in front or insufficient braking distance. Also, it controls the brakes in - Vehicle speed is over 10 km/h (6 The FCA automatically acti- • accordance with the collision risk lev- mph) and below 60 km/h (38 mph). vates upon placing the els. (The FCA is only activated within a POWER button to the ON certain speed range.) position. The driver can deac- The driver can select the initial warn- - The system detects a vehicle in tivate the FCA by canceling ing activation time in the User front, which may collide with your the system setting on the LCD Settings on the LCD display. The vehicle. (The FCA may not be acti- display. options for the initial Forward 5 vated or may sound a warning Collision Warning include Late, The FCA automatically deacti- Driving your vehicle • Normal or Early initial warning time. alarm in accordance with the driv- vates upon canceling the ESC ing situation or vehicle condition.) (Electronic Stability Control). When the ESC is canceled, the FCA cannot be activated on the LCD display. The FCA warning light will illuminate which is normal.

5-57 Driving your vehicle

Collision warning Emergency braking Brake operation (First warning) (Second warning) • In an urgent situation, the braking system enters into the ready status for prompt reaction against the driver’s depressing the brake pedal. • The FCA provides additional braking power for optimum braking performance, when the driver depresses the brake pedal. • The braking control is automatically deactivated, when the driver sharply depresses the accelerator pedal, or when the driver abruptly OOS057016L OOS057017L operates the steering wheel. This warning message appears on This warning message appears on • The FCA brake control is automat- the LCD display with a warning the LCD display with a warning ically canceled, when risk factors chime. Additionally, some vehicle chime. Additionally, some vehicle disappear. system intervention occurs by the system intervention occurs to help engine management system to help decelerate the vehicle. CAUTION decelerate the vehicle. - The FCA system limitedly con- - Your vehicle speed may deceler- trols the brakes to preemptively The driver should always use ate moderately. mitigate impact in a collision. The extreme caution while operating - The FCA system limitedly con- brake control is maximized just the vehicle, whether or not there trols the brakes to preemptively before a collision. is a warning message or alarm mitigate impact in a collision. from the FCA system.

5-58 FCA sensor WARNING NOTICE ■ Front camera • Always keep the camera sensor The FCA braking control cannot clean and free of dirt and debris. completely stop the vehicle nor • Be careful not to apply unneces- avoid all collisions. The driver sary force on the camera sensor. should hold the responsibility If the sensor is forcibly moved to safely drive and control the out of proper alignment, the FCA vehicle. system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have WARNING the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. The FCA system logic operates OOS057033 • Use only genuine HYUNDAI within certain parameters, such parts to repair or replace a dam- 5 as the distance from the vehicle In order for the FCA system to oper-

aged sensor. Driving your vehicle ahead, the speed of the vehicle ate properly, always make sure the ahead, and the driver's vehicle camera is clean and free of dirt, speed. Certain conditions such snow, and debris. Dirt, snow, or for- as inclement weather and road eign substances on the surface may conditions may affect the oper- adversely affect the sensing perform- ation of the FCA system. ance of the camera.

WARNING

Never deliberately drive danger- ously to activate the system.

5-59 Driving your vehicle

NOTICE i Information Warning message and warning light • NEVER install any accessories Have the system checked by an or stickers on the front wind- authorized HYUNDAI dealer when: shield, nor tint the front wind- • The windshield glass is replaced. shield. • The camera or related parts are • NEVER locate any reflective repaired or removed. objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction of the system. • Pay extreme caution to keep the camera out of water. • NEVER disassemble the camera OTM058142L assembly, nor apply any impact on the camera assembly. Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system disabled. • Playing the vehicle audio sys- Camera obscured tem at high volume may offset the system warning sounds. When the sensor is contaminated due to external environment such as snow, rain or foreign substances, the FCA system operation may stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. In order for the FCA system to operate properly, remove any dirt, snow or debris and clean the camera sensor cover before the system operation.

5-60 The FCA may not properly operate in System malfunction an area (e.g. open terrain), where WARNING any substances are not detected after turning ON the engine. • The FCA is only a supplemental system for the driver's convenience. The driver should WARNING hold the responsibility to control the vehicle operation. Do Depending on the driving, traf- not solely depend on the FCA fic, road or weather condition, system. Rather, maintain a the FCA system may not acti- safe braking distance, and, if vate properly without the warn- necessary, depress the brake ing message displayed. pedal to reduce the driving OOS057082L speed. Check Forward Collision Avoidance • In certain instances and 5 under certain driving condi- Assist system Driving your vehicle tions, the FCA system may • When the FCA is not working prop- activate unintentionally. This erly, the FCA warning light ( ) initial warning message will illuminate and the warning appears on the LCD display message will appear for a few sec- with a warning chime. onds. After the message disappears, the master warning light Also, in certain instances the ( ) will illuminate. In this case, front camera recognition sys- have the vehicle inspected by an tem may not detect the vehi- authorized HYUNDAI dealer. cle ahead. The FCA system may not activate and the • The FCA warning message may warning message will not be appear along with the illumination displayed. of the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light and the FCA is automatically deactivated.

5-61 Driving your vehicle

• If there is a malfunction with • Occupants may get injured, if WARNING the FCA system, the Forward the vehicle abruptly stops by Collision avoidance assist the activated FCA system. Pay • The FCA system operates system is not applied even extreme caution. only to detect vehicles in front though the braking system is • Even if there is any problem in of the vehicle. operating normally. the FCA system's brake con- • The FCA system does not • If the vehicle in front stops trol function, general braking operate when the vehicle is in suddenly, you may have less performance will operate nor- reverse. control of the brake system. mally. In this case, the brake • The FCA system is not Therefore, always keep a safe control function which oper- designed to detect other distance between your vehicle ates when the collision is objects on the road such as and the vehicle in front of you. imminent will not activate. animals. • The FCA system may activate • The FCA system does not during braking and the vehi- detect vehicles in the oppo- cle may stop suddenly shift- site lane. ing loose objects toward the passengers. Always keep • The FCA system does not loose objects secured. detect cross traffic vehicles that are approaching. • The FCA system may not activate if the driver applies the • The FCA system cannot detect brake pedal to avoid a colli- the driver approaching the sion. side view of a parked vehicle (for example on a dead end • The brake control may be street.) insufficient, possibly causing a collision, if a vehicle in front In these cases, you must main- abruptly stops. Always pay tain a safe braking distance, extreme caution. and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. 5-62 Limitations of the system Detecting vehicles • The rear part of the vehicle in front is not normally visible. (the vehicle The Forward Collision-Avoidance The sensor may be limited when: turns in other direction or the vehi- Assist (FCA) system is designed to • The camera is blocked with a for- cle is overturned.) monitor the vehicle ahead in the road- eign object or debris • The vehicle in front is too small to way through camera recognition to • The camera lens is contaminated warn the driver that a collision is immi- be detected (for example a motor- due to tinted, filmed or coated cycle or a bicycle, etc.) nent, and if necessary, apply emer- windshield, damaged glass, or gency braking. stuck of foreign matter (sticker, • The vehicle in front is an oversize In certain situations, the camera may bug, etc.) on the glass vehicle or trailer that is too big to be detected by the camera recog- not be able to detect the vehicle • Inclement weather such as heavy ahead. In these cases, the FCA sys- nition system (for example a tractor rain or snow obscures the field of trailer, etc.) tem may not operate normally. The view of the camera driver must pay careful attention in • The camera's field of view is not the following situations where the • The camera sensor recognition is well illuminated (either too dark or 5 FCA operation may be limited. limited too much reflection or too much • The camera does not recognize backlight that obscures the field of Driving your vehicle the entire vehicle in front. view) • The camera is damaged. • The vehicle in front does not have • The brightness outside is too low their rear lights properly turned ON such as when the headlamps are or their rear lights are located not on at night or the vehicle is unusually. going through a tunnel. • The outside brightness changes • The shadow is on the road by a suddenly, for example when enter- median strip, trees, etc. ing or exiting a tunnel • The vehicle drives through a toll- • When light coming from a street gate. light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road

5-63 Driving your vehicle

• The field of view in front is obstruct- In these cases, the driver must main- ed by sun glare tain a safe braking distance, and if • The windshield glass is fogged up; necessary, depress the brake pedal a clear view of the road is obstruct- to reduce your driving speed in order ed to maintain a safe distance. • The vehicle in front is driving errati- cally • The vehicle is on unpaved or uneven rough surfaces, or road with sudden gradient changes.

• The vehicle drives inside a building, OOS058103 such as a basement parking lot - Driving on a curve • The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while The performance of the FCA system driving may be limited when driving on a curved road. • The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a On curved roads, the other vehicle speed bump on the same lane is not recognized and the FCA system's performance • The vehicle in front is moving verti- may be degraded. This may result in cally to the driving direction unnecessary alarm or braking or no • The vehicle in front is stopped ver- alarm or braking when necessary. tically Also, in certain instances the front • The vehicle in front is driving camera recognition system may not towards your vehicle or reversing detect the vehicle traveling on a • You are on a roundabout and the curved road. vehicle in front circles

5-64 OOS058104 OOS058073 OOS058105 The FCA system may recognize a - Driving on a slope - Changing lanes vehicle in the next lane when driving The performance of the FCA decreas- When a vehicle changes lanes in 5 on a curved road. es while driving upward or downward front of you, the FCA system may not In this case, the system may unnec- on a slope, not recognizing the vehi- immediately detect the vehicle, espe- Driving your vehicle essarily alarm the driver and apply cle in front in the same lane. It may cially if the vehicle changes lanes the brake. unnecessarily produce the warning abruptly. In this case, you must main- Always pay attention to road and message and the warning alarm, or it tain a safe braking distance, and if driving conditions, while driving. If may not produce the warning mes- necessary, depress the brake pedal necessary, depress the brake pedal sage and the warning alarm at all. to reduce your driving speed in order to reduce your driving speed in order When the FCA suddenly recognizes to maintain a safe distance. to maintain a safe distance. the vehicle in front while passing Also, when necessary depress the over a slope, you may experience accelerator pedal to prevent the sys- sharp deceleration. tem from unnecessarily decelerating Always keep your eyes forward while your vehicle. driving upward or downward on a Check to be sure that the road con- slope, and, if necessary, depress the ditions permit safe operation of FCA. brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance. 5-65 Driving your vehicle

WARNING

• Do not use the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system when towing a vehicle. Application of the FCA system while towing may adversely affect the safety of your vehicle or the towing vehicle.

OTM058119 OOS058022 • Use extreme caution when the vehicle in front of you has When driving in stop-and-go traffic, - Detecting the vehicle in front of you cargo that extends rearward and a stopped vehicle in front of you If the vehicle in front of you has cargo from the cab, or when the merges out of the lane, the FCA sys- that extends rearward from the cab, vehicle in front of you has tem may not immediately detect the or when the vehicle in front of you higher ground clearance. new vehicle that is now in front of has higher ground clearance, addi- you. In this case, you must maintain • The FCA system is designed tional special attention is required. to detect and monitor the a safe braking distance, and if nec- The FCA system may not be able to essary, depress the brake pedal to vehicle ahead in the roadway detect the cargo extending from the through camera recognition. It reduce your driving speed in order to vehicle. In these instances, you must maintain a safe distance. is not designed to detect bicy- maintain a safe braking distance cles, motorcycles, or smaller from the rearmost object, and if nec- wheeled objects such as lug- essary, depress the brake pedal to gage bags, shopping carts, or reduce your driving speed in order to strollers. maintain distance.

5-66 • Never try to test the operation i Information of the FCA system. Doing so This device complies with Part 15 of may cause severe injury or the FCC rules. death. Operation is subject to the following • Have your vehicle checked by two conditions: an authorized HYUNDAI deal- 1. This device may not cause harmful er when the windshield glass interference. or camera is replaced. 2. This device must accept any interference received, including interfer- i Information ence that may cause undesired operation. In some instances, the FCA system may be cancelled when subjected to electromagnetic interference. 5 Driving your vehicle

5-67 Driving your vehicle

FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) SYSTEM-SENSOR FUSION TYPE (FRONT RADAR + FRONT CAMERA) (IF EQUIPPED) The Forward Collision-avoidance System Setting and Activation Assist (FCA) system is designed to WARNING help detect and monitor the vehicle System setting ahead or detect a pedestrian (if Take the following precautions • The driver can activate the FCA by equipped) in the roadway through when using the Forward placing the ignition switch to the radar signals and camera recogni- Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) ON position and by selecting: tion to warn the driver that a collision system: ''User Settings → Driver is imminent, and if necessary, apply • This system is only a supple- Assistance → Forward Collision- emergency braking. mental system and it is not Avoidance Assist (FCA)'' intended to, nor does it replace the need for extreme care and The FCA deactivates, when the driv- attention of the driver. The er deselects the system setting. sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times. • NEVER drive too fast in accordance with the road conditions or while cornering. • Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. The Forward Collision Avoidance system may not always stop the vehicle completely and is only intended to help mitigate a collision that is imminent.

5-68 The warning light illumi- The options for the initial Forward - Late : nates on the LCD display, Collision Warning includes the fol- When this condition is selected, the when you cancel the FCA lowing: initial Forward Collision Warning is system. The driver can - Early : activated later than normal. This set- monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on ting reduces the amount of distance the LCD display. Also, the warning When this condition is selected, the between the vehicle or pedestrian light illuminates when the ESC initial Forward Collision Warning is ahead before the initial warning (Electronic Stability Control) is activated earlier than normal. This occurs. turned off. setting maximizes the amount of distance between the vehicle ahead Select 'Late' when traffic is light and If the warning light remains ON when when driving speed is slow. the FCA is activated, have the sys- before the initial warning occurs. tem checked by an authorized Even though, 'Early' is selected if the HYUNDAI dealer. front vehicle suddenly stops the ini- Prerequisite for activation tial warning activation time may not The FCA system is on and ready seem fast. 5 • The driver can select the initial warn- when FCA is selected on the LCD ing activation time on the LCD dis- display and when the following pre- Driving your vehicle play. - Normal : requisites are satisfied: Go to the 'User Settings → Driver When this condition is selected, the - The ESC (Electronic Stability assistance → Forward Collision initial Forward Collision Warning is Control) is on. Warning → Late/Normal/Early'. activated normally. This setting - Driving speed exceeds approxi- allows for a nominal amount of dis- mately 6mph (10km/h). (The FCA tance between the vehicle or pedes- is only activated within a certain trian ahead before the initial warning speed range.) occurs. - The system detects a pedestrian or a vehicle in front, which may collide with your vehicle. (The FCA may not be activated or may sound a warning alarm in accordance with the driving situation or vehicle condition.) 5-69 Driving your vehicle

FCA Warning Message and Collision Warning (First warning) WARNING System Control • Completely stop the vehicle The FCA produces warning mes- on a safe location before sages and warning alarms in accor- operating the switch on the dance with the collision risk levels, steering wheel to activate such as abrupt stopping of the vehi- /deactivate the FCA system. cle in front, insufficient braking distance, or pedestrian detection. Also, The FCA automatically acti- • it controls the brakes in accordance vates upon placing the igni- with the collision risk levels. tion switch to the ON position. The driver can deactivate the FCA by canceling the system The driver can select the initial warn- setting on the LCD display. ing activation time in the User OOS057016L • The FCA automatically deacti- Settings in the LCD display. The This warning message appears on vates upon canceling the ESC options for the initial Forward Collision the LCD display with a warning (Electronic Stability Control). Warning include EARLY, NORMAL, or chime. Additionally, some vehicle When the ESC is canceled, LATE initial warning time. system intervention occurs by the the FCA cannot be activated engine management system to help on the LCD display. decelerate the vehicle. - Your vehicle speed may decelerate moderately. - The FCA system limitedly controls the brakes to preemptively mitigate impact in a collision.

5-70 Emergency Braking Brake operation WARNING (Second warning) • In an urgent situation, the braking system enters into the ready status The FCA braking control cannot for prompt reaction against the dri- completely stop the vehicle nor ver’s depressing the brake pedal. avoid all collisions. The driver • The FCA provides additional brak- should hold the responsibility ing power for optimum braking per- to safely drive and control the formance, when the driver depress- vehicle. es the brake pedal. • The braking control is automatically deactivated, when the driver WARNING sharply depresses the accelerator pedal, or when the driver abruptly The FCA system logic operates OOS057017L operates the steering wheel. within certain parameters, such 5 • The FCA braking control is auto- as the distance from the vehicle This warning message appears on Driving your vehicle the LCD display with a warning matically canceled, when risk fac- or pedestrian ahead, the speed chime. tors disappear. of the vehicle ahead, and the driver's vehicle speed. Certain Additionally, some vehicle system conditions such as inclement intervention occurs by the engine CAUTION weather and road conditions management system to help decel- may affect the operation of the erate the vehicle. The driver should always use FCA system. - The FCA system limitedly controls extreme caution while operating the brakes to preemptively mitigate the vehicle, whether or not there is a warning message or alarm impact in a collision. The brake WARNING control is maximized just before a from the FCA system. collision. Never deliberately drive danger- ously to activate the system.

5-71 Driving your vehicle

FCA Sensor Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on • If the front bumper becomes ■ the sensor cover or sensor may damaged in the area around the Front radar adversely affect the sensing perform- radar sensor, the FCA system ance of the sensor. may not operate properly. Have the vehicle inspected by an NOTICE authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Use only genuine HYUNDAI • Do not apply license plate frame parts to repair or replace a dam- or foreign objects such as a aged sensor or sensor cover. Do bumper sticker or a bumper not apply paint to the sensor guard near the radar sensor. cover. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the OOS057018 radar. ■ Front camera • Always keep the radar sensor and cover clean and free of dirt and debris. • Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover. • Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper OOS057033 alignment, the FCA system may In order for the FCA system to oper- not operate correctly. In this ate properly, always make sure the case, a warning message may sensor cover or sensor is clean and not be displayed. Have the vehi- free of dirt, snow, and debris. cle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 5-72 NOTICE Warning message and warning System Malfunction light • NEVER install any accessories ■ Type A ■ Type B or stickers on the front windshield, nor tint the front windshield. • NEVER locate any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction of the system. • Pay extreme caution to keep the camera out of water. OOS057081L/OOS057082L • NEVER disassemble the camera OOS057080L assembly, nor apply any impact Check Forward Collision Avoidance 5

on the camera assembly. Forward Collision Avoidance Assist Assist system Driving your vehicle (FCA) system disabled. • When the FCA is not working prop- • Playing the vehicle audio sys- Radar blocked tem at high volume may offset erly, the FCA warning light ( ) the system warning sounds. When the sensor cover is blocked will illuminate and the warning with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA message will appear for a few sec- system operation may stop temporar- onds. After the message disap- i Information ily. If this occurs, a warning message pears, the master warning light Have the system checked by an will appear on the LCD display. ( ) will illuminate. In this case, authorized HYUNDAI dealer when: Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and have the vehicle inspected by an • The windshield glass is replaced. clean the radar sensor cover before authorized HYUNDAI dealer. operating the FCA system. • The sensor cover or sensor gets • The FCA warning message may damaged or replaced. The FCA may not properly operate in appear along with the illumination an area (e.g. open terrain), where of the ESC (Electronic Stability any substances are not detected Control) warning light. after turning ON the engine.

5-73 Driving your vehicle

WARNING • If there is a malfunction with • Occupants may get injured, if the FCA system, the Forward the vehicle abruptly stops by • The FCA is only a supplemen- Collision avoidance assist the activated FCA system. Pay tal system for the driver’s con- system is not applied even extreme caution. venience. The driver should though the braking system is hold the responsibility to con- operating normally. trol the vehicle operation. Do • If the vehicle in front stops WARNING not solely depend on the FCA suddenly, you may have less system. Rather, maintain a control of the brake system. • The FCA system operates safe braking distance, and, if Therefore, always keep a safe only to detect vehicles or necessary, depress the brake distance between your vehicle pedestrians in front of the pedal to reduce the driving and the vehicle in front of you. vehicle. speed. • The FCA system may activate • The FCA system does not In certain instances and • during braking and the vehi- operate when the vehicle is in under certain driving condi- cle may stop suddenly shift- reverse. tions, the FCA system may ing loose objects toward the activate prematurely. This ini- passengers. Always keep • The FCA system is not tial warning message appears loose objects secured. designed to detect other on the LCD display with a objects on the road such as • The FCA system may not acti- animals. warning chime. vate if the driver applies the Also, in certain instances the brake pedal to avoid a colli- • The FCA system does not front radar sensor or camera sion. detect vehicles in the opposite lane. recognition system may not • The brake control may be detect the vehicle or pedestri- insufficient, possibly causing • The FCA system does not an ahead. The FCA system a collision, if a vehicle in front detect cross traffic vehicles may not activate and the abruptly stops. Always pay that are approaching. warning message will not be extreme caution. displayed.

5-74 Limitations of the System Detecting vehicles • The FCA system cannot detect the driver approaching The Forward Collision avoidance The sensor may be limited when: the side view of a parked vehi- assist (FCA) system is designed to • The radar sensor or camera is cle (for example on a dead monitor the vehicle ahead or a blocked with a foreign object or end street.) pedestrian on the roadway through debris In these cases, you must main- radar signals and camera recogni- • Inclement weather such as heavy tain a safe braking distance, tion to warn the driver that a collision rain or snow obscures the field of and if necessary, depress the is imminent, and if necessary, apply view of the radar sensor or camera emergency braking. brake pedal to reduce the driv- • There is interference by electro- ing speed in order to maintain a In certain situations, the radar sen- magnetic waves safe distance. sor or the camera may not be able to detect the vehicle or pedestrian • There is severe irregular reflection ahead. In these cases, the FCA sys- from the radar sensor tem may not operate normally. The • The radar/camera sensor recogni- 5 driver must pay careful attention in tion is limited the following situations where the • The vehicle in front is too small to Driving your vehicle FCA operation may be limited. be detected (for example a motorcycle or a bicycle, etc.) • The vehicle in front is an oversize vehicle or trailer that is too big to be detected by the camera recognition system (for example a tractor trailer, etc.) • The driver's field of view is not well illuminated (either too dark or too much reflection or too much backlight that obscures the field of view) • The vehicle in front does not have their rear lights properly turned ON

5-75 Driving your vehicle

• The outside brightness changes suddenly, for example when entering or exiting a tunnel • Light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road • The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare • The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed OAE056100 OAE056101 • The vehicle in front is driving errat- - Driving on a curve The FCA system may recognize a ically The performance of the FCA system vehicle in the next lane when driving on a curved road. • The vehicle drives through a con- may be limited when driving on a struction area, on an unpaved curved road. In this case, the system may unnec- road, or above metal materials, In certain instances on a curved essarily alarm the driver and apply such as a railway road, the FCA system may activate the brake. • The vehicle drives inside a building, prematurely. Always pay attention to road and such as a basement parking lot Also, in certain instances the front driving conditions, while driving. If necessary, depress the brake pedal • The adverse road conditions cause radar sensor or camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle to reduce your driving speed in order excessive vehicle vibrations while to maintain a safe distance. driving traveling on a curved road. In these cases, the driver must main- Also, when necessary depress the • The vehicle in front is moving verti- accelerator pedal to prevent the sys- cally to the driving direction tain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal tem from unnecessarily decelerating • The vehicle in front is stopped ver- to reduce your driving speed in order your vehicle. tically to maintain a safe distance. • The vehicle in front is driving towards your vehicle or reversing 5-76 OOS057073 OAE056103 OAE056109 - Driving on a slope - Changing lanes When driving in stop-and-go traffic, The performance of the FCA decreas- When a vehicle changes lanes in and a stopped vehicle in front of you 5 es while driving upward or downward front of you, the FCA system may not merges out of the lane, the FCA sys- on a slope, not recognizing the vehi- immediately detect the vehicle, espe- tem may not immediately detect the Driving your vehicle cle in front in the same lane. It may cially if the vehicle changes lanes new vehicle that is now in front of unnecessarily produce the warning abruptly. In this case, you must main- you. In this case, you must maintain message and the warning alarm, or it tain a safe braking distance, and if a safe braking distance, and if nec- may not produce the warning mes- necessary, depress the brake pedal essary, depress the brake pedal to sage and the warning alarm at all. to reduce your driving speed in order reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. When the FCA suddenly recognizes to maintain a safe distance. the vehicle in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration. Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance. 5-77 Driving your vehicle

Detecting pedestrians • The pedestrian is small (if equipped) • The pedestrian has impaired The sensor may be limited when: mobility • The pedestrian is not fully detected • The sensor recognition is limited by the camera recognition system, • The radar sensor or camera is for example, if the pedestrian is blocked with a foreign object or leaning over or is not fully walking debris upright • Inclement weather such as heavy • The pedestrian is moving very rain or snow obscures the field of quickly or appears abruptly in the view of the radar sensor or camera camera detection area OOS057022 • When light coming from a street - Detecting the vehicle in front of you • The pedestrian is wearing clothing light or an oncoming vehicle is that easily blends into the back- reflected on a wet road surface If the vehicle in front of you has cargo ground, making it difficult to be such as a puddle in the road that extends rearward from the cab, detected by the camera recogni- • The field of view in front is or when the vehicle in front of you tion system has higher ground clearance, addi- obstructed by sun glare tional special attention is required. • The outside lighting is too bright • The windshield glass is fogged up; The FCA system may not be able to (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight a clear view of the road is obstruct- detect the cargo extending from the or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g. ed vehicle. In these instances, you must when driving on a dark rural road at night) • The adverse road conditions cause maintain a safe braking distance excessive vehicle vibrations while from the rearmost object, and if nec- • It is difficult to detect and distin- driving essary, depress the brake pedal to guish the pedestrian from other reduce your driving speed in order to objects in the surroundings, for maintain distance. example, when there is a group of pedestrians or a large crowd • There is an item similar to a person's body structure

5-78 i Information WARNING In some instances, the FCA system may be canceled when subjected to • Do not use the Forward electromagnetic interference. Collision avoidance Assist (FCA) system when towing a i Information vehicle. Application of the FCA system while towing may This device complies with Part 15 of adversely affect the safety of the FCC rules. your vehicle or the towing Operation is subject to the following vehicle. two conditions: • Use extreme caution when the 1. This device may not cause harmful vehicle in front of you has interference. cargo that extends rearward 2. This device must accept any inter- from the cab, or when the 5 vehicle in front of you has

ference received, including interfer- Driving your vehicle ence that may cause undesired higher ground clearance. operation. • The FCA system is designed to detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian in the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition. It is not designed to detect bicycles, motorcycles, or smaller wheeled objects such as luggage bags, shopping carts, or strollers. • Never try to test the operation of the FCA system. Doing so may cause severe injury or death. 5-79 Driving your vehicle

LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING • The operation of the LKA system can be canceled or not The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) work properly according to system is not a substitute for road condition and surround- safe driving practices, but a ings. Always be cautious convenience function only. It is when driving. the responsibility of the driver • Do not disassemble the LKA to always be aware of the sur- system camera temporarily to rounding and steer the vehicle. tint the window or attach any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the OOS057033 WARNING camera and assemble it again, The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys- take your vehicle to an author- tem helps detect lane markers on the Take the following precautions ized HYUNDAI dealer and road with a camera at the front wind- when using the Lane Keeping have the system checked for shield, and assists the driver's steer- Assist (LKA) system: calibration. ing to help keep the vehicle between When you replace the wind- lanes. • Do not steer the steering • wheel suddenly when the shield glass, LKA system When the system detects the vehicle steering wheel is being assist- camera or related parts of the straying from its lane, it alerts the ed by the system. steering wheel, take your driver with a visual and audible warn- vehicle to an authorized ing, while applying a slight counter- • LKA system helps to prevent the driver from moving out of HYUNDAI dealer and have the steering torque, to try to prevent the system checked for calibra- vehicle from moving out of its lane. the lane unintentionally by assisting the driver's steering. tion. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention on the steering wheel to stay in the lane.

5-80 LKA System Operation • The system detects lane lines • Always have your hands on and controls the steering the steering wheel while the wheel by a camera, therefore, LKA system is activated. If if the lane lines are hard to you continue to drive with detect, the system may not your hands off the steering work properly. wheel after the "Keep hands Please refer to "Limitations of on steering wheel" warning the system". message appears, the system will turn off automatically. • Do not remove or damage the related parts of LKA system. • The steering wheel is not continuously controlled so if the • You may not hear a warning vehicle speed is at a higher sound of LKA system speed when leaving a lane the OOS058034N because of excessive audio vehicle may not be able to be 5 sound. controlled by the system. The To activate/deactivate the LKA sys- • Do not place objects on the driver must always follow the tem: Driving your vehicle dashboard that reflects light speed limit when using the With the ignition switch in the ON such as mirrors, white paper, system. position, press the LKA system but- etc. The system may malfunc- • If you attach objects to the ton located on the instrument panel tion if the sunlight is reflected. steering wheel, the system on the left hand side of the steering may not assist steering or the wheel. The indicator in the cluster hands off alarm may not work display will initially illuminate white. properly. When you tow a trail- This indicates the LKA system is in er, make sure that you turn off the READY but NOT ENABLED the LKA system. state.

5-81 Driving your vehicle

The color of indicator will LKA system operation change depending on the WARNING condition of LKA system. The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) - White : Sensor does not detect system is a system to help pre- lane lines or vehicle speed vent the driver from leaving the is under 40mph (64 km/h). lane. However, the driver should - Green : Sensor detects lane lines not solely rely on the system and the system is able to but always check the road con- control vehicle steering. ditions when driving.

OOS057035L • To see the LKA system screen on the LCD display in the cluster, select Assist mode ( ). For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3. • When both lane lines are detected and all the conditions to activate the LKA system are satisfied, a green steering wheel indicator will illuminate and the LKA system indicator light will change from white to green. This indicates that the LKA system is in the ENABLED state and the steering wheel will be able to be controlled.

5-82 ■ Lane marker undetected ■ Lane marker detected • If your vehicle speed exceeds 40 mph (64 km/h) and the LKA system button is ON, the system is enabled. If your vehicle departs from the projected lane in front of you, the LKA system operates as follows: ■ Left lane marker ■ Right lane marker

OOS057035L/OOS057037L OAEE056129L • If the system detects a lane line, Keep hands on steering wheel the color changes from gray to If the driver takes their hands off the 5 white. steering wheel for several seconds • If the system detects the left lane while the LKA system is activated, Driving your vehicle line, the left lane line color will the system will warn the driver. change from gray to white. • If the system detects the right lane OOS057038L/OOS057039L i Information line, the right lane line color will A visual warning appears on the change from gray to white. If the steering wheel is held very light- cluster LCD display. Either the left ly the message may still appear • Both lane lines must be detected lane line or the right lane line in the because the LKA system may not rec- for the system to fully activate. cluster LCD display will blink ognize that the driver has their hands depending on which direction the on the wheel. vehicle is veering. If the steering wheel appears, the system will help control the vehicle’s steering to prevent the vehicle from crossing the lane line.

5-83 Driving your vehicle

WARNING WARNING

The warning message may • The driver is responsible for appear late according to road accurate steering. conditions. Therefore, always • Turn off the system in below have your hands on the steering situations. wheel while driving. - In bad weather - In bad road condition - When the steering wheel needs to be controlled by the OOS057083L driver frequently. Driver's grasp not detected. LKA system will be disabled temporarily i Information If the driver still does not have their • Even though the steering is assisted hands on the steering wheel after the by the system, the driver can still message "Keep hands on steering steer to control the steering wheel. wheel", the system will not control • The steering wheel may feel heavier the steering wheel and warn the driv- when the steering wheel is assisted er only when the driver crosses the by the system than when it is not. lane lines. However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering wheel.

5-84 Warning Light and Message LKA system failure indicator The LKA system will not be in the The LKA system failure ENABLED state and the steering indicator (yellow) will illu- wheel will not be assisted when: minate if the LKA system • The turn signal is turned on before is not working properly. changing a lane. If you change Have your vehicle lanes without the turn signal on, checked by an authorized the steering wheel might be con- HYUNDAI dealer. trolled. • The vehicle is not driven in the mid- When there is a problem with the dle of the lane when the system is system do one of the following: turned on or right after changing a lane. • Turn the system on after turning the engine off and on again. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is activated. OOS057084R • Check if the ignition switch is in the 5 • The vehicle is driven on a sharp Check LKA system ON position. Driving your vehicle curve. If there is a problem with the system • Check if the system is affected by a message will appear for a few sec- the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, • Vehicle speed is below 40 mph onds. If the problem continues the etc.) (60 km/h) and over 110 mph (180 km/h). LKA system failure indicator will illu- • Check if there is foreign matter on minate. the camera lens. • The vehicle makes sharp lane changes. • The vehicle brakes suddenly. If the problem is not solved, have your vehicle checked by an author- • Only one lane line is detected. ized HYUNDAI dealer. • The lane is very wide or narrow. • There are more than two lane lines on the road. (e.g. construction area) • The vehicle is driven on a steep incline. 5-85 Driving your vehicle

Limitations of the System • The shadow is on the lane marker • The field of view in front is by a median strip, trees, etc. obstructed by sun glare. The LKA system may operate prematurely even if the vehicle does not • The lanes are incomplete or the • The lane suddenly disappears depart from the intended lane, OR, area is in a construction zone. such as at the intersection. the LKA system may not warn you if • There are crosswalk signs or other • There is not enough distance the vehicle leaves the intended lane symbols on the road. between you and the vehicle in under the following circumstances: • The lane line in a tunnel is stained front to be able to detect the lane with oil, etc. line or the vehicle ahead is driving When the lane and road condi- on the lane line. tions are poor When external condition is inter- • Driving on a steep grade, over a • It is difficult to distinguish the lane vened hill, or when driving on a curved marking from the road surface or • The brightness outside changes road. the lane marking is faded or not suddenly such as when entering or clearly marked. • The adverse road conditions cause exiting a tunnel or passing under a excessive vehicle vibrations while • There are markings on the road bridge. surface that look like a lane line driving. • The brightness outside is too low • The surrounding of the inside rear that is inadvertently being detected such as when the headlamps are by the camera. view mirror temperature is high not on at night or the vehicle is due to direct sunlight. • The lane line is merged or divided. going through a tunnel or passing (e.g. tollgate) under a bridge. When front visibility is poor • The lane number increases or • There is a boundary structure in • The windshield or the LKA system decreases or the lane marker are the roadway such as a concrete camera lens is blocked with dirt or crossing complicatedly. barrier, guardrail and reflector post debris. • There are more than two lane lines that is inadvertently being detected • The windshield glass is fogged up; on the road in front of you. by the camera. a clear view of the road is obstruct- • The lane line is very thick or thin. • When light coming from a street ed. • The lanes ahead are not visible light or an oncoming vehicle is • Placing objects on the dashboard, due to rain, snow, water on the reflected on a wet road surface etc. road, damaged or stained road such as a puddle in the road. surface, or other factors. 5-86 LKA system Function Change Standard LKA i Information The Standard LKA mode guides the The driver can change LKA to Lane This device complies with Part 15 of driver to help keep the vehicle within Departure Warning (LDW) system or the FCC rules. change the LKA system mode the lanes. It rarely controls the steer- between Standard LKA and Active ing wheel, when the vehicle drives Operation is subject to the following LKA from the LCD display. Go to the well inside the lanes. However, it two conditions: 'User Settings → Driver Assistance → starts to control the steering wheel, 1. This device may not cause harmful Lane Keeping Assist → Lane when the vehicle is about to deviate interference. Departure Warning/Standard out of the lanes. 2. This device must accept any inter- LKA/Active LKA'. ference received, including interfer- Active LKA ence that may cause undesired operation. Lane Departure Warning The Active LKA mode provides more LDW system alerts the driver with a frequent steering wheel control in visual warning and a warning alarm comparison with the Standard LKA 5

when the system detects the vehicle mode. Active LKA can help reduce Driving your vehicle departing the lane. The steering the driver's fatigue to assist the wheel will not be controlled. steering for maintaining the vehicle in the middle of the lane.

5-87 Driving your vehicle

DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) • The driver can select the mode of Driver's attention level System is designed as a safety fea- the Driver Attention Warning ture to help reduce drowsy or inat- (DAW) system. ■ System off tentive driving. The DAW displays a - Off : The Driver Attention Warning bar graph that is intended to repre- (DAW) system is deactivated. sent the driver's attention and fatigue level while driving. - Normal Sensitivity : The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system helps alert the driver of his/her System Setting and Activation fatigue level or inattentive driving System setting practices. - High Sensitivity : The Driver • The Driver Attention Warning Attention Warning (DAW) system (DAW) system is set to be in the helps alert the driver of his/her OFF position, when your vehicle is OOS057085L fatigue level or inattentive driving first delivered to you from the fac- ■ Attentive driving practices faster than Normal tory. mode. • To turn ON the Driver Attention • The set-up of the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system, turn on Warning (DAW) system will be the engine, and then select 'User maintained, as selected, when the Settings → Driver Assistance → engine is re-started. Driver Attention Warning → High Sensitivity/Normal Sensitivity' on the LCD display.

OPDE056061

5-88 ■ Inattentive driving • When the driver turns on the sys- Resetting the System tem while driving, it displays 'Last • The last break time is set to 00:00 Break time' and level. and the driver's attention level is set to 5 (very attentive) when the Take a break driver resets the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system. • The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system resets in the following situations. - The engine is turned OFF. OPDE056062 - The driver unfastens the seat belt • The driver can monitor their driving and then opens the driver's door. conditions on the LCD display. - The vehicle is stopped for more 5 The DAW screen will appear when than 10 minutes. you select the Assist mode tab ( ) • The Driver Attention Warning Driving your vehicle on the LCD display if the system is (DAW) system operates again, activated. (For more information, OPDE056063 when the driver restarts driving. refer to "LCD Display Modes" in • The "Consider taking a break" chapter 3.) message appears on the LCD dis- • The driver's attention level is display and a warning sounds in order played on the scale of 1 to 5. The to suggest the driver to take a lower the number is, the more inat- break, when the driver’s attention tentive the driver is. level is below 1. • The number decreases when the • The Driver Attention Warning driver does not take a break for a (DAW) system does not suggest certain period of time. the driver to take a break, when the total driving time is shorter than 10 • The number increases when the minutes. driver attentively drives for a certain period of time. 5-89 Driving your vehicle

System Standby System Malfunction WARNING

• The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times. OOS057086L OOS057087L • The system may suggest a The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) Check Driver Attention Warning break according to the dri- system enters the ready status and (DAW) system ver's driving pattern or habits displays the 'Standby' screen in the even if the driver doesn't feel When the warning message fatigue. following situations. appears, the system is not working - The camera does not detect the properly. In this case, have the vehi- • The driver, who feels fatigued, lanes. cle inspected by an authorized should take a break, even HYUNDAI dealer. though there is no break sug- - Driving speed remains under 40 gestion by the Driver Attention mph (60 km/h) or over 125 mph Warning (DAW) system. (200 km/h).

5-90 NOTICE CAUTION • The vehicle is controlled by the The Driver Attention Warning sys- following driving assist system utilizes the camera sensor on The Driver Attention Warning tems: the front windshield for its opera- (DAW) system may not properly - Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) tion. To keep the camera sensor in operate with limited alerting in system the best condition, you should the following situations: - Forward Collision-avoidance observe the followings: • The lane detection perform- Assist (FCA) system • NEVER install any accessories ance is limited. (For more infor- or stickers on the front wind- mation, refer to "Lane Keeping shield, nor tint the front wind- Assist (LKA) system" in this CAUTION shield. chapter.) • NEVER locate any reflective • The vehicle is violently driven Playing the vehicle audio sys- objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) or is abruptly turned for obsta- tem at high volume may offset over the dashboard. Any light cle avoidance (e.g. construc- the Driver Attention Warning 5

reflection may cause a malfunction area, other vehicles, fallen (DAW) system warning sounds. Driving your vehicle tion of the Driver Attention Alert objects, bumpy road). (DAW) system. • Forward drivability of the vehi- • Pay extreme caution to keep the cle is severely undermined camera sensor out of water. (possibly due to wide variation • NEVER arbitrarily disassemble in tire pressures, uneven tire the camera assembly, nor apply wear-out, toe-in/toe-out align- any impact on the camera ment). assembly. • The vehicle drives on a curvy road. • The vehicle drives on a bumpy road. • The vehicle drives through a windy area.

5-91 Driving your vehicle

CRUISE CONTROL Cruise Control operation WARNING • Do not use when: - Driving in heavy traffic or Take the following precautions: when traffic conditions make • Always set the vehicle speed it difficult to drive at a con- under the speed limit. stant speed • If the Cruise Control is left on, - Driving on rainy, icy, or (cruise indicator light in the snow-covered roads instrument cluster is illumi- - Driving on hilly or windy nated) the Cruise Control can roads be activated unintentionally. - Driving in windy areas Keep the Cruise Control system off (cruise indicator light - Driving with limited view OOS057052N OFF) when the Cruise Control (possibly due to bad weather such as fog, snow, rain and 1. Cruise indicator is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed. sandstorm) 2. SET indicator • Use the Cruise Control system only when traveling on The Cruise Control system allows open highways in good you to drive at speeds above 20 mph weather. (30 km/h) without depressing the • Do not use the Cruise Control accelerator pedal. when it may be unsafe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed.

5-92 i Information To set Cruise Control speed • During normal cruise control operation, when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes, the cruise control will ener- gize after approximately 3 seconds. This delay is normal. • Before activating the cruise control function, the system will check to verify that the brake switch is operating normally. Depress the brake OOS057054N pedal at least once after turning ON 3. Push the toggle switch down the ignition or starting the engine. OOS057053N (SET-), and release it. The SET 5 1. Press the CRUISE button on the indicator light will illuminate.

steering wheel to turn the system Driving your vehicle on. The cruise indicator will illumi- 4. Release the accelerator pedal. nate. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed, i Information which must be more than 20 mph On a steep slope, the vehicle may (30 km/h). slightly slow down or speed up, while driving uphill or downhill.

5-93 Driving your vehicle

To increase Cruise Control • Depress the accelerator pedal. To decrease Cruise Control speed When the vehicle attains the speed desired speed, push the toggle switch down (SET-).

OOS057055N OOS057054N • Push the toggle switch up (RES+) • Push the toggle switch down (SET-) and hold it, while monitoring the and hold it.Your vehicle will gradual- SET speed on the instrument clus- ly slow down. Release the toggle ter. switch at the speed you want to Release the toggle switch when maintain. the desired speed is shown and • Push the toggle switch down (SET-) the vehicle will accelerate to that and release it immediately. The speed. cruising speed will decrease 1.0 • Push the toggle switch up (RES+) mph (1.6 km/h) each time the toggle and release it immediately. The switch is operated in this manner. cruising speed will increase 1.0 • Lightly tap the brake pedal. When mph (1.6 km/h) each time the tog- the vehicle attains the desired gle switch is operated in this man- speed, push the toggle switch ner. down (SET-).

5-94 To temporarily accelerate with Cruise Control will be canceled • Downshifting to the 2nd gear in the Cruise Control ON when: manual shift mode. (for automatic Depress the accelerator pedal. When transmission/dual clutch transmis- you take your foot off the accelerator, sion vehicle) the vehicle will return to the previously set speed. i Information If you push the toggle switch down Each of the above actions will cancel (SET-) at the increased speed, the Cruise Control operation (the "SET" Cruise Control will maintain the indicator in the instrument cluster will increased speed. go off), but only pressing the CRUISE button will turn the system off. If you wish to resume Cruise Control operation, push the toggle switch up (RES+) OOS057056N located on your steering wheel. You 5 will return to your previously preset • Depressing the brake pedal. speed, unless the system was turned off Driving your vehicle • Pressing the CANCEL button using the CRUISE button. located on the steering wheel. • Pressing the CRUISE button. Both the cruise indicator and the "SET" indicator will turn OFF. • Moving the shift lever into N (Neutral).(for automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission vehicle) • Decreasing the vehicle speed to less than approximately 20 mph (30 km/h). • The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is operating. 5-95 Driving your vehicle

To resume preset Cruising To turn Cruise Control off speed

OOS057053N OOS057055N • Press the CRUISE button (the Push the toggle switch up (RES+). If cruise indicator light will go off). the vehicle speed is over 20 mph (30 • Turn the vehicle OFF. km/h), the vehicle will resume the preset speed.

5-96 SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous Driving Conditions Rocking the Vehicle WARNING When hazardous driving elements If it is necessary to rock the vehicle are encountered such as water, to free it from snow, sand, or mud, If the vehicle is stuck and snow, ice, mud and sand, take the first turn the steering wheel right and excessive wheel spin occurs, below suggestions: left to clear the area around your the temperature in the tires can • Drive cautiously and keep a longer front wheels. Then, shift back and increase very quickly. If the tires braking distance. forth between R (Reverse) and a for- become damaged, a tire blow ward gear. • Avoid abrupt braking or steering. out or tire explosion can occur. Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and This condition is dangerous - • When your vehicle is stuck in snow, do not race the engine. you and others may be injured. mud, or sand, use second gear. To prevent transmission wear, wait Do not attempt this procedure if Accelerate slowly to avoid unnec- people or objects are anywhere essary wheel spin. until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelera- near the vehicle. • Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or tor pedal while shifting, and press If you attempt to free the vehicle, 5 other non-slip materials under the lightly on the accelerator pedal while the vehicle can overheat quickly, wheels to provide additional trac- the transmission is in gear. Slowly possibly causing an engine Driving your vehicle tion while the vehicle becomes spinning the wheels in forward and compartment fire or other dam- stuck in ice, snow, or mud. reverse directions causes a rocking age. Try to avoid spinning the motion that may free the vehicle. wheels as much as possible to WARNING prevent overheating of either the tires or the engine. DO NOT Downshifting with an automatic allow the vehicle to spin the transmission/dual clutch trans- wheels above 35 mph (56 km/h). mission while driving on slippery surfaces can cause an accident. The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid. Be careful when downshifting on slippery surfaces.

5-97 Driving your vehicle

i Information Driving at Night Driving in the Rain The ESC system must be turned OFF Night driving presents more hazards Rain and wet roads can make driving before rocking the vehicle. than driving in the daylight. Here are dangerous. Here are a few things to some important tips to remember: consider when driving in the rain or on slick pavement: NOTICE • Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehi- • Slow down and allow extra follow- If you are still stuck after rocking cles, as it may be more difficult to ing distance. A heavy rainfall the vehicle a few times, have the see at night, especially in areas makes it harder to see and increas- vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle where there may not be any street es the distance needed to stop to avoid engine overheating, pos- lights. your vehicle. sible damage to the transmission, • Adjust your mirrors to reduce the • Turn OFF your Cruise Control. and tire damage. See "Towing" in glare from other driver's head- chapter 6. • Replace your windshield wiper lamps. blades when they show signs of • Keep your headlamps clean and streaking or missing areas on the Smooth Cornering properly aimed. Dirty or improperly windshield. Avoid braking or gear changing in aimed headlamps will make it • Tires should be properly main- corners, especially when roads are much more difficult to see at night. tained with at least 2/32nds of an wet. Ideally, corners should always • Avoid staring directly at the head- inch of tread depth. If your tires do be taken under gentle acceleration. lamps of oncoming vehicles. You not have enough tread, making a could be temporarily blinded, and it quick stop on wet pavement can will take several seconds for your cause a skid and possibly lead to eyes to readjust to the darkness. an accident. See "Tire Tread" in chapter 7. • Turn on your headlamps to make it easier for others to see you.

5-98 • Driving too fast through large pud- Driving in Flooded Areas Fuel, engine coolant and engine dles can affect your brakes. If you Avoid driving through flooded areas oil must go through puddles, try to unless you are sure the water is no Driving at higher speeds on the high- drive through them slowly. higher than the bottom of the wheel way consumes more fuel and is less • If you believe your brakes may be hub. Drive through any water slowly. efficient than driving at a slower, wet, apply them lightly while driv- Allow adequate stopping distance more moderate speed. Maintain a ing until normal braking operation because brake performance may be moderate speed in order to conserve returns. reduced. fuel when driving on the highway. After driving through water, dry the Be sure to check both the engine Hydroplaning brakes by gently applying them sev- coolant level and the engine oil If the road is wet enough and you are eral times while the vehicle is moving before driving. going fast enough, your vehicle may slowly. have little or no contact with the road Drive belt surface and actually ride on the Highway Driving 5 water. The best advice is SLOW A loose or damaged drive belt may DOWN when the road is wet. Tires overheat the engine. Driving your vehicle Adjust the tire inflation, as specified. The risk of hydroplaning increas- Under-inflation may overheat or es as the depth of tire tread damage the tires. decreases, refer to "Tire Tread" in Do not install worn-out or damaged chapter 7. tires, which may reduce traction or adversely affect vehicle handling. This could lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. i Information Never over-inflate your tires above the maximum inflation pressure, as specified on your tires. 5-99 Driving your vehicle

Reducing the risk of a rollover WARNING Your multi-purpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Sports Utility Utility vehicles have a signifi- Vehicle (SUV). SUV's have higher cantly higher rollover rate than ground clearance and a narrower other types of vehicles. To pre- track to make them capable of per- vent rollovers or loss of control: forming in a wide variety of off-road • Take corners at slower speeds applications. The specific design than you would with a passen- characteristics give them a higher ger vehicle. center of gravity than ordinary vehicles making them more likely to roll • Avoid sharp turns and abrupt over if you make abrupt turns. Utility maneuvers. vehicles have a significantly higher • Do not modify your vehicle in rollover rate than other types of vehi- any way that you would raise cles. Due to this risk, driver and pas- the center of gravity. sengers are strongly recommended • Keep tires properly inflated. to buckle their seat belts. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is signifi- • Do not carry heavy cargo on cantly more likely to die than a per- the roof. son wearing a seat belt. There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, do not load your vehicle with heavy cargo on the roof, and never modify your vehicle in any way.

5-100 WINTER DRIVING The severe weather conditions of Snow tires Tire chains winter quickly wear out tires and cause other problems. To minimize WARNING winter driving problems, you should take the following suggestions: Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle’s Snow or Icy Conditions standard tires. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your You need to keep sufficient distance vehicle may be adversely affect- between your vehicle and the vehicle ed. in front of you. Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, If you mount snow tires on your vehi- rapid acceleration, sudden brake cle, make sure to use radial tires of applications, and sharp turns are the same size and load range as the OOS057008 potentially very hazardous practices. original tires. Mount snow tires on all Since the sidewalls of radial tires are 5

During deceleration, use engine four wheels to balance your vehicle’s thinner than other types of tires, they Driving your vehicle braking to the fullest extent. Sudden handling in all weather conditions. may be damaged by mounting some brake applications on snowy or icy The traction provided by snow tires types of tire chains on them. roads may cause the vehicle to skid. on dry roads may not be as high as Therefore the use of snow tires is To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it your vehicle's original equipment preferred over the use of tire chains. may be necessary to use snow tires tires. Check with the tire dealer for If the road and weather conditions or to install tire chains on your tires. maximum speed recommendations. require the use of tire chains, be sure Always carry emergency equipment. to use tire chains that have been Some of the items you may want to i Information properly selected for the size of tire on your HYUNDAI vehicle. carry include tire chains, tow straps Do not install studded tires without or chains, a flashlight, emergency first checking local, state and munici- Be sure to follow the guidelines and flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, pal regulations for possible restric- installation instructions provided a window scraper, gloves, ground tions against their use. from the tire chain manufacturer. cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.

5-101 Driving your vehicle

Damage to your vehicle caused by i Information Chain installation improper tire chain use is not cov- When installing tire chains, follow the ered by your vehicle manufacturer’s • Install tire chains on both left and manufacturer’s instructions and warranty. right front tires. It should be noted mount them as tightly possible. Drive that installing tire chains on the slowly (less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) WARNING tires will provide a greater driving with chains installed. If you hear the force, but will not prevent side chains contacting the body or chas- skids. The use of tire chains may sis, stop and tighten them. If they still adversely affect vehicle han- • Do not install studded tires without make contact, slow down until the dling: first checking local, state and noise stops. Remove the tire chains municipal regulations for possible as soon as you begin driving on • Drive less than 20 mph restrictions against their use. (30 km/h) or the chain manu- cleared roads. facturer's recommended speed When mounting snow chains, park limit, whichever is lower. the vehicle on level ground away • Drive carefully and avoid from traffic. Turn on the vehicle bumps, holes, sharp turns, Hazard Warning Flasher and place a and other road hazards, which triangular emergency warning device may cause the vehicle to behind the vehicle (if available). bounce. Always place the vehicle in P (Park), apply the parking brake and turn off • Avoid sharp turns or locked the engine before installing snow wheel braking. chains.

5-102 NOTICE Winter Precautions Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary - When using tire chains: Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant In some climates it is recommended • Wrong size chains or improperly that a lower viscosity "winter weight" Your vehicle is delivered with high installed chains can damage oil be used during cold weather. See quality ethylene glycol coolant in the your vehicle's brake lines, sus- chapter 8 for recommendations. If cooling system. It is the only type of pension, body and wheels. you aren't sure what weight oil you coolant that should be used because • Use SAE "S" class or wire should use, consult an authorized it helps prevent corrosion in the cool- chains. HYUNDAI dealer. ing system, lubricates the water • If you hear noise caused by pump and prevents freezing. Be sure chains contacting the body, to replace or replenish your coolant Check battery and cables retighten the chain to prevent in accordance with the maintenance contact with the vehicle body. Winter puts additional burdens on schedule in chapter 7. Before winter, the battery system. Visually inspect • To prevent body damage, have your coolant tested to assure the battery and cables as described 5 retighten the chains after driving that its freezing point is sufficient for

in chapter 7. The level of charge in Driving your vehicle 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km). the temperatures anticipated during your battery can be checked by an • Do not use tire chains on vehi- the winter. authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a cles equipped with aluminum service station. wheels. If unavoidable, use a wire type chain. • Use wire chains less than 0.47 inch (12 mm) wide to prevent damage to the chain’s connection.

5-103 Driving your vehicle

Check spark plugs and ignition Do not let your parking brake Don't place foreign objects or system freeze materials in the engine com- Inspect your spark plugs as Under some conditions your parking partment described in chapter 7 and replace brake can freeze in the engaged Placement of foreign object or mate- them if necessary. Also check all position. This is most likely to happen rials which prevent cooling of the ignition wiring and components to be when there is an accumulation of engine, in the engine compartment, sure they are not cracked, worn or snow or ice around or near the rear may cause a failure or combustion. damaged in any way. brakes or if the brakes are wet. If The manufacturer is not responsible there is a risk the parking brake may for the damage caused by such freeze, apply it only temporarily while placement. Use approved window washer you put the gear selector lever in P anti-freeze in system and block the rear wheels so the car To keep the water in the window cannot roll. Then release the parking To keep locks from freezing washer system from freezing, add an brake. To keep the locks from freezing, approved window washer anti-freeze squirt an approved de-icer fluid or solution in accordance with instruc- glycerine into the key opening. If a tions on the container. Window wash- Do not let ice and snow accu- lock is covered with ice, squirt it with er anti-freeze is available from an mulate underneath an approved de-icing fluid to remove authorized HYUNDAI dealer and Under some conditions, snow and the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, most auto parts outlets. Do not use ice can build up under the fenders you may be able to thaw it out by engine coolant or other types of anti- and interfere with the steering. When using a heated key. Handle the heat- freeze as these may damage the driving in severe winter conditions ed key with care to avoid injury. paint finish. where this may happen, you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed.

5-104 VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT Two labels on your driver's door sill Cargo Weight GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) show how much weight your vehicle This figure includes all weight added This is the Base Curb Weight plus was designed to carry: the Tire and to the Base Curb Weight, including actual Cargo Weight plus passen- Loading Information Label and the cargo and optional equipment. gers. Certification Label. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms GAW (Gross Axle Weight) GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight for determining your vehicle’s weight This is the total weight placed on Rating) ratings, from the vehicle's specifica- each axle (front and rear) - including This is the maximum allowable tions and the Certification Label: vehicle curb weight and all payload. weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR Base Curb Weight GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) is shown on the Certification Label This is the weight of the vehicle This is the maximum allowable located on the driver’s door sill. including a full tank of fuel and all weight that can be carried by a single 5 standard equipment. It does not axle (front or rear). These numbers include passengers, cargo, or option- are shown on the Certification Label. Driving your vehicle al equipment. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR. Vehicle Curb Weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.

5-105 Driving your vehicle

Tire Loading Information Label Vehicle capacity weight

■ Type A ■ Type C 860 lbs. (390 kg) Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer, the combined weight includes the tongue load.

Seating capacity Total : 5 persons (Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 3 persons) OOS067044N OOS067046N Seating capacity is the maximum ■ Type B The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold number of occupants including a tire pressures recommended for your driver, your vehicle may carry. vehicle, the number of people that However, the seating capacity may can be in your vehicle and vehicle be reduced based upon the weight of capacity weight. all of the occupants, and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed. Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry.

OOS067045N Towing capacity We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing.

5-106 Cargo capacity 5. Determine the combined weight of WARNING The cargo capacity of your vehicle luggage and cargo being loaded will increase or decrease depending on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available Do not overload the vehicle as on the weight and the number of there is a limit to the total occupants and the tongue load, if cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. weight, or load limit, including your vehicle is equipped with a trailer. occupants and cargo, the vehi- 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail- cle can carry. Overloading can er, load from your trailer will be shorten the life of the vehicle. If Steps for determining correct transferred to your vehicle. Consult load limit the GVWR or the GAWR is this manual to determine how this exceeded, parts on the vehicle 1. Locate the statement "The com- reduces the available cargo and can break, and it can change bined weight of occupants and luggage load capacity of your vehi- the handling of your vehicle. cargo should never exceed XXX cle. These could cause you to lose kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's control and result in an acci- placard. 5 dent.

2. Determine the combined weight of Driving your vehicle the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. 3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs. 4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5-107 Driving your vehicle

Example 1 ≥ +

Maximum Load Passenger Weight Cargo Weight (1400 lbs.) (150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.) (1100 lbs.) (635 kg) (68 kg × 2 = 136 kg) (499 kg) Example 2 ≥ +

Maximum Load Passenger Weight Cargo Weight (1400 lbs.) (150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.) (650 lbs.) (635 kg) (68 kg × 5 = 340 kg) (295 kg) Example 3 ≥ +

Maximum Load Passenger Weight Cargo Weight (1400 lbs.) (172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.) (540 lbs.) (635 kg) (78 kg × 5 = 390 kg) (245 kg)

5-108 Certification label The total weight of the vehicle, including all occupants, accessories, WARNING cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Overloading Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle • Never exceed the GVWR for Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out your vehicle, the GAWR for the actual loads on your front and either the front or rear axle rear axles, you need to go to a weigh and vehicle capacity weight. station and weigh your vehicle. Be Exceeding these ratings can sure to spread out your load equally affect your vehicle’s handling on both sides of the centerline. and braking ability, and cause an accident. Do not overload your vehicle. OBH059070 • Overloading your vehicle can The certification label is located on cause heat buildup in your 5 the driver’s door sill at the center pil- vehicle’s tires and possible Driving your vehicle lar and shows the maximum allow- tire failure, increased stop- able weight of the fully loaded vehi- ping distances and poor vehicle. This is called the GVWR (Gross cle handling-all of which may Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR result in a crash. includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo. This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

5-109 Driving your vehicle

TRAILER TOWING NOTICE We do not recommend using this WARNING vehicle for trailer towing. Overloading your vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not If you carry items inside your be covered by your warranty. Do vehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools, not overload your vehicle. packages, or anything else), they are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger. • Put items in the cargo area of your vehicle. Try to spread the weight evenly. • Do not stack items, like suitcases, inside the vehicle above the tops of the seats. • Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle. • When you carry something inside the vehicle, secure it.

5-110 What to do in an emergency

Hazard warning flasher ...... 6-2 If you have a flat tire (with tire mobility kit)..6-20 In case of an emergency while driving ...... 6-2 Introduction ...... 6-20 If the Engine Stalls While Driving ...... 6-2 Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit...... 6-21 If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing...... 6-2 Components of the Tire Mobility Kit ...... 6-22 If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving ...... 6-3 Using the Tire Mobility Kit...... 6-23 If the engine will not start ...... 6-3 Distributing the sealant ...... 6-24 If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or Checking the tire inflation pressure ...... 6-25 Turns Over Slowly ...... 6-3 Towing ...... 6-27 If the Engine Turns Over Normally but Towing Service...... 6-27 Doesn't Start ...... 6-3 Removable Towing Hook...... 6-28 Jump starting ...... 6-4 Emergency Towing...... 6-29 If the engine overheats ...... 6-6 Tie-down Hook...... 6-30 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)...... 6-8 Check Tire Pressure ...... 6-8 Tire Pressure Monitoring System...... 6-9 Low Tire Pressure Telltale ...... 6-10 6 Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position Indicator ...... 6-10 TPMS Malfunction Indicator ...... 6-11 Changing a Tire with TPMS...... 6-12 If you have a flat tire (With spare tire)...... 6-14 Jack and Tools ...... 6-14 Changing Tires ...... 6-15 What to do in an emergency

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY To turn the hazard warning flasher WHILE DRIVING on or off, press the hazard warning flasher button. The button is located If the Engine Stalls While in the center fascia panel. Both the Driving left and right turn signal lights will • Reduce your speed gradually, flash simultaneously. keeping a straight line. Move cau- • The hazard warning flasher oper- tiously off the road to a safe place. ates whether your vehicle is run- • Turn on your hazard warning flash- ning or not. er. • The turn signals do not work when • Try to start the engine again. If your the hazard flasher is on. vehicle will not start, contact an OOS067001N authorized HYUNDAI dealer or The hazard warning flasher serves seek other qualified assistance. as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehi- If the Engine Stalls at a cle. Crossroad or Crossing It should be used whenever emer- If the engine stalls at a crossroads or gency repairs are being made or crossing, if safe to do so, move the when the vehicle is stopped near the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position edge of a roadway. and then push the vehicle to a safe location.

6-2 IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If you Have a Flat Tire While If the Engine Doesn't Turn If the Engine Turns Over Driving Over or Turns Over Slowly Normally but Doesn't Start If a tire goes flat while you are driving: • Be sure the shift lever is in N Check the fuel level and add fuel if • Take your foot off the accelerator (Neutral) or P (Park). The engine necessary. pedal and let the vehicle slow down starts only when the shift lever is in If the engine still does not start, have What to do in an emergency while driving straight ahead. Do not N (Neutral) or P (Park). your vehicle checked by an author- apply the brakes immediately or • Check the battery connections to ized HYUNDAI dealer. attempt to pull off the road as this be sure they are clean and tight. may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. When the • Turn on the interior light. If the light vehicle has slowed to such a speed dims or goes out when you operate that it is safe to do so, brake care- the starter, the battery is drained. fully and pull off the road. Drive off Do not push or pull the vehicle to the road as far as possible and park start it. This could cause damage to on firm, level ground. If you are on your vehicle. See instructions for a divided highway, do not park in "Jump Starting" provided in this the median area between the two chapter. traffic lanes. 6 • When the vehicle is stopped, press the hazard warning flasher button, CAUTION move the shift lever into P (Park), and apply the parking brake, and Push or pull starting the vehicle place the ignition switch in the may cause the catalytic con- LOCK/OFF position. verter to overload which can lead to damage to the emission • Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on control system. the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic. • When changing a flat tire, follow the instructions provided later in this chapter. 6-3 What to do in an emergency

JUMP STARTING Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly. Follow the jump WARNING Batteries contain sulfu- starting procedure in this section to ric acid which is highly avoid serious injury or damage to To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or corrosive. Do not allow your vehicle. If in doubt about how to DEATH to you or bystanders, acid to contact your properly jump start your vehicle, we always follow these precautions eyes, skin or clothing. strongly recommend that you have a when working near or handling If acid gets into your eyes, flush service technician or towing service the battery: your eyes with clean water for at do it for you. Always read and follow least 15 minutes and get imme- instructions carefully diate medical attention. If acid when handling a battery. gets on your skin, thoroughly Wear eye protection wash the area. If you feel pain or designed to protect the a burning sensation, get med- eyes from acid splashes. ical attention immediately. Keep all flames, sparks, • When lifting a plastic-cased or smoking materials battery, excessive pressure away from the battery. on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery Hydrogen is always carrier or with your hands on present in battery cells, opposite corners. is highly combustible, and may explode if ignit- • Do not attempt to jump start ed. your vehicle if your battery is frozen. Keep batteries out of reach of children. • NEVER attempt to recharge the battery when the vehicle's battery cables are connected to the battery.

6-4 Jump starting procedure • The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. 1. Position the vehicles close enough NEVER touch these compo- that the jumper cables will reach, nents with the engine running but do not allow the vehicles to or when the ignition switch is touch. What to do in an emergency in the ON position. 2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the engine compartment at all times, even when the vehicles are i Information turned off. An inappropriately disposed 3. Turn off all electrical devices such battery can be harmful to the as radios, lights, air conditioning, 1VQA4001 Pb environment and human etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park) health. Dispose of the battery and set the parking brakes. Turn 4. Connect the jumper cables in the according to your local law(s) both vehicles OFF. exact sequence shown in the illus- or regulations. tration. First connect one jumper cable to the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle NOTICE (1). 6 To prevent damage to your vehicle: 5. Connect the other end of the • Only use a 12-volt power supply jumper cable to the red, positive (battery or jumper system) to (+) battery/jumper terminal of the jump start your vehicle. assisting vehicle (2). • Do not attempt to jump start 6. Connect the second jumper cable your vehicle by push-starting. to the black, negative (-) battery/ chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3).

6-5 What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS 7. Connect the other end of the sec- Disconnect the jumper cables in the If your temperature gage indicates ond jumper cable to the black, exact reverse order you connected overheating, you experience a loss negative (-) chassis ground of them: of power, or hear loud pinging or your vehicle (4). 1. Disconnect the jumper cable from knocking, the engine may be over- Do not allow the jumper cables to the black, negative (-) chassis heating. If this happens, you should: contact anything except the cor- ground of your vehicle (4). 1. Pull off the road and stop as soon rect battery or jumper terminals or 2. Disconnect the other end of the as it is safe to do so. the correct ground. Do not lean jumper cable from the black, neg- 2. Place the shift lever in P (Park) over the battery when making ative (-) battery/chassis ground of and set the parking brake. If the air connections. the assisting vehicle (3). conditioning is ON, turn it OFF. 8. Start the engine of the assisting 3. Disconnect the second jumper 3. If engine coolant is running out vehicle and let it run at approxi- cable from the red, positive (+) under the vehicle or steam is com- mately 2,000 rpm for a few min- battery/jumper terminal of the ing out from the hood, stop the utes. Then start your vehicle. assisting vehicle (2). engine. Do not open the hood until If your vehicle will not start after a 4. Disconnect the other end of the the coolant has stopped running few attempts, it probably requires jumper cable from the red, positive or the steaming has stopped. If servicing. In this event please seek (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle there is no visible loss of engine qualified assistance. If the cause of (1). coolant and no steam, leave the your battery discharging is not engine running and check to be apparent, have your vehicle checked sure the engine cooling fan is by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. operating. If the fan is not running, turn the engine off.

6-6 6. If you cannot find the cause of the WARNING WARNING overheating, wait until the engine temperature has returned to nor- While the engine is Your vehicle is mal. Then, if coolant has been running, keep hands, equipped with a pres- lost, carefully add coolant to the What to do in an emergency clothing and tools surized coolant reservoir to bring the fluid level in away from the mov- reserve tank. NEVER the reservoir up to the halfway ing parts such as the remove the engine mark. cooling fan and drive coolant reservoir tank/radiator belt to prevent seri- cap or the drain plug while the 7. Proceed with caution, keeping ous injury. engine and radiator are HOT. alert for further signs of overheat- Hot coolant and steam may ing. If overheating happens again, blow out under pressure, caus- call an authorized HYUNDAI deal- 4. Check for coolant leaking from the ing serious injury. er for assistance. radiator, hoses or under the vehi- Turn the engine off and wait cle. (If the air conditioning had until the engine cools down. CAUTION been in use, it is normal for cold Use extreme care when remov- water to be draining from it when ing the engine coolant reservoir Serious loss of coolant indi- 6 you stop.) tank/radiator cap. Wrap a towel cates a leak in the cooling sys- 5. If engine coolant is leaking out, or thick rag around it, and turn it tem and should be checked as stop the engine immediately and counterclockwise slowly to soon as possible by an author- call the nearest authorized release some of the pressure ized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealer for assistance. from the system. Step back while the pressure is released. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, continue turning the cap counterclockwise to remove it.

6-7 What to do in an emergency

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) Check Tire Pressure • The displayed tire pressure values may differ from those measured with a tire pressure gage. • You can change the tire pressure unit in the User Settings mode on the cluster. - psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the "User Settings Mode" section in chapter 3).

OOS067005N

OOS047119L • You can check the tire pressure in the Assist mode on the cluster. Refer to the "LCD Display Mode" section in chapter 3. • A "Drive to display" message will appear for the first few minutes of driving after initial engine start up. If the tire pressure is not displayed after a few minutes of driving, OOS047115L check the tire pressures. (1) Low Tire Pressure / TPMS Malfunction Indicator Lamp (2) Low Tire Pressure / Tire Pressure Monitor / TPMS Malfunction Display (shown on the cluster LCD display) 6-8 Tire Pressure Monitoring As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been equipped System vehicle has been equipped with a tire with a TPMS malfunction indicator to pressure monitoring system (TPMS) indicate when the system is not WARNING that illuminates a low tire pressure operating properly. The TPMS mal- telltale when one or more of your function indicator is combined with What to do in an emergency Over-inflation or under-inflation tires is significantly under-inflated. the low tire pressure telltale. When can reduce tire life, adversely Accordingly, when the low tire pres- the system detects a malfunction, affect vehicle handling, and sure telltale illuminates, you should the telltale will flash for approximate- lead to sudden tire failure that stop and check your tires as soon as ly one minute and then remain con- may cause loss of vehicle con- possible, and inflate them to the tinuously illuminated. This sequence trol resulting in an accident. proper pressure. Driving on a signifi- will continue upon subsequent vehi- cantly under-inflated tire causes the cle start-ups as long as the malfunc- tire to overheat and can lead to tire tion exists. Each tire, including the spare (if pro- failure. vided), should be checked monthly When the malfunction indicator is when cold and inflated to the inflation Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi- illuminated, the system may not be pressure recommended by the vehicle ciency and tire tread life, and may able to detect or signal low tire pres- manufacturer on the vehicle placard or affect the vehicle’s handling and sure as intended. TPMS malfunc- tire inflation pressure label. A cold tire stopping ability. tions may occur for a variety of rea- 6 means the vehicle has been sitting for Please note that the TPMS is not a sons, including the installation of 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile substitute for proper tire mainte- replacement or alternate tires or (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period. nance, and it is the driver’s responsi- wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Allow the tire to cool before measur- bility to maintain correct tire pres- ing the inflation pressure. Always be sure, even if under-inflation has not Always check the TPMS malfunction sure the tire is cold before inflating to reached the level to trigger illumina- telltale after replacing one or more the recommended pressure. If your tion of the TPMS low tire pressure tires or wheels on your vehicle to vehicle has tires of a different size telltale. ensure that the replacement or alter- than the size indicated on the vehicle nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS placard or tire inflation pressure to continue to function properly. label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires. 6-9 What to do in an emergency

NOTICE Low Tire Pressure If any of your tire pressures are indi- Telltale cated as being low, immediately If any of the below happens, have reduce your speed, avoid hard cor- the system checked by an author- nering, and anticipate increased ized HYUNDAI dealer. Low Tire Pressure stopping distances. You should stop 1. The Low Tire Pressure TPMS LCD Display with and check your tires as soon as pos- Malfunction Indicator does not Position Indicator sible. Inflate the tires to the proper illuminate for 3 seconds when pressure as indicated on the vehi- the ignition switch is placed to cle’s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver's side cen- the ON position or engine is OOS047115L running. ter pillar outer panel. 2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator When the tire pressure monitoring If you cannot reach a service station remains illuminated after blink- system warning indicators are illumi- or if the tire cannot hold the newly ing for approximately 1 minute. nated and the warning message is added air, replace the low pressure 3. The Low Tire Pressure LCD dis- displayed on the cluster LCD display, tire with the spare tire. play remains illuminated one or more of your tires is signifi- The Low Tire Pressure LCD position cantly under-inflated. The LCD posi- indicator will remain on and the tion indicator will indicate which tire TPMS Malfunction Indicator may is significantly under-inflated by illu- blink for one minute and then remain minating the corresponding position illuminated until you have the low light. pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle.

NOTICE The spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure sensor.

6-10 TPMS Malfunction CAUTION WARNING Indicator In winter or cold weather, the Low pressure damage Low Tire Pressure Telltale may The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will be illuminated if the tire pres- Significantly low tire pressure What to do in an emergency makes the vehicle unstable and illuminate after it blinks for approxi- sure was adjusted to the recom- mately one minute when there is a mended tire inflation pressure can contribute to loss of vehicle control and increased braking problem with the Tire Pressure in warm weather. It does not Monitoring System. mean your TPMS is malfunc- distances. tioning because the decreased Continued driving on low pres- Have the system checked by an temperature leads to a propor- sure tires can cause the tires to authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon tional lowering of tire pressure. overheat and fail. as possible. When you drive your vehicle NOTICE from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm If there is a malfunction with the area, or the outside temperature TPMS, the individual tire pres- is greatly higher or lower, you sures in the cluster LCD display 6 should check the tire inflation will not be available. Have the sys- pressure and adjust the tires to tem checked by an authorized the recommended tire inflation HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi- pressure. ble.

6-11 What to do in an emergency

NOTICE Changing a Tire with TPMS Once the original tire equipped with If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire a tire pressure monitoring sensor is The TPMS Malfunction Indicator reinflated to the recommended pres- may illuminate after blinking for Pressure and LCD position indicator will come on. Have the flat tire sure and reinstalled on the vehicle, one minute if the vehicle is near the Low Tire Pressure LCD position electric power supply cables or repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible or indicator and TPMS Malfunction radio transmitters such as police Indicator will go off within a few min- stations, government and public replace the flat tire with the spare tire. utes of driving. offices, broadcasting stations, If the indicators do not disappear military installations, airports, CAUTION after a few minutes, please visit an transmitting towers, etc. authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction It is recommended that you do Each wheel is equipped with a tire Indicator may illuminate if snow not use a puncture-repairing pressure sensor mounted inside the chains are used or electronic agent not approved by HYUNDAI tire behind the valve stem (except for devices such as computers, charg- dealer to repair and/or inflate a the spare tire). You must use TPMS ers, remote starters, navigation, low pressure tire. Tire sealant specific wheels. It is recommended etc. This may interfere with normal not approved by HYUNDAI deal- that you always have your tires serv- operation of the TPMS. er may damage the tire pressure iced by an authorized HYUNDAI sensor. dealer.

The spare tire does not come with a tire pressure monitoring sensor. When the low pressure tire or the flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator will remain on. Also, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is driven at speed above 15.5 mph (25 km/h) for approximately 20 minutes. 6-12 You may not be able identify a tire i Information with low pressure by simply looking WARNING at it. Always use a good quality tire This device complies with Part 15 of pressure gage to measure the tire's • The TPMS cannot alert you to the FCC rules. inflation pressure. Please note that a severe and sudden tire dam- Operation is subject to the following What to do in an emergency tire that is hot (from being driven) will age caused by external fac- three conditions: have a higher pressure measure- tors such as nails or road debris. 1. This device may not cause harmful ment than a tire that is cold. interference. • If you feel any vehicle instabil- A cold tire means the vehicle has 2. This device must accept any inter- been sitting for 3 hours and driven for ity, immediately take your foot off the accelerator, apply the ference received, including interfer- less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 ence that may cause undesired hour period. brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a operation. Allow the tire to cool before measur- safe position off the road. 3. Changes or modifications not ing the inflation pressure. Always be expressly approved by the party sure the tire is cold before inflating to responsible for compliance could the recommended pressure. WARNING void the user's authority to operate the equipment. 6 Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may interfere with the system's ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure conditions and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle.

6-13 What to do in an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE, IF EQUIPPED) Jack and Tools WARNING

Changing a tire can be dangerous. Follow the instructions in this section when changing a tire to reduce the risk of serious injury or death.

CAUTION OOS067036L Be careful as you use the jack OOS067035L Turn the winged hold down bolt handle to stay clear of the flat counterclockwise to remove the end. The flat end has sharp ➀ Jack handle spare tire. edges that could cause cuts. ② Jack Store the spare tire in the same com- ③ Wheel lug nut wrench partment by turning the winged hold down bolt clockwise. The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug To prevent the spare tire and tools nut wrench are stored in the luggage from "rattling", store them in their compartment under the luggage box proper location. cover. The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only.

6-14 Changing Tires • Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the WARNING jack. • Do not allow anyone to remain A vehicle can slip or roll off of a What to do in an emergency jack causing serious injury or in the vehicle while it is on the death to you or those nearby. jack. Take the following safety pre- • Keep children away from the cautions: road and the vehicle. • Never place any portion of your body under a vehicle that OOS067040 is supported by a jack. Follow these steps to change your vehicle's tire: If it is hard to loosen the tire hold- • NEVER attempt to change a down wing bolt by hand, you can tire in the lane of traffic. 1. Park on a level, firm surface. loosen it easily using the wheel nut ALWAYS move the vehicle 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) wrench. completely off the road on or into R (Reverse) if equipped Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt level, firm ground away from with a manual transmission, apply counterclockwise with the wheel nut traffic before trying to change the parking brake, and place the 6 wrench. a tire. If you cannot find a level, ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF firm place off the road, call a position. towing service for assistance. 3. Press the hazard warning flasher • Be sure to use the jack pro- button. vided with the vehicle. 4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, • ALWAYS place the jack on the jack, jack handle, and spare tire designated jacking positions from the vehicle. on the vehicle and NEVER on 5. Block both the front and rear of the the bumpers or any other part tire diagonally opposite of the tire of the vehicle for jacking sup- you are changing. port.

6-15 What to do in an emergency

■ Front ■ Rear

OOS067017 OOS067018 OOS067020 6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun- 7. Place the jack at the designated 8. Insert the jack handle into the jack terclockwise one turn each in the jacking position under the frame and turn it clockwise, raising the order shown above, but do not closest to the tire you are chang- vehicle until the tire clears the remove any lug nuts until the tire ing. The jacking positions are ground. Make sure the vehicle is has been raised off of the ground. plates welded to the frame with stable on the jack. two notches. Never jack at any other position or part of the vehicle. Doing so may damage the side seal molding or other parts of the vehicle.

6-16 9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheel NOTICE lug nut wrench and remove them with your fingers. Remove the • Check the tire pressure as soon wheel from the studs and lay it flat as possible after installing a on the ground out of the way. spare tire. Adjust it to the rec- What to do in an emergency Remove any dirt or debris from ommended pressure. the studs, mounting surfaces, and • Check and tighten the wheel lug wheel. nuts after driving over 30 mile 10. Install the spare tire onto the (50 km) if tires are replaced. studs of the hub. Recheck the tire wheel lug nuts 11. Tighten the lug nuts with your fin- after driving over 620 mile (1,000 km). gers onto the studs with the OOS067019L smaller end of the lug nuts clos- If you have a tire gage, check the tire est to the wheel. pressure (see "Tires and Wheels" in 12. Lower the vehicle to the ground chapter 8 for tire pressure instruc- by turning the jack handle coun- tions.). If the pressure is lower or terclockwise. higher than recommended, drive 6 13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to slowly to the nearest service station tighten the lug nuts in the order and adjust it to the recommended shown. Double-check each lug pressure. Always reinstall the valve nut until they are tight. After cap after checking or adjusting tire changing tires, have an author- pressure. If the cap is not replaced, ized HYUNDAI dealer tighten the air may leak from the tire. If you lose lug nuts to their proper torque as a valve cap, buy another and install it soon as possible. The wheel lug as soon as possible. After changing nut should be tightened to tires, secure the flat tire and return 79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m). the jack and tools to their proper storage locations. If it is hard to secure the flat tire, put the flat tire in the luggage compartment.

6-17 What to do in an emergency

Use of compact spare tires When driving with the compact spare CAUTION Compact spare tires are designed for tire mounted to your vehicle: Your vehicle has metric threads emergency use only. Drive carefully • Check the tire pressure after on the studs and lug nuts. Make on the compact spare tire and installing the compact spare tire. certain during tire changing that always follow the safety precautions. The compact spare tire should be the same nuts that were inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa). removed are reinstalled. If you WARNING • Do not take this vehicle through an have to replace your lug nuts automatic car wash while the com- make sure they have metric To prevent compact spare tire pact spare tire is installed. threads to avoid damaging the failure and loss of control pos- • Do not use the compact spare tire studs and ensure the wheel is sibly resulting in an accident: on any other vehicle because this properly secured to the hub. • Use the compact spare tire tire has been designed especially Consult an authorized HYUNDAI only in an emergency. for your vehicle. dealer for assistance. • NEVER operate your vehicle • The compact spare tire’s tread life over 50 mph (80 km/h). is shorter than a regular tire. Inspect your compact spare tire If any of the equipment such as the • Do not exceed the vehicle's maximum load rating or the regularly and replace worn com- jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equip- pact spare tires with the same size ment is damaged or in poor condi- load carrying capacity shown on the sidewall of the com- and design, mounted on the same tion, do not attempt to change the wheel. tire and call for assistance. pact spare tire. • Do not use the compact spare • Do not use more than one compact tire continuously. Repair or spare tire at a time. replace the original tire as soon as possible to avoid fail- NOTICE ure of the compact spare tire. When the original tire and wheel are repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle, the lug nut torque must be set correctly. The correct lug nut tightening torque is 79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m). 6-18 Jack label CAUTION ■ Example To prevent damaging the compact spare tire and your vehicle: • Drive slowly enough for the What to do in an emergency road conditions to avoid all hazards, such as a potholes or debris. • Avoid driving over obstacles. The compact spare tire diame- OOS067043 ter is smaller than the diame- The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. ter of a conventional tire and reduces the ground clearance For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack. approximately 1 inch (25 mm). • Do not use tire chains on the 1. Model Name 8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles compact spare tire. Because 2. Maximum allowable load with manual transmission or move of the smaller size, a tire chain the shift lever to the P (Park) posi- 6 will not fit properly. 3. When using the jack, set your tion on vehicles with automatic • Do not use the compact spare parking brake. transmission/dual clutch transmis- tire on any other wheels, nor 4. When using the jack, stop the sion. should standard tires, snow engine. 9. The jack should be used on firm tires, wheel covers or trim 5. Do not get under a vehicle that is level ground. rings be used with the com- supported by a jack. pact spare wheel. 10. Jack manufacture 6. The designated locations under 11. Production date the frame 12. Representative company and 7. When supporting the vehicle, the address base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point.

6-19 What to do in an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT, IF EQUIPPED) Introduction CAUTION With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay When two or more tires are flat, mobile even after experiencing a tire do not use the tire mobility kit puncture. because the supported one The system of compressor and seal- sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is ing compound effectively and com- only used for one flat tire. fortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the WARNING tire.

OOS067009 After you ensured that the tire is Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit properly sealed you can drive cau- For safe operation, carefully read to repair punctures in the tire tiously on the tire (distance up to 120 and follow the instructions in this walls. This can result in an acci- miles (200 km)) at a max. speed of manual before use. dent due to tire failure. 50 mph (80 km/h) in order to reach a (1) Compressor service station or tire dealer to have the tire replaced. (2) Sealant bottle WARNING The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary It is possible that some tires, espe- fix to the tire and we recommend that Have your tire repaired as soon cially with larger punctures or dam- the system be inspected by an as possible. The tire may loose age to the sidewall, cannot be sealed authorized HYUNDAI dealer. air pressure at any time after completely. inflating with the Tire Mobility Kit. Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance. For this reason, you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers, especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use.

6-20 The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed Notes on the safe use of the • Do not remove any foreign objects or intended as a permanent tire Tire Mobility Kit such as nails or screws that have repair method and is to be used for penetrated the tire. • Park your car at the side of the road one tire only. This instruction shows so that you can work with the Tire • Provided the car is outdoors, leave you step by step how to temporarily Mobility Kit away from moving traffic. the engine running. Otherwise oper- What to do in an emergency seal the puncture simply and reliably. ating the compressor may eventual- Read the section "Notes on the safe • To be sure your vehicle will not ly drain the car battery. use of the Tire Mobility Kit". move, even when you're on fairly level ground, always set your park- • Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit ing brake. unattended while it is being used. WARNING • Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for • Do not leave the compressor run- sealing/inflation passenger car tires. ning for more than 10 min. at a time Do not use the TMK if a tire is or it may overheat. Only punctured areas located within severely damaged by driving run • Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the flat or with insufficient air pres- the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the tire mobility kit. ambient temperature is below sure. -22°F (-30°C). • Do not use on motorcycles, bicycles Only punctured areas located or any other type of tires. • In case of skin contact with the within the tread region of the tire sealant, wash the area thoroughly can be sealed using the TMK. • When the tire and wheel are dam- with plenty of water. If the irritation 6 aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit for persists, seek medical attention. your safety. • In case of eye contact with the • Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not sealant, flush your eyes for at least be effective for tire damage larger 15 minutes. If the irritation persists, than approximately 0.24 in (6 mm). seek medical attention. If the tire cannot be made roadwor- • In case of swallowing the sealant, thy with the Tire Mobility Kit, we rec- rinse the mouth and drink plenty of ommend that you contact an author- water. However, never give anything ized HYUNDAI dealer. to an unconscious person and seek • Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a medical attention immediately. tire is severely damaged by driving • Long time exposure to the sealant run flat or with insufficient air pres- may cause damage to bodily tissue sure. such as kidney, etc. 6-21 What to do in an emergency

Components of the Tire Mobility Kit Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing. Strictly follow the specified sequence, otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure.

WARNING

Expired sealant Do not use the Tire sealant after the sealant has expired (i.e. pasted the expiration date on the sealant container). This can increase the risk of tire failure.

WARNING

ODE067044 Sealant 1. Speed-restriction label 5. Holder for the sealant bottle • Keep out of reach of children. 2. Sealant bottle and label with 6. Compressor • Avoid contact with eyes. speed restriction 7. ON/OFF switch • Do not swallow. 3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to 8. Pressure gauge for displaying the wheel tire inflation pressure 4. Connectors and cable for the 9. Button for reducing the tire infla- power outlet direct connection tion pressure 6-22 Using the Tire Mobility Kit

CAUTION What to do in an emergency

OIGH067042 OOS067011 2. Connect the filling hose (3) to the 4. Unscrew the valve cap from the sealant bottle (2) in the direction of valve of the defective wheel and OOS067010 (A) and connect the sealant bottle screw the filling hose (3) of the Detach the speed restriction to the compressor (6) in the direc- sealant bottle onto the valve. label (1) from the sealant bottle tion of (B). 6 (2), and place it in a highly visi- 3. Ensure that the compressor is CAUTION ble place inside the vehicle switched OFF. such as on the steering wheel Securely install the sealant fill- to remind the driver not to drive ing hose to the valve. If not, too fast. sealant may flow backward, possibly clogging the filling 1. Shake the sealant bottle (2). hose.

6-23 What to do in an emergency

Be careful not to overinflate the Distributing the sealant tire and stay away from the tire when filling it.

CAUTION Tire pressure Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 200 kPa (29 psi). This OOS067014 could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure. 5. Plug the compressor power cord OLMF064106 (4) into the vehicle power outlet. 7. Switch off the compressor. 9. Immediately drive approximately NOTICE 8. Detach the hoses from the sealant 4~6 miles (7~10 km or, about bottle connector and from the tire 10min) to evenly distribute the Only use the front passenger side valve. sealant in the tire. power outlet when connecting the Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor- Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph power cord. age location in the vehicle. (80 km/h). If possible, do not fall below a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). 6. With the ignition switch in the ON WARNING While driving, if you experience any position, switch on the compres- unusual vibration, ride disturbance or sor and let it run for approximately Carbon monoxide noise, reduce your speed and drive 5~7 minutes to fill the sealant up with caution until you can safely pull Do not leave your vehicle run- to proper pressure. (refer to the off of the side of the road. ning in a poorly ventilated area Tire and Wheels, chapter 8). The for extended periods of time. Call for road side service or towing. inflation pressure of the tire after Carbon monoxide poisoning filling is unimportant and will be and suffocation can occur. checked/corrected later.

6-24 Checking the tire inflation 2. Connect the filling hose (3) of the i Information pressure compressor directly to the tire valve. The pressure gauge may show higher 3. Plug the compressor power cord than actual reading when the compressor is running. To get an accurate into the vehicle power outlet. What to do in an emergency tire reading, the compressor needs to 4. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to be turned off. the recomended tire inflation. With the ignition swithched on, proceed as follows. CAUTION - To increase the inflation pres- If the inflation pressure is not sure : Switch on the compressor. maintained, drive the vehicle a To check the current inflation second time, refer to pressure setting, briefly switch off Distributing the sealant. Then OIGH067043 the compressor. repeat steps 1 to 4. - To reduce the inflation pres- Use of the TMK may be ineffec- sure: Press the button (9) on the tual for tire damage larger than compressor. approximately 0.16 in (4 mm). 6 We recommend that you con- NOTICE tact an authorized HYUNDAI Do not let the compressor run for dealer if the tire cannot be made more than 10 minutes, otherwise roadworthy with the Tire the device will overheat and may Mobility Kit. be damaged.

OOS067011 1. After driving approximately 4~6 miles (7~10 km or about 10 min), stop at a safety location.

6-25 What to do in an emergency

WARNING

The tire inflation pressure must be at least 32 psi (220 kPa). If it is not, do not continue driving. Call for road side service or towing.

CAUTION Tire pressure sensor (if equipped with TPMS) The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors at an authorized dealer.

i Information When reinstalling the repaired or replaced tire and wheel on the vehicle, tighten the wheel lug nut to 79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).

6-26 TOWING Towing Service On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels CAUTION on the ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground. If any • Do not tow the vehicle with the of the loaded wheels or suspension front wheels on the ground as What to do in an emergency components are damaged or the this may cause damage to the vehicle is being towed with the front vehicle. wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly under the front wheels. When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear. If your vehicle is an AWD vehicle, it OOS067022 must be towed with a wheel lift and • Do not tow with sling-type dollies or flatbed equipment with all equipment. Use a wheel lift or the wheels off the ground. flatbed equipment. OOS067007L 6 [A] : Dollies CAUTION If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an An AWD vehicle should never authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a be towed with the wheels on the commercial tow-truck service. ground. This can cause serious damage to the transaxle or the Proper lifting and towing procedures OOS067021 are necessary to prevent damage to AWD system. the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended.

6-27 What to do in an emergency

Removable Towing Hook 2. Remove the hole cover pressing WARNING the lower part of the cover on the ■ Front front or rear bumper. If your vehicle is equipped with a rollover sensor, place the igni- 3. Install the towing hook by turning it tion switch in the LOCK/OFF or clockwise into the hole until it is ACC position when the vehicle fully secured. is being towed. The side impact 4. Remove the towing hook and and curtain air bag may deploy install the cover after use. if the sensor detects the situation as a rollover.

When towing your vehicle in an OOS067023 emergency without wheel dollies: ■ Rear 1. Place the ignition switch in the ACC position. 2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral). 3. Release the parking brake.

CAUTION Failure to place the shift lever in N (Neutral) when being towed with the front wheels on the OOS067041 ground can cause internal damage to the transaxle. 1. Open the liftgate, and remove the towing hook from the tool case.

6-28 Emergency Towing If a towing service is not available in Always follow these emergency tow- an emergency, your vehicle may be ing precautions: ■ Front temporarily towed using a cable or • Place the ignition switch in the chain secured to the emergency tow- ACC position so the steering ing hook at the front (or rear) of the wheel is not locked. (if equipped) What to do in an emergency vehicle. • Place the shift lever in N (Neutral). Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle with a cable or chain. A • Release the parking brake. driver must be in the vehicle to steer • Depress the brake pedal with more it and operate the brakes. force than normal since you will Towing in this manner may be done have reduced braking perform- only on hard-surfaced roads for a ance. short distance and at low speeds. • More steering effort will be OOS067025 required because the power steer- ■ Also, the wheels, axles, power train, Rear steering and brakes must all be in ing system will be disabled. good condition. • Use a vehicle heavier than your own to tow your vehicle. • The drivers of both vehicles should 6 communicate with each other frequently. • Before emergency towing, check that the hook is not broken or damaged. • Fasten the towing cable or chain OOS067042 securely to the hook. If towing is necessary, we recom- • Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady mend you have it done by an author- and even force. ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service.

6-29 What to do in an emergency

Tie-down Hook CAUTION To avoid damage to your vehicle WARNING and vehicle components when towing: Do not use the tie-down hook(s) for towing purposes. If the tie- • Always pull straight ahead down hook(s) are used for tow- when using the towing hooks. ing, the tie-down hook(s) or Do not pull from the side or at bumper will be damaged and a vertical angle. this could lead to serious injury. • Do not use the towing hooks to OOS067027 pull a vehicle out of mud, sand • Use a towing cable or chain less or other conditions from which than 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a the vehicle cannot be driven white or red cloth (about 12 inch out under its own power. (30 cm) wide) in the middle of the • Limit the vehicle speed to cable or chain for easy visibility. 10 mph (15 km/h) and drive • Drive carefully so the towing cable less than 1 mile (1.5 km) when or chain remains tight during tow- towing to avoid serious dam- ing. age to the automatic transaxle/ dual clutch transmission. • Before towing, check the automatic transaxle/dual clutch transmission for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If the automatic transaxle/dual clutch transmission fluid is leaking, flatbed equipment or a towing dolly must be used.

6-30 Maintenance

Engine compartment ...... 7-3 Brake fluid ...... 7-27 Maintenance services ...... 7-4 Checking the Brake Fluid Level...... 7-27 Owner's Responsibility...... 7-4 Washer fluid ...... 7-28 Owner Maintenance Precautions...... 7-4 Checking the Washer Fluid Level...... 7-28 Owner maintenance...... 7-5 Parking brake ...... 7-28 Owner Maintenance Schedule...... 7-6 Checking the Parking Brake...... 7-28 Scheduled maintenance services...... 7-7 Air cleaner ...... 7-29 Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI) ...... 7-8 Filter Replacement...... 7-29 Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions Climate control air filter ...... 7-30 (Nu 2.0 MPI)...... 7-11 Filter Inspection...... 7-30 Normal Maintenance Schedule Wiper blades...... 7-32 (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) ...... 7-13 Blade Inspection ...... 7-32 Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions Blade Replacement ...... 7-32 Maintenance (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) ...... 7-16 Battery...... 7-35 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items..7-18 For Best Battery Service ...... 7-36 Engine oil ...... 7-21 Battery Recharging ...... 7-36 Checking the Engine Oil Level ...... 7-21 Reset Features...... 7-37 Checking the Engine Oil and Filter...... 7-22 Engine coolant...... 7-23 7 Checking the Engine Coolant Level...... 7-23 Changing Engine Coolant ...... 7-26 Tires and wheels...... 7-38 Light bulbs...... 7-69 Tire Care...... 7-38 Headlamp, Parking Lamp, Daytime Running Light, Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures...... 7-39 Turn Signal Lamp and Side Marker, Check Tire Inflation Pressure ...... 7-40 Cornering lamp...... 7-69 Tire Rotation...... 7-40 Front fog lamp...... 7-74 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 7-41 Side Repeater Lamp Replacement...... 7-74 Tire Replacement ...... 7-42 Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement ...... 7-75 Wheel Replacement...... 7-43 High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement...... 7-77 Tire Traction...... 7-43 License Plate Light Bulb Replacement ...... 7-78 Tire Maintenance...... 7-43 Interior Light Bulb Replacement ...... 7-78 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 7-43 Appearance care...... 7-80 Tire Terminology and Definitions...... 7-47 Exterior Care...... 7-80 All Season Tires...... 7-50 Interior Care ...... 7-84 Summer Tires ...... 7-50 Emission control system ...... 7-87 Snow Tires ...... 7-51 Crankcase Emission Control System ...... 7-87 Radial-Ply Tires...... 7-51 Evaporative Emission Control System Including Low Aspect Ratio Tires...... 7-51 Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)...... 7-87 Fuses...... 7-53 Exhaust Emission Control System ...... 7-88 Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement...... 7-54 California perchlorate notice ...... 7-91 7 Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement...... 7-55 Fuse/Relay Panel Description...... 7-57 ENGINE COMPARTMENT ■ Gamma 1.6 T-GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir/ Engine coolant cap 2. Fuse box 3. Battery 4. Brake fluid reservoir 5. Air cleaner

6. Engine oil dipstick Maintenance ■ Nu 2.0 MPI 7. Engine oil filler cap 8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 9. Engine coolant reservoir 10. Engine coolant cap

The actual engine compartment in the 7 vehicle may differ from the illustration.

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OOS077001/OOS078071N

7-3 Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care Detailed warranty information is pro- Certain modifications may also be in to prevent damage to your vehicle vided in your Owner's Handbook & violation of regulations established by and injury to yourself whenever per- Warranty Information booklet. the U.S. Department of Transportation forming any maintenance or inspec- Repairs and adjustments required as and other federal or state agencies. tion procedures. a result of improper maintenance or We recommend you have your vehi- a lack of required maintenance are NOTICE cle maintained and repaired by an not covered. authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An Improper owner maintenance dur- authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets ing the warranty period may affect HYUNDAI's high service quality Owner Maintenance warranty coverage. For details, read standards and receives technical Precautions the separate Owner's Handbook & support from HYUNDAI in order to Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi- Warranty Information booklet pro- provide you with a high level of serv- cient servicing may result in opera- vided with the vehicle. If you're ice satisfaction. tional problems with your vehicle that unsure about any service or mainte- could lead to vehicle damage, an nance procedure, have it done by an accident, or personal injury. This authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Owner's Responsibility chapter provides instructions only for Maintenance service and record the maintenance items that are easy retention are the owner's responsibil- to perform. Several procedures can ity. be done only by an authorized You should retain documents that HYUNDAI dealer with special tools. show proper maintenance has been Your vehicle should not be modified performed on your vehicle in accor- in any way. Such modifications may dance with the scheduled mainte- adversely affect the performance, nance service charts shown on the safety or durability of your vehicle following pages. You need this infor- and may, in addition, violate condi- mation to establish your compliance tions of the limited warranties cover- with the servicing and maintenance ing the vehicle. requirements of your vehicle warranties.

7-4 OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks WARNING • Block the tires (front and and inspections that should be per- back) to prevent the vehicle formed by the owner or an author- Performing maintenance work from moving. ized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequen- on a vehicle can be dangerous. Remove loose clothing or jew- cies indicated to help ensure safe, If you lack sufficient knowledge elry that can become entan- dependable operation of your vehi- and experience or the proper gled in moving parts. cle. tools and equipment to do the • If you must run the engine Any adverse conditions should be work, have it done by an author- during maintenance, do so ized HYUNDAI dealer. brought to the attention of your deal- out doors or in an area with er as soon as possible. ALWAYS follow these precau- plenty of ventilation. These Owner Maintenance vehicle tions for performing mainte- • Keep flames, sparks, or smok- nance work: checks are generally not covered by ing materials away from the warranties and you may be charged • Park your vehicle on level battery and fuel-related parts. for labor, parts and lubricants used. Maintenance ground, move the shift lever into the P (Park, for automatic transmission vehicle) position, place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. 7

7-5 Maintenance

Owner Maintenance Schedule While operating your vehicle: • Check the parking brake. When you stop for fuel: • Note any changes in the sound of • Check for fluid leaks under your the exhaust or any smell of vehicle (water dripping from the air • Check the engine oil level. exhaust fumes in the vehicle. conditioning system during or after • Check the coolant level in the • Check for vibrations in the steering use is normal). engine coolant reservoir. wheel. Notice if there is any • Check the windshield washer fluid increased steering effort or loose- At least monthly: level. ness in the steering wheel, or • Check the for low or under-inflated change in its straight-ahead posi- • Check coolant level in the engine tires. tion. coolant reservoir. • Notice if your vehicle constantly • Check the operation of all exterior lights, including the brake lights, WARNING turns slightly or "pulls" to one side when traveling on smooth, level turn signals and hazard warning flashers. Be careful when checking your road. engine coolant level when the • When stopping, listen and check • Check the inflation pressures of all engine is hot. This may result in for unusual sounds, pulling to one tires including the spare for tires coolant being blown out of the side, increased brake pedal travel that are worn, show uneven wear, opening and cause serious or "hard-to-push" brake pedal. or are damaged. burns and other injuries. • If any slipping or changes in the • Check for loose wheel lug nuts. operation of your transmission occurs, check the transmission fluid level. • Check the automatic transmission/ dual clutch transmission P (Park) function.

7-6 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE At least twice a year: At least once a year: SERVICES (i.e., every Spring and Autumn) • Clean body and door drain holes. Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule • Check radiator, heater and air con- • Lubricate door hinges and hood if the vehicle is usually operated where ditioning hoses for leaks or dam- hinges. none of the following conditions apply. age. • Lubricate door and hood locks and If any of the following conditions apply, • Check windshield washer spray latches. you must follow the Maintenance and wiper operation. Clean wiper • Lubricate door rubber weather Under Severe Usage Conditions. blades with a clean cloth damp- strips. • Repeated short distance driving. ened with washer a fluid. • Lubricate door checker. • Driving in dusty conditions or • Check headlamp alignment. • Check the air conditioning system. sandy areas. • Check muffler, exhaust pipes, • Extensive use of brakes. shields and clamps. • Inspect and lubricate automatic transmission linkage and controls. • Driving in areas where salt or other • Check the seat belts for wear and corrosive materials are used. Maintenance function. • Clean the battery and terminals. • Check the brake fluid level. • Driving on rough or muddy roads. • Driving in mountainous areas. • Extended periods of idling or low speed operation. • Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and/or extreme- 7 ly humid climates. • More than 50% driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 90°F (32°C). For additional information or assistance see your authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-7 Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI)

MAINTENANCE Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 INTERVALS Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 MAINTENANCE ITEM Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 At first, inspect at 60,000 miles or 72 months. Drive belts *1 Thereafter, inspect every 15,000 miles or 24 months Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Fuel additives *2 Add fuel additives every 7,500 miles or 12 months Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I Spark plugs Replace every 97,500 miles Rotate tires Rotate tires every 7,500 miles Climate control air filter Replace every 15,000 miles or 12 months (for evaporator and blower unit)

At first, replace at 120,000 miles or 10 years : Engine coolant Thereafter, replace every 30,000 miles or 24 months Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively. *2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

7-8 Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI) (CONT)

MAINTENANCE Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 INTERVALS Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 MAINTENANCE ITEM Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering gear rack, linkage and boots/ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Suspension mounting bolts I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Maintenance Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Propeller shaft (AWD) I I I I I I I Exhaust pipe and muffler I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Automatic transaxle fluid No check, No service required 7 Rear differential oil (AWD) *3 I I I Transfer case oil (AWD)*3 I I I I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *3 : Transfer case oil and rear differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.

7-9 Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI) (CONT)

MAINTENANCE Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 INTERVALS Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 MAINTENANCE ITEM Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank I I I I I I I Fuel tank air filter *4 I I I I I I I Fuel filter *4 I I I I I I I Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I Parking brake I I I I I I I Brake fluid I I I I I I I I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *4 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

7-10 Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Nu 2.0 MPI) The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION CONDITION A, B, C, D, E, F, Engine oil and filter R Every 3,750 miles or 6 months G, H, I, J, K Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E

Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, H, I, K Maintenance A, C, D, E, F, Automatic transmission fluid R Every 60,000 miles G, H, I, J Front brake disc/pads, calipers I More frequently C, D, G, H

Rear brake shoes or disc/pads I More frequently C, D, G, F 7

7-11 Maintenance

MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION CONDITION Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H Steering gear box, linkage & boots/ I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint Drive shafts and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J Climate control air filter R More frequently C, E (for evaporator and blower unit) Propeller shaft (AWD) I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Transfer case oil (AWD) R Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

Rear differential oil (AWD) R Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

Severe Driving Conditions A-Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles E-Driving in sandy areas (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C) in freezing temperature G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis- H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack tances I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- towing spread roads J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h) D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in K- Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions very cold weather

7-12 Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI)

MAINTENANCE Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 INTERVALS Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 MAINTENANCE ITEM Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 At first, inspect at 60,000 miles or 72 months. Drive belts *1 Thereafter, inspect every 12,000 miles or 24 months Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Fuel additives *2 Add fuel additives every 6,000 miles or 12 months Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I Spark plugs Replace every 42,000 miles Maintenance Valve clearance *3 Inspect every 60,000 miles or 72 months Rotate tires Rotate tires every 6,000 miles Climate control air filter Replace every 12,000 miles or 12 months. (for evaporate and blower unit)

At first, replace at 120,000 miles or 10 years : Engine coolant Thereafter, replace every 30,000 miles or 24 months 7 I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively. *2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. *3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer perform the operation.

7-13 Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) (CONT)

MAINTENANCE Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 INTERVALS Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 MAINTENANCE ITEM Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 Intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering gear rack, linkage and boots/ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Suspension mounting bolts I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Propeller shaft (AWD) I I I I I I I I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

7-14 Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) (CONT)

MAINTENANCE Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 INTERVALS Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 MAINTENANCE ITEM Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 Exhaust pipe and muffler I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Dual clutch transmission fluid I I I Rear differential oil (AWD) *4 I I I Transfer case oil (AWD)*4 I I I Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank I I I I I I I Fuel tank air filter *5 I I I I I I I Maintenance Fuel filter *5 I I I I I I I Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I Parking brake I I I I I I I Brake fluid I I I I I I I I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. 7 R : Replace or change. *4 : Transfer case oil and rear differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water. *5 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

7-15 Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION CONDITION A, B, C, D, E, F, Engine oil and filter R Every 3,000 miles or 6 months G, H, I, J, K Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E

Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, H, I, K C, D, E, F, Dual clutch transmission fluid R Every 72,000 miles G, H, I, J Front brake disc/pads, calipers I More frequently C, D, G, H

Rear brake shoes or disc/pads I More frequently C, D, G, F

7-16 MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION CONDITION Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H Steering gear box, linkage & boots/ I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint Drive shafts and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J Climate control air filter R More frequently C, E (for evaporator and blower unit) Propeller shaft (AWD) I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Transfer case oil (AWD) R Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) C, D, E, G, H, I, J Maintenance

Rear differential oil (AWD) R Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

Severe Driving Conditions A-Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles E-Driving in sandy areas (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C) 7 in freezing temperature G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis- H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack tances I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- towing spread roads J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h) D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in K- Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions very cold weather

7-17 Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine Oil and Filter Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Vacuum Crankcase Ventilation The engine oil and filter should be Connections Hoses (if equipped) changed at the intervals specified in Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and Inspect the surface of hoses for evi- the maintenance schedule. If the connections for leakage and dam- dence of heat and/or mechanical vehicle is being driven in severe con- age. Have an authorized HYUNDAI damage. Hard and brittle rubber, ditions, more frequent oil and filter dealer replace any damaged or leak- cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and changes are required. ing parts immediately. excessive swelling indicate deterioration. Particular attention should be Drive Belts paid to examine those hose surfaces Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler nearest to high heat sources, such Inspect all drive belts for evidence of Cap cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil as the exhaust manifold. saturation and replace if necessary. The vapor hose and fuel filler cap Inspect the hose routing to ensure Drive belts should be checked peri- should be inspected at those inter- that the hoses do not come in con- odically for proper tension and vals specified in the maintenance tact with any heat source, sharp adjusted as necessary. schedule. Make sure a new vapor edges or moving component which hose or fuel filler cap is correctly might cause heat damage or replaced. mechanical wear. Inspect all hose Fuel Filter connections, such as clamps and A clogged-up fuel filter may limit the couplings, to make sure they are vehicle driving speed, damage the secure, and that no leaks are pres- emission system, and cause the ent. Hoses should be replaced hard starting. When a considerable immediately if there is any evidence amount of foreign substances are of deterioration or damage. accumulated in the fuel tank, the fuel filter should be replaced. Upon installing a new fuel filter, operate the engine for several minutes, and check the connections for any leakages. Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 7-18 Air Cleaner Filter Automatic Transmission Fluid CAUTION A genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter (if equipped) is recommended when the filter is Automatic transmission fluid should The use of a non-specified fluid replaced. not be checked under normal usage could result in transmission conditions. But in severe conditions, malfunction and failure. Use Spark Plugs the fluid should be changed at an only the specified automatic authorized HYUNDAI dealer in transmission fluid (refer to Make sure to install new spark plugs accordance to the scheduled mainte- "Recommended Lubricants and of the correct heat range. nance at the beginning of this chap- Capacities" in chapter 8). ter. Cooling System NOTICE Dual Clutch Transmission Check cooling system components, Fluid (if equipped) such as radiator, coolant reservoir, Automatic transmission fluid Maintenance hoses and connections for leakage color is red when new. Inspect the dual clutch transmission and damage. Replace any damaged As the vehicle is driven, the auto- fluid according to the maintenance parts. matic transmission fluid will begin schedule. to look darker. This is a normal condition and you should not Engine Coolant judge the need to replace the fluid The coolant should be changed at based upon the changed color. 7 the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.

7-19 Maintenance

Brake Hoses and Lines Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Drive Shafts and Boots Visually check for proper installation, Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, Check the drive shafts, boots and chafing, cracks, deterioration and muffler and hangers for cracks, dete- clamps for cracks, deterioration, or any leakage. Replace any deteriorat- rioration, or damage. Start the engine damage. Replace any damaged ed or damaged parts immediately. and listen carefully for any exhaust parts and, if necessary, repack the gas leakage. Tighten connections or grease. replace parts as necessary. Brake Fluid Check the brake fluid level in the Air Conditioning Refrigerant brake fluid reservoir. The level should Suspension Mounting Bolts Check the air conditioning lines and be between the MIN and the MAX Check the suspension connections connections for leakage and dam- marks on the side of the reservoir. for looseness or damage. Retighten age. Use only hydraulic brake fluid con- to the specified torque. forming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification. Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint Parking Brake With the vehicle stopped and the Inspect the parking brake system engine off, check for excessive free- including the parking brake pedal play in the steering wheel. Check the and cables. linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball joints for Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers deterioration, cracks, or damage. and Rotors Replace any damaged parts. Check the pads for excessive wear, discs for run out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage.

7-20 ENGINE OIL Checking the Engine Oil Level ■ 1.6 T-GDI 1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer's precautions. 2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level ground in P (Park) with the parking brake set. If possible, block the wheels. 3. Turn the engine on and allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. 4. Turn the engine off and wait about OPDE076067 OOS077005 five minutes for the oil to return to 6. Pull the dipstick out again and ■ 2.0 MPI the oil pan.

check the level. The level should Maintenance 5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, be between F and L. and re-insert it fully.

OOS077005N 7. If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bring the level to F.

Use only the specified engine oil. (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8). 7-21 Maintenance

NOTICE Checking the Engine Oil and Filter WARNING To prevent damage to your engine: CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 • Do not overfill with engine oil. WARNING Add oil in small quantities and Engine oil contains chemicals recheck level to ensure engine known to the State of California is not overfilled. to cause cancer, birth defects • Do not spill engine oil when and reproductive harm. Used adding or changing engine oil. engine oil may cause irritation Use a funnel to help prevent oil or cancer of the skin if left in from being spilled on engine contact with the skin for pro- components. Wipe off spilled oil longed periods of time. Always immediately. protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with Have engine oil and filter changed by soap and warm water as soon an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as possible after handling used according to the Maintenance oil. Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.

7-22 ENGINE COOLANT The high-pressure cooling system Checking the Engine Coolant The coolant level should be filled has a reservoir filled with year-round Level between the F and the L marks on antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is the side of the coolant reservoir filled at the factory. ■ 1.6 T-GDI when the engine is cool. Check the antifreeze protection and If the coolant level is low, add enough coolant level at least once a year, at distilled (deionized) water to bring the the beginning of the winter season level to the F mark, but do not overfill. and before traveling to a colder cli- If frequent additions are required, see mate. an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling system inspection.

Recommended engine coolant • When adding coolant, use only dis- OOS077007 tilled (deionized) water for your Maintenance ■ 2.0 MPI vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory. • An improper coolant mixture can result in severe malfunction or engine damage. • The engine in your vehicle has alu- 7 minum engine parts and must be protected by an ethylene-glycol with phosphate based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing. • Do not use alcohol or methanol OOS077076N coolant or mix them with the spec- Check the condition and connections ified coolant. of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses. 7-23 Maintenance

• Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less WARNING than 35% antifreeze, which would reduce the effectiveness of the For 1.6 T-GDI solution. Make sure the coolant cap is properly closed after refilling coolant. Otherwise the engine For mixing percentage, refer to the could be overheated while driv- following table: ing.

Mixture Percentage ■ Engine room front view Ambient (volume) Temperature OPDE076071 Antifreeze Water 2. Make sure that the tiny pro- 5°F (-15°C) 35 65 trusions inside the coolant -13°F (-25°C) 40 60 cap is securely interlocked. -31°F (-35°C) 50 50 -49°F (-45°C) 60 40

i Information OTL075062 If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50% water and 50% antifreeze mix is the 1. Check if the coolant cap label easiest to mix together as it will be the is straight In front. same quantity of each. It is suitable to use for most temperature ranges of - 31°F and higher.

7-24 ■ 1.6 T-GDI WARNING WARNING Never remove the The electric motor for engine coolant reser- the cooling fan may voir tank/radiator cap continue to operate or the drain plug or start up when the while the engine and engine is not running radiator are hot. Hot coolant and can cause serious injury. and steam may blow out under Keep hands, clothing and tools pressure, causing serious away from the rotating fan injury. blades of the cooling fan. OOS077009 ■ 2.0 MPI Turn the engine off and wait until the engine cools down. The electric motor for the cooling fan Maintenance Use extreme care when remov- is controlled by engine coolant tem- ing the engine coolant reservoir perature, refrigerant pressure and tank/radiator cap. Wrap a thick vehicle speed. As the engine coolant towel around it, and turn it temperature decreases, the electric counterclockwise slowly to the motor will automatically shut off. This first stop. Step back while the is a normal condition. If your vehicle pressure is released from the is equipped with GDI, the electric 7 cooling system. When you are motor for the cooling fan may begin sure all the pressure has been to operate at any time and continue released, press down on the OOS077077N to operate until you disconnect the cap, using a thick towel, and negative battery cable. continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.

7-25 Maintenance

Changing Engine Coolant NOTICE Have coolant changed by an author- To prevent damage to engine ized HYUNDAI dealer according to parts, put a thick towel around the the Maintenance Schedule at the radiator cap before refilling the beginning of this chapter. coolant to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine WARNING parts, such as the alternator.

Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. Engine coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Engine coolant may also cause damage to paint and body trim.

7-26 BRAKE FLUID Checking the Brake Fluid If the level is low, add the specified NOTICE Level brake fluid to the MAX level.The level will fall with accumulated mileage. • Do not allow brake fluid to con- This is a normal condition associated tact the vehicle’s body paint, as with the wear of the brake linings. If paint damage will result. the fluid level is excessively low, have • Brake fluid, which has been the brake system checked by an exposed to open air for an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. extended time should NEVER be used as its quality cannot be WARNING guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly. If the brake system requires fre- • Do not use the wrong kind of quent additions of fluid this brake fluid. A few drops of min- eral based oil, such as engine

could indicate a leak in the Maintenance OOS077011 brake system. Have the vehicle oil, in your brake system can Check the fluid level in the reservoir inspected by an authorized damage brake system parts. periodically. The fluid level should be HYUNDAI dealer. between MAX and MIN marks on the i Information side of the reservoir. WARNING Use only the specified brake fluid Before removing the reservoir cap (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and adding brake fluid, clean the and Capacities" in chapter 8). 7 area around the reservoir cap thor- Do not allow brake fluid to come oughly to prevent brake fluid contam- in contact with your eyes. If ination. brake fluid comes in contact with your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention.

7-27 Maintenance

WASHER FLUID PARKING BRAKE Checking the Washer Fluid Checking the Parking Brake Level WARNING To prevent serious injury or death, take the following safety precautions when using washer fluid: • Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. Engine coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control OOS057010 OOS077012 resulting in an accident or dam- Check the stroke of the parking Check the fluid level in the washer age to paint and body trim. brake by counting the number of fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- • Do not allow sparks or flames "clicks" heard while fully applying it sary. Plain water may be used if to contact the washer fluid or from the released position. Also, the washer fluid is not available. the washer fluid reservoir. parking brake alone should securely However, use washer solvent with Washer fluid may contain alco- hold the vehicle on a fairly steep antifreeze characteristics in cold cli- hol and can be flammable. grade. If the stroke is more or less mates to prevent freezing. • Do not drink washer fluid and than specified, have the parking avoid contact with skin. brake adjusted by an authorized Washer fluid is harmful to HYUNDAI dealer. humans and animals. Stroke : 5~7 clicks at a force of 44 • Keep washer fluid away from lbs (20 kg, 196 N) children and animals.

7-28 AIR CLEANER Filter Replacement

OOS077015 OOS077016

OOS077013 1. Loosen the air cleaner cover 3. Replace the air cleaner filter.

attaching clips and open the cover. 4. Lock the cover with the cover Maintenance The air cleaner filter can be cleaned 2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner. attaching clips. for inspection using compressed air. 5. Check that the cover is firmly Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it, installed. as water will damage the filter. If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be replaced. 7

7-29 Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER i Information Filter Inspection If the vehicle is operated in extremely The climate control air filter should dusty or sandy areas, replace the ele- be replaced according to the ment more often than the usual rec- Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle ommended intervals (refer to is operated in severely air-polluted "Maintenance Under Severe Usage cities or on dusty rough roads for a Conditions" in this chapter). long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier. When you replace the climate control NOTICE air filter, replace it performing the fol- • Do not drive with the air cleaner lowing procedure, and be careful to filter removed. This will result in avoid damaging other components. OOS077018 excessive engine wear. 1. With the glove box open, remove • When removing the air cleaner the stoppers on both sides to allow filter, be careful that dust or dirt the glove box to hang freely on the does not enter the air intake, or hinges. damage may result. • Use HYUNDAI genuine parts. Use of non-genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor.

7-30 OOS077017 OOS077019 OPD076026 2. Remove the support rod (1). 3. Remove the climate control air fil- 4. Replace the climate control air fil-

ter case while pressing the lock on ter. Maintenance the right side of the cover. 5. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly.

NOTICE Install a new climate control air filter in the correct direction with the 7 arrow symbol (↓) facing down- wards, otherwise, it may be noisy and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced.

7-31 Maintenance

WIPER BLADES Blade Inspection Blade Replacement Front windshield wiper blade Contamination of either the windshield When the wipers no longer clean replacement or the wiper blades with foreign matter adequately, the blades may be worn can reduce the effectiveness of the or cracked, and require replacement. windshield wiper functionality. Common sources of contamination NOTICE are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial To prevent damage to the wiper car washes. If the blades are not wip- arms or other components, do not ing properly, clean both the window attempt to move the wipers manu- and the blades with a clean cloth ally. dampened with washer fluid. NOTICE NOTICE The use of a non-specified wiper OLMB073020 To prevent damage to the wiper blade could result in wiper mal- ■ Type A blades, arms or other compo- function and failure. 1. Put the front windshield wipers nents, do not: into the service position. • Use gasoline, kerosene, paint NOTICE 2. Raise the wiper arm and slightly thinner, or other solvents on or rotate the wiper blade assembly to near them. • In order to prevent damage to the hood and the wiper arms, the expose the plastic locking clip. • Attempt to move the wipers wiper arms should only be lifted manually. when in the top wiping position. NOTICE • Use non-specified wiper blades. • Always return the wiper arms to Do not allow the wiper arm to fall the windshield before driving. against the windshield, since it i Information may chip or crack the windshield. Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean.

7-32 OLMB073021 OLMB073098 OLMB073099 ■ Type B

1. Raise the wiper arm. Maintenance

NOTICE Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windshield. 7

OLMB073022 OLMB073100 3. Press the clip (1) and slide the 2. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1). blade assembly downward (2). Then pull down the blade assem- 4. Lift it off the arm. bly (2) and remove it. 5. Install the blade assembly in the 3. Install the new blade assembly in reverse order of removal. the reverse order of removal. 6. Return the wiper arm on the wind- 4. Return the wiper arm on the windshield. shield. 7-33 Maintenance

Rear window wiper blade replacement

OTL075051 2. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the OTL075050 slot in the wiper arm until it clicks 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out into place. the wiper blade assembly. 3. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly. To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, have the wiper blades replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-34 BATTERY WARNING Batteries contain sulfu- • NEVER attempt to recharge ric acid which is highly the battery when the vehicle’s To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or corrosive. Do not allow battery cables are connected DEATH to you or bystanders, acid to contact your to the battery. always follow these precautions eyes, skin or clothing. • The electrical ignition system when working near or handling If acid gets into your eyes, flush works with high voltage. the battery: your eyes with clean water for at NEVER touch these compo- Always read and follow least 15 minutes and get imme- nents with the engine running instructions carefully diate medical attention. If acid or when the ignition switch is when handling a battery. gets on your skin, thoroughly in the ON position. Wear eye protection wash the area. If you feel pain or designed to protect the a burning sensation, get med- eyes from acid splashes. ical attention immediately. Maintenance Keep all flames, sparks, • When lifting a plastic-cased or smoking materials battery, excessive pressure away from the battery. on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery Hydrogen is always pres- carrier or with your hands on ent in battery cells, is opposite corners. highly combustible, and may explode if ignited. • Do not attempt to jump start 7 your vehicle if your battery is Keep batteries out of frozen. reach of children.

7-35 Maintenance

For Best Battery Service Battery Recharging WARNING

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING WARNING Always follow these instruc- Battery posts, terminals, and tions when recharging your related accessories contain vehicle's battery to avoid the lead and lead compounds, risk of SERIOUS INJURY or chemicals known to the State of DEATH from explosions or acid California to cause cancer, birth burns: defects and reproductive harm. • Before performing mainte- Batteries also contain other nance or recharging the bat- chemicals known to the State of OOS077020 tery, turn off all accessories California to cause cancer. and place the ignition switch Wash hands after handling. • Keep the battery securely mount- to the LOCK/OFF position. ed. • Keep all flames, sparks, or NOTICE • Keep the battery top clean and dry. smoking materials away from the battery. • When you do not use the vehicle • Keep the terminals and connec- for a long time in a low tempera- tions clean, tight, and coated with • Always work outdoors or in an ture area, disconnect the battery petroleum jelly or terminal grease. area with plenty of ventilation. and keep it indoors. • Rinse any spilled acid from the bat- • Wear eye protection when • Always charge the battery fully tery immediately with a solution of checking the battery during to prevent battery case damage water and baking soda. charging. in low temperature areas. • The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in a well ventilated area.

7-36 By jump starting Reset Features • Watch the battery during charging, and stop or reduce After a jump start from a good bat- The following items may need to be the charging rate if the battery tery, drive the vehicle for 20-30 min- reset after the battery has been dis- cells begin boiling violently. utes before it is shutoff. The vehicle charged or the battery has been dis- may not restart if you shut it off • The negative battery cable connected. See chapter 3 or 4 for: before the battery had a chance to • Power Windows must be removed first and adequately recharge. See "Jump installed last when the battery Starting" in chapter 6 for more infor- • Trip Computer is disconnected. Disconnect mation on jump starting procedures. • Climate Control System the battery charger in the following order: • Clock (1) Turn off the battery charg- i Information • Audio System er main switch. An inappropriately disposed • Sunroof (2) Unhook the negative battery can be harmful to clamp from the negative the environment and human Maintenance battery terminal. health. Dispose of the battery according to your local (3) Unhook the positive clamp law(s) or regulations. from the positive battery terminal. • Always use a genuine HYUNDAI approved battery 7 when you replace the battery.

7-37 Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire Care WARNING • Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are dam- For proper maintenance, safety, and Tire failure may cause loss of aged. Worn tires can cause maximum fuel economy, you must vehicle control resulting in an loss of braking effectiveness, always maintain recommended tire accident. To reduce risk of steering control, or traction. inflation pressures and stay within SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, • ALWAYS replace tires with the the load limits and weight distribution take the following precautions: same size as each tire that recommended for your vehicle. • Inspect your tires monthly for was originally supplied with proper inflation as well as this vehicle. Using tires and wear and damage. wheels other than the recom- • The recommended cold tire mended sizes could cause pressure for your vehicle can unusual handling characteris- be found in this manual and on tics, poor vehicle control, or the tire label located on the dri- negatively affect your vehi- ver's side center pillar. Always cle's Anti-Lock Brake System use a tire pressure gauge to (ABS) resulting in a serious measure tire pressure. Tires accident. with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly caus- OOS087003 ing poor handling. • Check the pressure of the All specifications (sizes and pres- spare every time you check sures) can be found on a label the pressure of the other tires attached to the driver's side center on your vehicle. pillar.

7-38 Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures WARNING CAUTION All tire pressures (including the Recommended pressures must • Under-inflation results in spare) should be checked when the be maintained for the best ride, excessive wear, poor handling tires are cold. "Cold tires" means the vehicle handling, and minimum and reduced fuel economy. vehicle has not been driven for at tire wear. Wheel deformation is also least three hours or has been driven Over-inflation or under-inflation possible. Keep your tire pres- for less than one mile (1.6 km). can reduce tire life, adversely sures at the proper levels. If a Warm tires normally exceed recom- affect vehicle handling, and tire frequently needs refilling, mended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6 lead to sudden tire failure that have it checked by an author- psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air could result in loss of vehicle ized HYUNDAI dealer. from warm tires to adjust the pres- control resulting in an accident. • Over-inflation produces a sure or the tires will be under-inflat- Severe under-inflation can lead harsh ride, excessive wear at ed. For recommended inflation pres- to severe heat build-up, causing the center of the tire tread, Maintenance sure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" in blowouts, tread separation and and a greater possibility of chapter 8. other tire failures that can result damage from road hazards. in the loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. This risk is much higher on hot days and when driving for long periods at high speeds. 7

7-39 Maintenance

Check Tire Inflation Pressure If you overfill the tire, release air by Tire Rotation Check your tires, including the spare pushing on the metal stem in the To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI tire, once a month or more. center of the tire valve. Recheck the recommends that the tires be rotated tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be according to the maintenance sched- sure to put the valve caps back on ule or sooner if irregular wear devel- How to check the valve stems. Without the valve ops. Use a good quality tire pressure cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. During rotation, check the tires for gauge to check tire pressure. You correct balance. can not tell if your tires are properly If a valve cap is missing, install a new inflated simply by looking at them. one as soon as possible. When rotating tires, check for uneven Radial tires may look properly inflat- A cold tire means the vehicle has wear and damage. Abnormal wear is ed when they are under-inflated. been sitting for 3 hours and driven for usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, out- Remove the valve cap from the tire less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period. of-balance wheels, severe braking or valve stem. Press the tire gauge firm- severe cornering. Look for bumps or ly onto the valve to get a pressure Allow the tire to cool before measur- bulges in the tread or side of the tire. measurement. If the cold tire inflation ing the inflation pressure. Always be Replace the tire if you find any of pressure matches the recommended sure the tire is cold before inflating to these conditions. Replace the tire if pressure on the tire label located on the recommended pressure. fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, the driver's side center pillar or in this be sure to bring the front and rear tire manual. No further adjustment is pressures to specification and check necessary. If the pressure is low, add lug nut tightness (proper torque is air until you reach the recommended 79~94 lbf·ft [11~13 kgf·m]). pressure. Make sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.

7-40 ■ Without a spare tire i Information Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance Tires that are asymmetrical or direc- tional can only be installed on the The wheels on your vehicle were wheel in one direction. The outside aligned and balanced carefully at the and inside of an asymmetrical tire is factory to give you the longest tire life not easily distinguishable. Pay careful and best overall performance. attention to the markings on the side- In most cases, you will not need to walls of the tires, noting the "outside" have your wheels aligned again. marking and also the rotating direc- However, if you notice unusual tire tion before installing them on the wear or your vehicle pulling one way vehicle. or the other, the alignment may need ODH073802 to be reset. Disc brake pads should be inspected WARNING If you notice your vehicle vibrating for wear whenever tires are rotated. when driving on a smooth road, your Maintenance • Do not use the compact spare wheels may need to be rebalanced. tire for tire rotation. • Do not mix bias ply and radial NOTICE ply tires under any circum- Improper wheel weights can dam- stances. This may cause age your vehicle's aluminum unusual handling characteris- wheels. Use only approved wheel 7 tics that may cause loss of weights. vehicle control resulting in an accident.

7-41 Maintenance

Tire Replacement WARNING • Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used. Tread wear indicator To reduce the risk of DEATH or Regardless of the remaining SERIOUS INJURY: tread, HYUNDAI recommends • Replace tires that are worn, that tires be replaced after six show uneven wear, or are (6) years of normal service. damaged. Worn tires can • When replacing tires (or cause loss of braking effec- wheels), it is recommended to tiveness, steering control, and replace the two front or two traction. rear tires (or wheels) as a pair. • Always replace tires with the Replacing just one tire can same size as each tire that seriously affect your vehicle's OLMB073027 was originally supplied with handling. If only replacing one pair of tires, it is recommend- If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recom- ed to install the pair of new indicator will appear as a solid band tires on the rear axle. across the tread. This shows there is mended sizes could cause less than 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) of tread unusual handling characteris- • Heat caused by hot climates left on the tire. Replace the tire when tics, poor vehicle control, or or frequent high loading con- this happens. negatively affect your vehi- ditions can accelerate the cle's Anti-Lock Brake System aging process. Failure to fol- Do not wait for the tread surface to (ABS) resulting in a serious low this warning may cause become level with the tread wear accident. sudden tire failure, which indicators before replacing the tire. could lead to a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

7-42 Compact spare tire replacement Wheel Replacement Tire Maintenance A compact spare tire has a shorter When replacing the metal wheels for In addition to proper inflation, correct tread life than a regular size tire. any reason, make sure the new wheel alignment helps to decrease Replace it when you can see the wheels are equivalent to the original tire wear. If you find a tire is worn tread wear indicator bars on the tire. factory units in diameter, rim width unevenly, have your dealer check the The replacement compact spare tire and offset. wheel alignment. should be the same size and design When you have new tires installed, tire as the one provided with your Tire Traction make sure they are balanced. This new vehicle and should be mounted will increase vehicle ride comfort and on the same compact spare tire Tire traction can be reduced if you tire life. Additionally, a tire should wheel. The compact spare tire is not drive on worn tires, tires that are always be rebalanced if it is removed designed to be mounted on a regular improperly inflated or on slippery from the wheel. size wheel, and the compact spare road surfaces. Tires should be tire wheel is not designed for mount-

replaced when the tread depth is at Maintenance ing a regular size tire. least 2/32 inch (1.6 mm). To reduce Tire Sidewall Labeling the possibility of losing control, slow This information identifies and WARNING down whenever there is rain, snow or describes the fundamental charac- ice on the road. teristics of the tire and also provides The original tire should be the tire identification number (TIN) repaired or replaced as soon as for safety standard certification. The possible to avoid failure of the TIN can be used to identify the tire in 7 spare and loss of vehicle con- case of a recall. trol resulting in an accident.The compact spare tire is for emergency use only. Do not operate your vehicle over 50 mph (80 km/h) when using the compact spare tire.

7-43 Maintenance

1 Example tire size designation: Wheel size designation (These numbers are provided as an Wheels are also marked with impor- 5,6 example only; your tire size designa- tant information that you need if you 7 tor could vary depending on your ever have to replace one. The follow- vehicle.) ing explains what the letters and 4 205/60R16 92H numbers in the wheel size designation mean. Example wheel size designation: 2 205 - Tire width in millimeters. 3 6.5J x 16 60 - Aspect ratio. The tire's section height as a percentage of its 1 OLMB073028 width. 6.5 - Rim width in inches. 1. Manufacturer or brand name R - Tire construction code (Radial). J - Rim contour designation. Manufacturer or brand name is 16 - Rim diameter in inches. 16 - Rim diameter in inches. shown. 92 - Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum 2. Tire size designation load the tire can carry. A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the size designation. You will need this speed rating chart in this section information when selecting replace- for additional information. ment tires for your car. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation mean.

7-44 Tire speed ratings 3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire 4. Tire ply composition and The chart below lists many of the dif- Identification Number) material ferent speed ratings currently being Any tires that are over six years old, The number of layers or plies of rub- used for passenger vehicle tires. The based on the manufacturing date, ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire speed rating is part of the tire size (including the spare tire) should be manufacturers also must indicate the designation on the sidewall of the replaced by new ones. You can find materials in the tire, which include tire. This symbol corresponds to that the manufacturing date on the tire steel, nylon, polyester, and others. tire’s designed maximum safe oper- sidewall (possibly on the inside of the The letter "R" means radial ply con- ating speed. wheel), displaying the DOT Code. struction; the letter "D" means diago- The DOT Code is a series of num- nal or bias ply construction; and the Speed bers on a tire consisting of numbers letter "B" means belted-bias ply con- Rating Maximum Speed and English letters. The manufactur- struction. Symbol ing date is designated by the last four S 112 mph (180 km/h) digits (characters) of the DOT code. 5. Maximum permissible infla- Maintenance T 118 mph (190 km/h) tion pressure H 130 mph (210 km/h) DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO This number is the greatest amount V 149 mph (240 km/h) of air pressure that should be put in W 168 mph (270 km/h) The front part of the DOT shows a the tire. Do not exceed the maximum Y 186 mph (300 km/h) plant code number, tire size and permissible inflation pressure. Refer tread pattern and the last four num- to the Tire and Loading Information 7 bers indicate week and year manu- label for recommended inflation factured. pressure. For example: DOT XXXX XXXX 1418 represents that the tire was produced in the 14th week of 2018.

7-45 Maintenance

6. Maximum load rating Tread wear Traction - AA, A, B & C This number indicates the maximum The tread wear grade is a compara- The traction grades, from highest to load in kilograms and pounds that tive rating based on the wear rate of lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those can be carried by the tire. When the tire when tested under controlled grades represent the tire's ability to replacing the tires on the vehicle, conditions on a specified govern- stop on wet pavement as measured always use a tire that has the same ment test course. For example, a tire under controlled conditions on spec- load rating as the factory installed graded 150 would wear one-and-a- ified government test surfaces of tire. half times (1½) as well on the gov- asphalt and concrete. A tire marked ernment course as a tire graded 100. C may have poor traction performance. 7. Uniform tire quality grading The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions Quality grades can be found where of their use, however, and may WARNING applicable on the tire sidewall depart significantly from the norm between tread shoulder and maxi- due to variations in driving habits, mum section width. The traction grade assigned to service practices and differences in this tire is based on straight- For example: road characteristics and climate. ahead braking traction tests, TREAD WEAR 200 These grades are molded on the and does not include accelera- TRACTION AA sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires. tion, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics. TEMPERATURE A The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade.

7-46 Temperature - A, B & C Tire Terminology and WARNING The temperature grades are A (the Definitions highest), B and C representing the The temperature grade for this Air Pressure tire’s resistance to the generation of tire is established for a tire that heat and its ability to dissipate heat The amount of air inside the tire is properly inflated and not pressing outward on the tire. Air when tested under controlled condi- overloaded. Excessive speed, tions on a specified indoor laboratory pressure is expressed in pounds per under-inflation, over-inflation, square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa). test wheel. or excessive loading, either Sustained high temperature can separately or in combination, cause the material of the tire to can cause heat build-up and Accessory Weight degenerate and reduce tire life, and possible sudden tire failure. This means the combined weight of excessive temperature can lead to This may cause loss of vehicle optional accessories. Some exam- sudden tire failure. Grade C control resulting in an accident. ples of optional accessories are

responds to a level of performance automatic transmission, power Maintenance which all passenger car tires must seats, and air conditioning. meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher Aspect Ratio levels of performance on the labora- The relationship of a tire's height to tory test wheel than the minimum its width. required by law. 7 Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials.

7-47 Maintenance

Bead DOT Markings Kilopascal (kPa) The tire bead contains steel wires A code molded into the sidewall of a The metric unit for air pressure. wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire signifying that the tire is in com- tire onto the rim. pliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety Light truck(LT) tire standards. The DOT code includes A tire designated by its manufacturer Bias Ply Tire the Tire Identification Number (TIN), as primarily intended for use on light- A pneumatic tire in which the plies an alphanumeric designator which weight trucks or multipurpose pas- are laid at alternate angles less than can also identify the tire manufactur- senger vehicles. 90 degrees to the centerline of the er, production plant, brand and date tread. of production. Load ratings The maximum load that a tire is rated Cold Tire Pressure GVWR to carry for a given inflation pressure. The amount of air pressure in a tire, Gross Vehicle Weight Rating measured in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire Load Index has built up heat from driving. GAWR FRT An assigned number ranging from 1 Gross Axle Weight Rating for the to 279 that corresponds to the load Front Axle. carrying capacity of a tire. Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional GAWR RR Maximum Inflation Pressure equipment including the maximum Gross Axle Weight Rating for the The maximum air pressure to which capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but Rear axle. a cold tire may be inflated. The max- without passengers and cargo. imum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall. Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire, that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.

7-48 Maximum Load Rating Passenger (P-Metric) tire Recommended Inflation The load rating for a tire at the maxi- A tire used on passenger cars and Pressure mum permissible inflation pressure some light duty trucks and multipur- Vehicle manufacturer's recommend- for that tire. pose vehicles. ed tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard. Maximum Loaded Vehicle Ply Weight A layer of rubber-coated parallel Radial Ply Tire The sum of curb weight; accessory cords. A pneumatic tire in which the ply weight; vehicle capacity weight; and cords that extend to the beads are production options weight. laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of Pneumatic tire the tread. A mechanical device made of rubber, Normal Occupant Weight chemicals, fabric and steel or other The number of occupants a vehicle materials, that, when mounted on an Rim Maintenance is designed to seat multiplied by 150 automotive wheel provides the trac- A metal support for a tire and upon pounds (68 kg). tion and contains the gas or fluid that which the tire beads are seated. sustains the load. Occupant Distribution Sidewall Designated seating positions. Pneumatic options weight The portion of a tire between the The combined weight of installed tread and the bead. 7 regular production options weighing Outward Facing Sidewall over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the An asymmetrical tire has a particular standard items which they replace, Speed Rating side that faces outward when mount- not previously considered in curb An alphanumeric code assigned to a ed on a vehicle. The outward facing weight or accessory weight, includ- tire indicating the maximum speed at sidewall bears white lettering or ing heavy duty breaks, ride levelers, which a tire can operate. bears manufacturer, brand, and/or roof rack, heavy duty battery, and model name molding that is higher or special trim. deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall. 7-49 Maintenance

Traction Vehicle Capacity Weight All Season Tires The friction between the tire and the The number of designated seating HYUNDAI specifies all season tires road surface. The amount of grip pro- positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 on some models to provide good vided. kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage performance for use all year round, load. including snowy and icy road condi- Tread tions. All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud The portion of a tire that comes into Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow contact with the road. tires have better snow traction than Load on an individual tire due to curb all season tires and may be more and accessory weight plus maximum appropriate in some areas. Treadwear Indicators occupant and cargo weight. Narrow bands, sometimes called "wear bars", that show across the Summer Tires Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on tread remains. Load on an individual tire that is some models to provide superior determined by distributing to each performance on dry roads. Summer axle its share of the curb weight, UTQGS tire performance is substantially accessory weight, and normal occu- reduced in snow and ice. Summer Uniform Tire Quality Grading pant weight and dividing by 2. Standards is a tire information sys- tires do not have the tire traction rat- tem that provides consumers with ing M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire ratings for a tire's traction, tempera- Vehicle Placard side wall. If you plan to operate your ture and treadwear. Ratings are A label permanently attached to a vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, determined by tire manufacturers vehicle showing the original equip- HYUNDAI recommends the use of using government testing proce- ment tire size and recommended snow tires or all season tires on all dures. The ratings are molded into inflation pressure. four wheels. the sidewall of the tire.

7-50 Snow Tires Radial-ply tires have the same load WARNING If you equip your car with snow tires, carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias they should be the same size and belted tires of the same size, and use the same recommended inflation Do not mix bias ply and radial have the same load capacity as the ply tires under any circum- original tires. Snow tires should be pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias-ply or bias belted tires is stances. This may cause unusu- installed on all four wheels; other- al handling characteristics that wise, poor handling may result. Snow not recommended. Any combina- tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias may cause loss of vehicle con- tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa) trol resulting in an accident. more air pressure than the pressure belted tires when used on the same recommended for the standard tires vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling. The best rule to fol- on the tire label on the driver’s side of Low Aspect Ratio Tires the center pillar, or up to the maxi- low is: Identical pairs of radial-ply mum pressure shown on the tire tires should always be used as a set The aspect ratio is lower than 50 on for the front tires and a set for the low aspect ratio tires.

sidewall, whichever is less. Do not Maintenance rear tires. drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h) Because low aspect ratio tires are when your vehicle is equipped with Longer wearing tires can be more optimized for handling and braking, snow tires. susceptible to irregular tread wear. It their sidewall is a little stiffer than a is very important to follow the tire standard tire. Also low aspect ratio rotation interval in this chapter to tires tend to be wider and conse- Radial-Ply Tires achieve the tread life potential of quently have a greater contact patch Radial-ply tires provide improved these tires. Cuts and punctures in with the road surface. In some 7 tread life, road hazard resistance and radial-ply tires are repairable only in instances they may generate more smoother high speed ride. The radi- the tread area, because of sidewall road noise compared with standard al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of flexing. Consult your tire dealer for tires. belted construction, and are selected radial-ply tire repairs. to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle.

7-51 Maintenance

CAUTION CAUTION

Because the sidewall of a low • It is not easy to recognize tire aspect ratio tire is shorter than damage with your own eyes. a standard tire, the rim of the But if there is the slightest wheel and the tire itself is more hint of tire damage, have the easily susceptible to damage. tire checked or replaced Use caution when driving and because the tire damage may follow the guidelines below to cause air leakage from the help minimize damage to the tire. wheel and tire: • If the tire is damaged by driv- - When driving on a rough road ing on a rough road, off road, or off road, drive cautiously pothole, manhole, or curb because tires and wheels may stone, it will not be covered by be damaged. And after driving, the warranty. inspect tires and wheels. - When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not damaged. - If the tire is subjected to a severe impact, have the tire and wheel inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. - Inspect the tire condition and pressure every 1,800 miles (3,000km).

7-52 FUSES ■ Blade type A vehicle's electrical system is protected from electrical overload dam- WARNING age by fuses. NEVER replace a fuse with any- This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, thing but another fuse of the one located in the driver's side panel same rating. Normal Blown bolster, the other in the engine com- ■ Cartridge type partment near the battery. • A higher capacity fuse could cause damage and possibly If any of your vehicle's lights, acces- cause a fire. sories, or controls do not work, check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse • Do not install a wire or alu- has blown, the element inside the minum foil instead of the proper fuse - even as a tem- Normal Blown fuse will be melted or broken. ■ porary repair. It may cause Multi fuse If the electrical system does not extensive wiring damage and work, first check the driver's side possibly a fire. Maintenance fuse panel. Before replacing a blown fuse, turn the engine and all switches off, and then disconnect the negative NOTICE battery cable. Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rat- Do not use a screwdriver or any Normal Blown ing. other metal object to remove If the replacement fuse blows, this fuses because it may cause a 7 indicates an electrical problem. Avoid short circuit and damage the sys- using the system involved and imme- tem. diately consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Normal Blown OLF074075 7-53 Maintenance

Instrument Panel Fuse In an emergency, if you do not have Replacement a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle. If the headlamps or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are undamaged, check the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced with the same rating.

OOS077026 5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the removal tool provided OOS077028 in the engine compartment fuse 1. Turn the engine off. panel. 2. Turn all other switches OFF. 6. Check the removed fuse; replace it 3. Open the fuse panel cover. if it is blown. Spare fuses are pro- 4. Refer to the label on the inside of vided in the instrument panel fuse the fuse panel cover to locate the panels (or in the engine compart- suspected fuse location. ment fuse panel). 7. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-54 Fuse switch i Information Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement

■ Blade type fuse

OOS077027 OOS047142L Always, place the fuse switch to the OOS077024 Maintenance If the fuse switch is OFF, the above ON position. ■ Cartridge type fuse message will appear. If you move the switch to the OFF position, some items such as the NOTICE audio system and digital clock must be reset and the smart key may not • Always place the fuse switch in work properly. the ON position while driving the 7 vehicle. • Do not move the fuse switch repeatedly. The fuse switch may be damaged.

OOS077025 1. Turn the engine off. 2. Turn all other switches OFF.

7-55 Maintenance

3. Remove the fuse panel cover by Main fuse Multi fuse pressing the tap and pulling up. 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel. 5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION OOS077022 OOS077023 After checking the fuse box in If the main fuse is blown, it must be If the multi fuse is blown, it must be the engine compartment secure- removed as follows: removed as follows: ly close the fuse box cover 1. Turn off the engine. 1. Turn off the engine. inside the engine compartment, 2. Disconnect the negative battery 2. Disconnect the negative battery until it clicks. cable. cable. If the fuse box is not closed 3. Remove the fuse panel cover by 3. Remove the fuse panel cover by properly, water may leak in side, pressing the tab and pulling it up. pressing the tab and pulling it up. possibly causing a malfunction 4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic- 4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic- with the electrical system. ture above. ture above. 5. Replace the fuse with a new one 5. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating. of the same rating. 6. Reinstall in the reverse order of 6. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. removal. i Information i Information If the main fuse is blown, consult an If the multi fuse is blown, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 7-56 Fuse/Relay Panel Description Instrument panel fuse panel

OOS077028 Maintenance Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describ- ing fuse/relay names and ratings.

i Information 7 Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at OOS077078N the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.

7-57 Maintenance

Instrument panel fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component ATM Shift Lever IND., Electro Chromic Mirror, AMP, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, A/C Control Module, MODULE 5 7.5A Front Air Ventilation Seat Module, Front Seat Warmer Module

MODULE 3 7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, BCM, ATM Shift Lever

SUNROOF 20A Sunroof Unit

TAIL GATE 10A Tail Gate Relay OPEN P/WINDOW 25A Power Window LH Relay, Driver Safety Power Window Module LH

MULTI MEDIA 15A A/V & Navigation Head Unit

P/WINDOW 25A Power Window RH Relay, Passenger Safety Power Window Module RH

P/SEAT (DRV) 25A Driver Seat Manual Switch

P/SEAT 25A Passenger Seat Manual Switch (PASS) Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH, Active Air Flap, BCM, Parking Distance Warning Buzzer, MODULE 4 7.5A Lane Keeping Assist Unit (Line), 4WD ECM

PDM3 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, Immobilizer Module

POWER 20A ICM Relay Box(Power Outlet Relay) OUTLET 2

7-58 Instrument panel fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component INTERIOR Glove Box Lamp, Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Wiresess Charger Unit, 7.5A LAMP Driver Console Switch, Luggage Lamp B/ALARM 10A ICM Relay Box(Burglar Alarm Horn Relay) HORN

MEMORY 10A A/C Control Module, Head Up Display, Instrument Cluster, Electro Chromic Mirror

AMP 30A AMP

MODULE 6 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, BCM Maintenance MDPS 7.5A MDPS Unit

MODULE 1 7.5A Active Air Flap, Ignition key Interlock Switch, BCM, Hazard Switch, Data Link Connector, Rain sensor

MODULE 7 7.5A Front Air Ventilation Seat Module, Front Seat Warmer Module

A/BAG IND 7.5A Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Modulee 7

BRAKE 7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module SWITCH

START 7.5A Transaxle Range Switch(A/T), ECM, ICM Relay Box(Burglar Alarm Relay)

CLUSTER 7.5A Head Up Display, Instrument Cluster

7-59 Maintenance

Instrument panel fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box(Two Turn Unlock Relay)

PDM 2 7.5A Start/Stop Button Switch, Immobilizer Module

FCA 10A Forward Collision Avoidance Assist Unit

S/HEATER 20A Front Seat Warmer Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Module

A/C 2 20A A/C Control Module, Blower Motor, Blower Resistor, E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay)

A/C 1 7.5A A/C Control Module, E/R Junction Block(PTC Heater #2 Relay, Blower Relay, PTC Heater #1 Relay)

PDM 1 15A Smart Key Control Module

AIR BAG 15A SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor

IG1 25A PCB Block(FUSE : ABS 3, ECU 5, SENSOR 4, TCU 2)

Wiresess Charger Unit, Smart Key Control Module, BCM, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, MODULE2 10A ICM Relay Box(Power Outlet Relay), Power Outside Mirror Switch, AMP

WASHER 15A Muntifunction Switch

WIPER 10A BCM, PCB Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay), Front Wiper Motor (LO/HI)

7-60 Instrument panel fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

WIPER RR 15A Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor

WIPER FRT 25A Front Wiper Motor, PCB Block(Front Wiper(Low) Relay)

HEATED 10A Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module, ECM MIRROR POWER 20A Cigarette Lighter OUTLET 1 HEATED 15A BCM STEERING Maintenance

7-61 Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

OOS077029 Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describ- ing fuse/relay names and ratings.

i Information Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect OOS077079N the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

7-62 Engine compartment fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

ALT 150A E/R Junction Block (Fuse - ABS 1, ABS 2, 4WD), Alternator

MDPS 80A MDPS Unit

B+5 60A PCB Block ((Fuse - HORN, H/LAMP HI, A/C, ECU 4, ECU 3), Engine Control Relay)

B+2 60A IGPM ((Fuse - S/HEATER), IPS0, IPS1, IPS2)

B+3 60A IGPM (IPS3, IPS4, IPS5, IPS6, IPS7, IPS8)

IGPM (Fuse - P/WINDOW LH, P/WINDOW RH, TAIL GATE OPEN, SUNROOF, B/ALARM HORN, Maintenance B+4 50A POWER OUTLET 2, AMP, P/SEAT (PASS),P/SEAT (DRV)) COOLING 60A/50A E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan #2 Relay, Cooling Fan #1 Relay) FAN REAR 40A E/R Junction Block (Rear Defogger Relay) HEATED

BLOWER 40A E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay) 7

W/O Smark Key : Ignition Switch IG1 40A With Smark Key : E/R Junction Block (PDM #3 (IG1) Relay, PDM #2 (ACC) Relay) W/O Smark Key : Ignition Switch, E/R Junction Block (Srart #1 Relay) IG2 40A With Smark Key : E/R Junction Block (PDM #4 (IG2) Relay, Srart #1 Relay) PTC 50A E/R Junction Block (PTC Heater #1 Relay) HEATER 1 PTC 50A E/R Junction Block (PTC Heater #2 Relay) HEATER 2 7-63 Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

TCU 1 15A TCM

VACUUM 20A Vacuum Pump PUMP

FUEL PUMP 20A E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)

B+1 40A IGPM ((Fuse - BRAKE SWITCH, PDM 1, DOOR LOCK, MODULE 1, PDM 2), Leak Current Autocut Device)

DCT1 40A TCM

DCT2 40A TCM

4WD 20A 4WD ECM

ABS 1 40A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

ABS 2 30A ESC Control Module

7-64 Engine compartment fuse panel

■ GAMMA 1.6L T-GDI Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component PCB Block (A/CON Relay), E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan #1 Relay), Purge Control Solenoid Valve, SENSOR 2 10A RCV Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1~#2, Canister Close Valve

ECU 2 10A ECM

ECU 1 20A ECM

INJECTOR 15A -

SENSOR 1 15A Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down) Maintenance IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1~#4

ECU 3 15A ECM

A/C 10A PCB Block (A/CON Relay)

ECU 5 10A ECM 7

SENSOR 4 15A Vacuum Pump

ABS 3 10A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

TCU 2 15A TCM, Transaxle Range Switch

SENSOR 3 10A E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)

ECU 4 15A ECM

7-65 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

H/LAMP HI 10A PCB Block (Head Lamp(High) Relay)

HORN 15A PCB Block (Horn Relay)

Engine compartment fuse panel

■ NU 2.0L MPI Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component PCB Block (A/CON Relay), E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan #2 Relay, Cooling Fan #1 Relay), SENSOR 2 10A Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Electronic Thermostat, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1~#3, Canister Close Valve

ECU 2 10A -

ECU 1 20A PCM

INJECTOR 15A Injector #1~#4

SENSOR 1 15A Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down)

IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1~#4

ECU 3 15A PCM

7-66 Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

A/C 10A PCB Block (A/CON Relay)

ECU 5 10A PCM

SENSOR 4 15A -

ABS 3 10A Multipurpose Check Connector, ESC Control Module

TCU 2 15A Transaxle Range Switch

SENSOR 3 10A E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay) Maintenance ECU 4 15A PCM

H/LAMP HI 10A PCB Block (Head Lamp(High) Relay)

HORN 15A PCB Block (Horn Relay) 7

7-67 Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel (Battery terminal cover)

OOS077035 Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describ- ing fuse/relay names and ratings.

i Information Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your OPD076065 vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect NOTICE the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securely the fuse panel label. install the cover. If it is not securely latched, electrical failure may occur from water contact.

7-68 LIGHT BULBS Consult an authorized HYUNDAI Headlamp, Position lamp, dealer to replace most vehicle light WARNING Daytime Running Light, Turn bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle signal lamp, Cornering lamp light bulbs because other parts of the • Prior to replacing a lamp, and Side marker vehicle must be removed before you depress the foot brake, move can get to the bulb. This is especially the shift lever into P (Park) Type A true for removing the headlamp apply the parking brake, place assembly to get to the bulb(s). the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position, and take Removing/installing the headlamp the key with you when leaving assembly can result in damage to the vehicle to avoid sudden the vehicle. movement of the vehicle and to prevent possible electric i Information shock.

After heavy driving, rain or washing, • Be aware the bulbs may be Maintenance headlamp and trunk lenses could hot and may burn your fin- appear frosty. This condition is caused gers. by the temperature difference between the lamp inside and the out- OOS077033N side temperature. This is similar to the (1) Headlamp (Low) condensation on your windows inside (2) Headlamp (High) 7 your vehicle during the rain and does- (3) Daytime running light (if equipped) n’t indicate a problem with your vehi- /Position lamp cle. If the water leaks into the lamp bulb circuitry, have your vehicle (4) Turn signal lamp checked by an authorized HYUNDAI (5) Front fog lamp (if equipped) dealer. (6) Side marker (7) Side reflex reflector

7-69 Maintenance

• Always handle them carefully, and ■ High/Low beam WARNING avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. • Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit. • A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlamp. • If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it. OOS077034 OLMB073042L [1] : High beam, [2] : Low beam • Handle halogen bulbs with 1. Open the hood. care. Halogen bulbs contain 2. Disconnect the negative battery pressurized gas that will pro- cable. duce flying pieces of glass that could cause injuries if broken. 3. Remove the headlamp bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise. • Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the 4. Disconnect the headlamp bulb bulb to cool down before han- socket-connector. dling it.

7-70 5. Remove the bulb from the head- 5. Install a new bulb by inserting it lamp assembly. into the socket and rotating it until 6. Install a new headlamp bulb and it locks into place. snap the headlamp bulb retaining 6. Install the socket in the assembly wire into position by aligning the by aligning the tabs on the socket wire with the groove on the bulb. with the slots in the assembly. 7. Connect the headlamp bulb sock- 7. Push the socket into the assembly et-connector. and turn the socket clockwise. 8. Install the headlamp bulb cover by turning it clockwise. Position lamp and daytime running OOS077038 light i Information Turn signal Your vehicle is equipped with LED lamps. LED lamps do not have The headlamp aiming should be 1. Open the hood. Maintenance adjusted after an accident or after the replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp 2. Disconnect the negative battery headlamp assembly is reinstalled at an does not operate, have the vehicle cable. authorized HYUNDAI dealer. checked by an authorized HYUNDAI 3. Remove the socket (1) from the dealer. assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on Side marker the socket align with the slots on 7 the assembly. If the light bulb does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an 4. Remove the bulb from the socket authorized HYUNDAI dealer. by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket.

7-71 Maintenance

Type B • Always handle them carefully, and WARNING avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. • Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit. • A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlamp. • If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it. OLMB073042L OOS078052N Handle halogen bulbs with (1) Headlamp (Low/High) • care. Halogen bulbs contain Headlamp (2) Cornering light pressurized gas that will pro- Your vehicle is equipped with LED (3) Daytime running light (if equipped) duce flying pieces of glass that lamps. LED lamps do not have /Position lamp could cause injuries if broken. replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp does not operate, have the vehicle (4) Turn signal lamp • Wear eye protection when checked by an authorized HYUNDAI (5) Front fog lamp (if equipped) changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before han- dealer. (6) Side marker dling it. (7) Side reflex reflector

7-72 5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. 6. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. 7. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.

OOS077037 OOS077038 Cornering Lamp Turn signal

1. Open the hood. 1. Open the hood. Maintenance 2. Disconnect the negative battery 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. cable. 3. Remove the socket from the 3. Remove the socket (1) from the assembly by turning the socket assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the socket align with the slots on 7 the assembly. the assembly. 4. Remove the bulb from the socket 4. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the the bulb align with the slots in the socket. socket. Pull the bulb out of the Pull the bulb out of the socket. socket.

7-73 Maintenance

5. Install a new bulb by inserting it Front fog lamp (if equipped) 5. Install a new bulb-socket into the into the socket and rotating it until housing by aligning the tabs on the it locks into place. socket with the slots in the housing. 6. Install the socket in the assembly Push the socket into the housing by aligning the tabs on the socket and turn the socket clockwise. with the slots in the assembly. 7. Push the socket into the assembly Side Repeater Lamp and turn the socket clockwise. Replacement

Position lamp and daytime running light Your vehicle is equipped with LED lamps. LED lamps do not have OOS077059L replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp 1. Loosen the pin-type retainers of the does not operate, have the vehicle under cover and then remove the checked by an authorized HYUNDAI undercover. dealer. 2. Reach your hand into the back of the front bumper. Side marker 3. Disconnect the power connector OOS077039 If the light bulb does not operate, from the socket. have the vehicle checked by an 4. Remove the bulb-socket from the If the light bulb does not operate, authorized HYUNDAI dealer. housing by turning the socket coun- have the vehicle checked by an terclockwise until the tabs on the authorized HYUNDAI dealer. socket align with the slots of the housing.

7-74 Rear Combination Light Bulb (3) Turn signal lamp Replacement (4) Backup lamp ■ Type A (Standard) (5) Side marker

OOS077066L Stop/Tail lamp

OOS077040N 1. Open the liftgate. Maintenance ■ Type B (LED) 2. Open the lamp assembly retaining screw covers. 3. Loosen the lamp assembly retaining screws with a cross-tip screwdriver. 7

OOS078041N (1) Stop/Tail lamp (2) Tail lamp (Type A), Stop/Tail lamp (Type B) 7-75 Maintenance

8. Install the socket into the assem- 4. Remove the socket from the bly by aligning the tabs on the assembly by turning the socket socket with the slots in the assem- counterclockwise until the tabs on bly. Push the socket into the the socket align with the slots on assembly and turn the socket the assembly. clockwise. 5. Remove the bulb from the socket 9. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the by pressing it in and rotating it body of the vehicle. counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. OOS077068L 6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it 4. Remove the rear combination into the socket and rotating it until lamp assembly from the body of it locks into place. the vehicle. 7. Install the socket into the assem- 5. Remove the socket from the bly by aligning the tabs on the assembly by turning the socket socket with the slots in the assem- counterclockwise until the tabs on bly. Push the socket into the the socket align with the slots on assembly and turn the socket the assembly. OOS077069L clockwise. 6. Remove the bulb from the socket Tail lamp (Type A) 8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the by pressing it in and rotating it body of the vehicle. counterclockwise until the tabs on 1. Turn off the engine. the bulb align with the slots in the 2. Open the tailgate. socket. Pull the bulb out of the 3. Remove the service cover using a socket. flat-blade screwdriver. 7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.

7-76 Tail / Stop lamp (Type B) High Mounted Stop Lamp 7. Remove the high mounted stop Your vehicle is equipped with LED Replacement lamp after removing the mounting lamps. LED lamps do not have nuts. replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp 8. Install a new lamp does not operate, have the vehicle 9. Reinstall the rear spoiler and the checked by an authorized HYUNDAi liftgate upper trim in the reverse dealer. order.

Turn signal lamp / Back up lamp If the light bulb does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OOS077042 Maintenance Side marker Your vehicle is equipped with LED 1. Open the liftgate. lamps. LED lamps do not have 2. Gently remove the cover of the lift- replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp gate trim. does not operate, have the vehicle 3. Remove the spoiler plug hole. checked by an authorized HYUNDAI 4. Disconnect the connector and 7 dealer. remove the washer hose and the plug holes. 5. Remove the mounting nuts. 6. Remove the rear spoiler assembly.

7-77 Maintenance

License Plate Light Bulb Interior Light Bulb Replacement Replacement Map lamp, Room lamp, Vanity mirror lamp, Luggage compartment lamp and Glove box lamp ■ Map lamp (Type A) ■ Room lamp (Type A)

OOS077043 OOS077053 OOS077054 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, ■ Map lamp (Type B) ■ Room lamp (Type B) gently pry the lens cover from the lamp housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 3. Install a new bulb. 4. Reinstall in the reverse order.

OOS077044 OOS077045

7-78 ■ Vanity mirror lamp ■ Glove box lamp 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens tabs with the interi- or lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place.

NOTICE Use care not to dirty or damage lens, lens tab, and plastic hous- ings.

OOS077046 OOS077047 ■ Luggage compartment lamp 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lens from the interi- Maintenance or lamp housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.

WARNING 7 Prior to working on the Interior Lights, ensure that the "OFF" OOS077048 button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.

7-79 Maintenance

APPEARANCE CARE Exterior Care Protecting your vehicle's finish WARNING Exterior general caution Washing It is very important to follow the label To help protect your vehicle’s finish After washing the vehicle, test directions when using any chemical from rust and deterioration, wash it the brakes while driving slowly cleaner or polish. Read all warning thoroughly and frequently at least to see if they have been affected and caution statements that appear once a month with lukewarm or cold by water before getting on the on the label. water. road. If braking performance is If you use your vehicle for off-road impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while High-pressure washing driving, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to maintaining a slow forward • When using high-pressure wash- the removal of any accumulation of speed. ers, make sure to maintain suffi- salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign cient distance from the vehicle. materials. Make sure the drain holes Insufficient clearance or excessive in the lower edges of the doors and NOTICE pressure can lead to component rocker panels are kept clear and • Do not use strong soap, chemi- damage or water penetration. clean. cal detergents or hot water, and • Do not spray the camera, sensors Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, do not wash the vehicle in direct or its surrounding area directly with industrial pollution and similar sunlight or when the body of the a high pressure washer. Shock deposits can damage your vehicle’s vehicle is warm. applied from high pressure water finish if not removed immediately. • Be careful when washing the may cause the device to not oper- side windows of your vehicle. ate normally. Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all Especially, with high-pressure • Do not bring the nozzle tip close to these deposits. A mild soap, safe for water, water may leak through boots (rubber or plastic covers)or use on painted surfaces, should be the windows and wet the interi- connectors as they may be dam- used. or. aged if they come into contact with high pressure water. After washing, rinse the vehicle thor- • To prevent damage to the plastic oughly with lukewarm or cold water. parts, do not clean with chemi- • Do not use any high-pressure noz- Do not allow soap to dry on the fin- cal solvents or strong deter- zles, which induce either one-direct ish. gents. water stream or water swirling. 7-80 Waxing NOTICE A good coat of wax provides a barri- • Wiping dust or dirt off the body er between your paint and environ- with a dry cloth will scratch the mental contamination. finish. Keeping a good coat of wax on your • Do not use steel wool, abrasive vehicle will help protect it. cleaners, or strong detergents Wax the vehicle when water will no containing highly alkaline or longer bead on the paint. caustic agents on chrome-plat- Always wash and dry the vehicle ed or anodized aluminum parts. before waxing. Use a good quality This may result in damage to the OOS077051 liquid or paste wax, and follow the protective coating and cause manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all discoloration or paint deteriora- NOTICE metal trim to protect it and to main- tion. Maintenance • Water washing in the engine tain its luster. compartment including high Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- Repairing your vehicle's finish pressure water washing may als with a spot remover will usually Deep scratches or stone chips in the cause the failure of electrical cir- strip the wax from the finish. Be sure painted surface must be repaired cuits located in the engine com- to re-wax these areas even if the rest promptly. Exposed metal will quickly partment. of the vehicle does not yet need waxing. rust and may develop into a major • Never allow water or other liq- repair expense. 7 uids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this NOTICE may damage them. If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies anti-corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced.

7-81 Maintenance

Bright-metal maintenance Thoroughly flush the vehicle under- Aluminum wheel maintenance • To remove road tar and insects, body and wheel openings with luke- The aluminum wheels are coated use a tar remover, not a scraper or warm or cold water once a month, with a clear protective finish. other sharp object. after off-road driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention • To protect the surfaces of bright- to these areas because it is difficult NOTICE metal parts from corrosion, apply a to see all the mud and dirt. It will do • Do not use abrasive cleaner, pol- coating of wax or chrome preser- more harm than good to wet down vative and rub to a high luster. ishing compound, solvent, or the road grime without removing it. wire brushes on aluminum • During winter weather or in coastal The lower edges of doors, rocker wheels. areas, cover the bright metal parts panels, and frame members have • Clean the wheel when it has with a heavier coating of wax or drain holes that should not be cooled. preservative. If necessary, coat the allowed to clog with dirt; trapped parts with non-corrosive petroleum water in these areas can cause rust- • Use only a mild soap or neutral jelly or other protective compound. ing. detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, clean the wheels after driving on salted Underbody maintenance WARNING roads. Corrosive materials used for ice and After washing the vehicle, test • Do not wash the wheels with snow removal and dust control may high-speed car wash brushes. collect on the underbody. If these the brakes while driving slowly materials are not removed, acceler- to see if they have been affected • Do not use any cleaners con- ated rusting can occur on underbody by water. If braking performance taining acid or alkaline deter- parts such as the fuel lines, frame, is impaired, dry the brakes by gents. floor pan and exhaust system, even applying them lightly while though they have been treated with maintaining a slow forward rust protection. speed.

7-82 Corrosion protection High-corrosion areas High temperatures can also acceler- Protecting your vehicle from corro- If you live in an area where your vehi- ate corrosion of parts that are not sion cle is regularly exposed to corrosive properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed. For all these rea- By using the most advanced design materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the sons, it is particularly important to and construction practices to combat keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosion, HYUNDAI produces vehi- common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control mud or accumulations of other mate- cles of the highest quality. However, rials. This applies not only to the vis- this is only part of the job. To achieve chemicals, ocean air and industrial pollution. ible surfaces but particularly to the the long-term corrosion resistance underside of the vehicle. your vehicle can deliver, the owner’s cooperation and assistance is also Moisture breeds corrosion required. To help prevent corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to Keep your vehicle clean Common causes of corrosion occur. For example, corrosion is The best way to prevent corrosion is Maintenance The most common causes of corro- accelerated by high humidity, partic- to keep your vehicle clean and free sion on your vehicle are: ularly when temperatures are just of corrosive materials. Attention to above freezing. In such conditions, the underside of the vehicle is partic- • Road salt, dirt and moisture that is the corrosive material is kept in con- ularly important. allowed to accumulate underneath tact with the car surfaces by moisture the vehicle. that is slow to evaporate. • Removal of paint or protective • If you live in a high-corrosion area 7 Mud is particularly corrosive — where road salts are used, near coatings by stones, gravel, abra- because it is slow to dry and holds sion or minor scrapes and dents the ocean, areas with industrial moisture in contact with the vehicle. pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you which leave unprotected metal Although the mud appears to be dry, exposed to corrosion. should take extra care to prevent it can still retain the moisture and corrosion. In winter, hose off the promote corrosion. underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over.

7-83 Maintenance

• When cleaning underneath the Keep your garage dry Interior Care vehicle, pay particular attention to Don't park your vehicle in a damp, Interior general precautions the components under the fenders poorly ventilated garage. This cre- Prevent caustic solutions such as and other areas that are hidden ates a favorable environment for cor- perfume and cosmetic oil, from con- from view. Do a thorough job; just rosion. This is particularly true if you tacting the interior parts because dampening the accumulated mud wash your vehicle in the garage or they may cause damage or discol- rather than washing it away will drive it into the garage when it is still oration. If they do contact the interior accelerate corrosion rather than wet or covered with snow, ice or parts, wipe them off immediately. prevent it. Water under high pres- mud. Even a heated garage can con- See the instructions for the proper sure and steam are particularly tribute to corrosion unless it is well way to clean vinyl. effective in removing accumulated ventilated so moisture is dispersed. mud and corrosive materials. • When cleaning lower door panels, NOTICE rocker panels and frame members, Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish • Never allow water or other liq- be sure that drain holes are kept uids to come in contact with open so that moisture can escape should be covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possible to reduce electrical/electronic compo- and not be trapped inside to accel- nents inside the vehicle as this erate corrosion. the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through, the atten- may damage them. tion of a qualified body and paint • When cleaning leather products shop is recommended. (steering wheel, seats etc.), use Bird droppings are highly corrosive neutral detergents or low alco- and may damage painted surfaces in hol content solutions. If you use just a few hours. Always remove bird high alcohol content solutions droppings as soon as possible. or acid/ alkaline detergents, the color of the leather may fade or the surface may get stripped off.

7-84 Cleaning the upholstery and Leather (if equipped) CAUTION interior trim • Features of seat leather Vinyl (if equipped) - Leather is made from the outer • Wrinkles or abrasions which Remove dust and loose dirt from skin of an animal, which goes appear naturally from usage vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum through a special process to be are not covered by warranty. available for use. Since it is a nat- cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a • Belts with metallic acces- ural product, each part differs in vinyl cleaner. sories, zippers or keys inside thickness or density. the back pocket may damage Fabric (if equipped) Wrinkles may appear as a natural the seat fabric. result of stretching and shrinking Remove dust and loose dirt from fab- • Make sure not to wet the seat. depending on the temperature ric with a whisk broom or vacuum It may change the nature of and humidity. cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu- natural leather. tion recommended for upholstery or - The seat is made of stretchable

• Jeans or clothes which could Maintenance fabric to improve comfort. carpets. Remove fresh spots imme- bleach may contaminate the diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If - The parts contacting the body are surface of the seat covering fresh spots do not receive immediate curved and the side supporting fabric. attention, the fabric can be stained area is high which provides driv- and its color can be affected. Also, its ing comfort and stability. fire-resistant properties can be - Wrinkles may appear naturally reduced if the material is not proper- from usage. It is not a fault of the 7 ly maintained. products.

NOTICE Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric's appearance and fire-resistant properties.

7-85 Maintenance

• Caring for the leather seats • Cleaning the leather seats Cleaning the seat belt webbing - Vacuum the seat periodically to - Remove all contaminations instant- Clean the belt webbing with any mild remove dust and sand on the seat. ly. Refer to instructions below for soap solution recommended for It will prevent abrasion or damage removal of each contaminant. cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow of the leather and maintain its qual- - Cosmetic products (sunscreen, the instructions provided with the ity. foundation, etc.) soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken - Wipe the natural leather seat cover Apply cleansing cream on a cloth the seat belt. often with dry or soft cloth. and wipe the contaminated spot. - Use of proper leather protector Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth may prevent abrasion of the cover and remove water with a dry cloth. Cleaning the interior window and helps maintain the color. Be - Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.) glass sure to read the instructions and Apply a small amount of neutral If the interior glass surfaces of the consult a specialist when using vehicle become fogged (that is, cov- leather coating or protective agent. detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear. ered with an oily, greasy or waxy - Light colored (beige, cream beige) - Oil film), they should be cleaned with leather is easily contaminated and glass cleaner. Follow the directions the stain is noticeable. Clean the Remove oil instantly with on the glass cleaner container. seats frequently. absorbable cloth and wipe with stain remover used only for natural - Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may NOTICE cause the surface to crack. leather. - Chewing gum Do not scrape or scratch the Harden the gum with ice and inside of the rear window. This remove gradually. may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid.

7-86 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your NOTICE 1. Crankcase Emission Control vehicle is covered by a written limited System warranty. Please see the warranty For the Inspection and The positive crankcase ventilation information contained in the Owner’s Maintenance Test (with Electronic system is employed to prevent air Handbook & Warranty Information Stability Control (ESC) system) pollution caused by blow-by gases booklet in your vehicle. • To prevent the vehicle from mis- being emitted from the crankcase. Your vehicle is equipped with an firing during dynamometer test- This system supplies fresh filtered air emission control system to meet all ing, turn the Electronic Stability to the crankcase through the air applicable emission regulations. Control (ESC) system off by intake hose. Inside the crankcase, There are three emission control pressing the ESC switch (ESC the fresh air mixes with blow-by systems, as follows. OFF light illuminated). gases, which then pass through the • After dynamometer testing is PCV valve into the induction system. (1) Crankcase emission control sys- completed, turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC tem Maintenance switch again. 2. Evaporative Emission Control (2) Evaporative emission control sys- System Including Onboard tem Refueling Vapor Recovery (3) Exhaust emission control system (ORVR) The Evaporative Emission Control In order to ensure the proper func- System is designed to prevent fuel tion of the emission control systems, vapors from escaping into the atmos- 7 it is recommended that you have phere. The ORVR system is your vehicle inspected and main- designed to allow the vapors from tained by an authorized HYUNDAI the fuel tank to be loaded into a can- dealer in accordance with the main- ister while refueling at the gas sta- tenance schedule in this manual. tion, preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere.

7-87 Maintenance

Canister 3. Exhaust Emission Control Engine exhaust (carbon monox- Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel System ide) precautions tank are absorbed and stored in the The Exhaust Emission Control • Carbon monoxide can be present onboard canister. When the engine is System is a highly effective system with other exhaust fumes. If you running, the fuel vapors absorbed in which controls exhaust emissions smell exhaust fumes of any kind in the canister are drawn into the surge while maintaining good vehicle per- your vehicle, drive with all the win- tank through the purge control sole- formance. dows fully open. Have your vehicle noid valve. When the engine starts or fails to checked and repaired immediately. start, excessive attempts to restart Purge Control Solenoid Valve the engine may cause damage to the WARNING (PCSV) emission system. Engine exhaust gases contain The purge control solenoid valve is carbon monoxide (CO). Though controlled by the Engine Control colorless and odorless, it is Module (ECM); when the engine dangerous and could be lethal if coolant temperature is low during inhaled. Follow the instructions idling, the PCSV closes so that evap- on this page to avoid CO poi- orated fuel is not taken into the soning. engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine.

7-88 • Do not operate the engine in con- Operating precautions for cat- WARNING fined or closed areas (such as alytic converters (if equipped) garages) any more than what is CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 necessary to move the vehicle in or WARNING WARNING out of the area. Engine exhaust and a wide vari- • When the vehicle is stopped in an The exhaust system and cat- ety of automobile components open area for more than a short alytic converter are very hot and parts, including compo- time with the engine running, during and immediately after nents found in the interior fur- adjust the ventilation system (as the engine has been running. To nishings in a vehicle, contain or needed) to draw outside air into the avoid SERIOUS INJURY or emit chemicals known to the vehicle. DEATH: State of California to cause can- • Never sit in a parked or stopped • Do not park, idle, or drive the cer and birth defects and repro- vehicle for any extended time with vehicle over or near flamma- ductive harm. In addition, cer-

the engine running. ble objects, such as grass, Maintenance tain fluids contained in vehicles • When the engine stalls or fails to vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. and certain products of compo- A hot exhaust system can nent wear contain or emit chem- start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to ignite flammable items under icals known to the State of your vehicle. California to cause cancer and the emission control system. birth defects or other reproduc- • Keep away from the exhaust tive harm. system and catalytic converter or you may get burned. 7 Also, Do not remove the heat sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of the vehicle, and do not coat the vehicle for corrosion control. It may present a fire risk under certain conditions.

7-89 Maintenance

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat- • Do not modify or tamper with any alytic converter emission control part of the engine or emission con- device. trol system. All inspections and To prevent damage to the catalytic adjustments must be made by an converter and to your vehicle, take authorized HYUNDAI dealer. the following precautions: • Avoid driving with extremely low • Use only UNLEADED FUEL for fuel level. If you run out of gasoline, gasoline engines. it could cause the engine to misfire and result in excessive loading of • Do not operate the vehicle when the catalytic converter. there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance. • Do not misuse or abuse the engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the engine off and descending steep grades in gear with the engine off. • Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more).

7-90 CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers: Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries, must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a). Maintenance

7-91 Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Dimensions...... 8-2 Engine...... 8-2 Bulb Wattage ...... 8-3 Tires and Wheels ...... 8-5 Volume and Weight...... 8-6

Air Conditioning System...... 8-6 Specifications & Consumer information Recommended Lubricants and Capacities...... 8-7 Recommended SAE viscosity number...... 8-9 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ...... 8-10 Vehicle Certification Label ...... 8-10 Tire Specification and Pressure Label ...... 8-11 Engine Number...... 8-11 Refrigerant Label...... 8-11 Consumer Information...... 8-12 Reporting Safety Defects ...... 8-13

8 Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

DIMENSIONS Items in (mm) Overall length 163.97 (4,165) Overall width 70.86 (1,800) Overall height 61.02 (1,550) / 61.61 (1,565)*1 205/60 R16 62.0 (1,575) Front tread 215/55 R17 61.53 (1,563) 235/45 R18 61.37 (1,559) 205/60 R16 62.36 (1,584) Rear tread 215/55 R17 61.88 (1,572) 235/45 R18 61.73 (1,568) Wheelbase 102.36 (2,600) *1 : with roof rack

ENGINE Items Gamma 1.6 T-GDI Nu 2.0 MPI Displacement 97.09 (1,591) 121.98 (1,999) cu. in. (cc) Bore x Stroke 3.03x3.36 (77x85.4) 3.18x3.82 (81x97) in. (mm) Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2 No. of cylinders In-line 4 cylinder In-line 4 cylinder

8-2 Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects BULB WATTAGE Light Bulb Bulb Type Wattage Low (Type A) H7 55 High (Type A) H7 55 Headlamp Low (Type B) LED LED High (Type B) LED LED Cornering lamp H7 55 Front Turn signal lamp PY28/8W 28 Side marker LED LED Turn signal lamp (Outside mirror) LED LED Daytime running lamp (DRL) / position lamp LED LED Fog lamp H8 35 Stop/Tail (Type A) P21/5W 21/5 Tail (Type A) W5W 5 Rear combination lamp Stop/Tail (Type B) LED LED Turn signal P21W 21 Rear Back up P21W 21 High mounted stop lamp LED LED Type A W5W 5 8 Side marker Type B LED LED License plate lamp W5W 5

8-3 Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Light Bulb Bulb Type Wattage Map lamp W10W 10 Room lamp (with sunroof) FESTOON 10 Room lamp (without sunroof) FESTOON 8 Interior Sunvisor lamp FESTOON 5 Tailgate room lamp FESTOON 10 Glove box lamp FESTOON 5

8-4 Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects TIRES AND WHEELS Cold tire inflation pressure kPa(psi) Wheel Lug Nut Item Tire Size Wheel Size Torque Front Rear kgf·m (lbf·ft, N·m) 205/60 R16 6.5J x 16 Full size tire 215/55 R17 7.0J x 17 230 (33) 230 (33) 11~13 235/45 R18 7.5J x 18 (79~94,107~127) Compact spare tire T125/80 D16 4.0T x 16 420 (60)

NOTICE • It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon. Tires typically loose 1psi (7kPa) for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated. • An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level. (Air inflation per altitude : +2.4 psi/1 mile)

CAUTION When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly. 8

8-5 Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

VOLUME AND WEIGHT Gamma 1.6 T-GDI Nu 2.0 MPI Items DCT (2WD) DCT (AWD) A/T (2WD) A/T (AWD) Gross vehicle weight 4,045 (1,835) 4,255 (1,930) 3,979 (1,805) 4,189 (1,900) lbs. (kg) Luggage volume (SAE) Behind 1st row : 45.7 (1,296) cu. ft. (l) Behind 2nd row : 19.2 (544) A/T : Automatic transmission DCT : Dual clutch transmission

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Items Weight of Volume Classification

Refrigerant 15.87 (450) ± 0.88 (25) R-1234yf oz. (g)

Compressor lubricant 4.23 (120) ± 0.35 (10) PAG oz. (cc)

Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.

8-6 Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume Classification

1 2 Engine oil * * (drain and refill) Gamma API Latest (ILSAC Latest) or 4.76 US qt. (4.5 l) 1.6 T-GDI ACEA A5/B5 *4 Recommends

Nu 2.0 MPI 4.23 US qt. (4.0 l) SAE 5W-20/API Latest (ILSAC Latest)

MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV, NOCA ATF SP-IV, HYUNDAI genuine ATF Automatic transmission fluid Nu 2.0 MPI 7.08 US qt. (6.7 l) SP-IV or other brands meeting the above specification approved by HYUNDAI Motor Co. HK DCTF 70W (SK) SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W DCTF Gamma Dual clutch transmission fluid 2.01~2.11 US qt. (1.9~2.0 l) (H.K.SHELL) 1.6 T-GDI GS DCTF HD 70W (GS CALTEX) (API GL-4, SAE 70W) 8

8-7 Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Lubricant Volume Classification 0.44 ~ 0.49 US qt. Gamma 1.6 T-GDI (0.47~0.52 l) Transfer case oil (AWD) 0.36~0.4 US qt. HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE75W/90 Nu 2.0 MPI (0.38~0.42 l) (SHELL HD AXLE OIL 75W90 or equivalent) 0.44~0.49 US qt. Rear differential oil (AWD) (0.47~0.52 l) Gamma 1.6 T-GDI 7.5 US qt. (7.1 l) Mixture of antifreeze and water Coolant (Phosphate-based Ethylene glycol coolant for alu- Nu 2.0 MPI 6.8 US qt. (6.5 l) minum radiator) 0.74~0.85 US qt. Brake fluid FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4 (0.7 ~ 0.8 l) Fuel 13.2 US gal. (50 l) Refer to "Fuel requirements" in the Foreword chapter. *1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page. *2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year's time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings. *3 : If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL. *4 : If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use ILSAC GF-3 (or above) or ACEA A3 (or above).

8-8 Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Recommended SAE viscosity Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold number weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, CAUTION however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Always be sure to clean the area Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in around any filler plug, drain engine damage. plug, or dipstick before check- When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be ing or draining any lubricant. operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended This is especially important in oil viscosity from the chart. dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers roads. Cleaning the plug and °C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Temperature dipstick areas will prevent dirt (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms 20W-50 that could be damaged. Gamma 15W-40 1.6 T-GDI *1 10W-30 Engine Oil 5W-30, 5W-40 Nu 2.0 10W-30 MPI *2 5W-20, 5W-30 *1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil 8 of a viscosity grade 5W-30 (API Latest (ILSAC Latest) or ACEA A5 or above). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart. *2 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20/API Latest (ILSAC Latest). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart. 8-9 Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATION ■ Frame number ■ VIN label LABEL

OOS087001 OOS087006L

The vehicle identification number The VIN is also on a plate attached OOS087002 (VIN) is the number used in register- to the top of the dashboard. The The vehicle certification label attached ing your car and in all legal matters number on the plate can easily be on the driver's side center pillar gives pertaining to its ownership, etc. seen through the windshield from the Vehicle Identification Number The number is punched on the floor outside. (VIN). under the passenger seat. To check the number, open the cover.

8-10 Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL PRESSURE LABEL ■ Gamma 1.6 T-GDI (IF EQUIPPED)

OOS087004 ■ Nu 2.0 MPI OOS087003 OOS087008L The tires supplied on your new vehi- The refrigerant label provides infor- cle are chosen to provide the best mation such as refrigerant type and performance for normal driving. amount. The tire label located on the driver’s The label is located on the underside side center pillar gives the tire pres- of the hood. sures recommended for your car.

OAD085009L 8 The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing.

8-11 Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

CONSUMER INFORMATION This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation.Your HYUNDAI dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information. HYUNDAI motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards. For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner’s Manual, particularly the information under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING". If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, please contact your nearest HYUNDAI Motor America Regional Office as listed in the following: Eastern Region: South Central Region: Western Region: Connecticut, Delaware, Alabama, Arkansas, Louisiana, Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona, California, Maine, Massachusetts, New Mississippi, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Tennessee, Texas. Oregon, Utah, Washington, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Central Region Wyoming. Vermont. Western Region Eastern Region 1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400 1122 Cranbury South River Road Coppell, TX 75019 10550 Talbert Avenue P.O.Box Jamesburg, NJ 08831 (800) 633-5151 20850 Fountain Valley, California (800) 633-5151 92728-0850 (800) 633-5151 Central Region: Southern Region: Illinois, Indiana, lowa, Kentucky, Florida, Georgia, Maryland, North Michigan, Minnesota, Nebraska, Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia, North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio, West Virginia. Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri. Southern Region Central Region 3025 Chastain Meadows Parkway 2 Trans Am Plaza Dr #500 Oakbrook Suite 100 Marietta, GA 30066 Terrace, IL 60181 (800) 633-5151 (800) 633-5151

8-12 Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; download the SaferCar mobile application; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Ave, SE, West Building Washington, D.C. 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.

8-13 Index

I Index

A Automatic Climate Control System...... 3-116 Automatic Temperature Control Mode ...... 3-117 Accessing Your Vehicle ...... 3-3 Manual Temperature Control Mode...... 3-118 Immobilizer System...... 3-11 System Maintenance ...... 3-123 Remote Key...... 3-3 System Operation ...... 3-121 Smart Key...... 3-6 Automatic Transmission ...... 5-14 Air Bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System.....2-45 Automatic Transmission Operation...... 5-14 Additional Safety Precautions...... 2-67 Good Driving Practices ...... 5-18 Air Bag Warning Labels...... 2-67 How Does the Air Bag System Operate?...... 2-50 B Occupant Classification System (OCS) ...... 2-56 SRS Care ...... 2-66 Battery...... 7-35 What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates...... 2-55 Battery Recharging...... 7-36 Where Are the Air Bags? ...... 2-47 For Best Battery Service ...... 7-36 Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?...... 2-61 Reset Features ...... 7-37 Air cleaner...... 7-29 Before driving...... 5-4 Filter Replacement ...... 7-29 Before Entering the Vehicle ...... 5-4 Air Conditioning System ...... 8-6 Before Starting ...... 5-4 All Wheel Drive (AWD)...... 5-40 Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ...... 5-47 AWD operation...... 5-41 BCW (Blind-spot Collision Warning)...... 5-48 Emergency precautions ...... 5-44 Detecting sensor ...... 5-52 Appearance care...... 7-80 Limitations of the System ...... 5-53 Exterior Care ...... 7-80 RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) ...... 5-50 Interior Care ...... 7-84 Brake fluid ...... 7-27 Checking the Brake Fluid Level ...... 7-27

I-2 Braking system ...... 5-29 D Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)...... 5-32 Disc Brakes Wear Indicator...... 5-30 Dimensions ...... 8-2 Downhill Brake Control (DBC)...... 5-37 Door Locks ...... 3-13 Electronic Stability Control (ESC)...... 5-34 Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features ...... 3-17 Good Braking Practices...... 5-39 Child-Protector Rear Door Locks ...... 3-17 Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)...... 5-37 Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle...... 3-14 Parking Brake...... 5-30 Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle ...... 3-13 Power Brakes...... 5-29 Drive Mode Integrated Control System ...... 5-46 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)...... 5-36 Driver Assist System...... 3-103 Bulb Wattage...... 8-3 Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system...... 3-104 Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system C Precautions ...... 3-107 California perchlorate notice ...... 7-91 Rear view monitor...... 3-103 Child Restraint System (CRS)...... 2-34 Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system ...... 5-88 Children Always in the Rear ...... 2-34 Resetting the System ...... 5-89 Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 2-37 System Malfunction ...... 5-90 Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS)...... 2-35 System Setting and Activation ...... 5-88 Climate Control Additional Features...... 3-130 System Standby ...... 5-90 Automatic Ventilation...... 3-130 Dual clutch transmission...... 5-20 Cluster ionizer ...... 3-130 Dual Clutch Transmission Operation...... 5-20 Good Driving Practices ...... 5-27

Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation ...... 3-130 Index Climate control air filter ...... 7-30 Filter Inspection...... 7-30 Consumer Information...... 8-12 Cruise control...... 5-92 I Cruise Control operation ...... 5-92

I-3 Index

E F

Emission control system...... 7-87 Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) system Crankcase Emission Control System ...... 7-87 - Camera type ...... 5-55 Evaporative Emission Control System Including FCA Sensor ...... 5-59 Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ...... 7-87 FCA Warning Message and System Control...... 5-57 Exhaust Emission Control System...... 7-88 Limitations of the System ...... 5-63 Engine ...... 8-2 System Malfunction ...... 5-61 Engine Compartment...... 1-6, 7-3 System Setting and Activation ...... 5-55 Engine coolant ...... 7-23 Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) system Changing Engine Coolant ...... 7-26 - sensor fusion type (Front radar + Front camera)...... 5-68 Checking the Engine Coolant Level ...... 7-23 System Setting and Activation ...... 5-68 Engine Number ...... 8-11 FCA Sensor ...... 5-72 Engine oil...... 7-21 FCA Warning Message and System Control...... 5-70 Checking the Engine Oil and Filter ...... 7-22 Limitations of the System ...... 5-75 Checking the Engine Oil Level...... 7-21 System Malfunction ...... 5-73 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items...... 7-18 Fuses ...... 7-53 Exterior Features ...... 3-41, 3-142 Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement...... 7-55 Fuel Filler Door...... 3-44 Fuse/Relay Panel Description ...... 7-57 Hood ...... 3-41 Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement ...... 7-54 Liftgate ...... 3-42 Roof Side Rails ...... 3-142 H Exterior Overview...... 1-2 Hazard warning flasher...... 6-2 Head Up Display (HUD) ...... 3-85

I-4 I In case of an emergency while driving...... 6-2 If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing ...... 6-2 If the engine overheats...... 6-6 If the Engine Stalls While Driving...... 6-2 If the engine will not start...... 6-3 If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving...... 6-3 If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or Instrument Cluster...... 3-47 Turns Over Slowly ...... 6-3 Gauges and Meters...... 3-49 If the Engine Turns Over Normally Instrument Cluster Control...... 3-48 but Doesn't Start...... 6-3 LCD Display Messages...... 3-65 If you have a flat tire (With spare tire)...... 6-14 Transmission shift indicator ...... 3-52 Changing Tires ...... 6-15 Warning and Indicator Lights...... 3-53 Jack and Tools ...... 6-14 Instrument Panel Overview ...... 1-5 If you have a flat tire (with tire mobility kit) ...... 6-20 Interior Features...... 3-133 Checking the tire inflation pressure ...... 6-25 Cargo Area Cover...... 3-140 Components of the Tire Mobility Kit...... 6-22 Clock ...... 3-138 Distributing the sealant ...... 6-24 Clothes Hanger...... 3-138 Introduction ...... 6-20 Cup Holder ...... 3-133 Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit ...... 6-21 Floor Mat Anchor(s)...... 3-139 Using the Tire Mobility Kit...... 6-23 Luggage Net Holder...... 3-139 Ignition switch ...... 5-6 Luggage tray...... 3-141 Engine Start/Stop Button...... 5-9 Power Outlet...... 3-135 Key Ignition Switch ...... 5-6 Sunvisor...... 3-134 Important Safety Precautions...... 2-2 Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System ...... 3-136 Air Bag Hazards...... 2-2 Interior Overview...... 1-4 Index Always Wear Your Seat Belt...... 2-2 Control Your Speed ...... 2-2 J Driver Distraction...... 2-2 Jump starting...... 6-4 I Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition ...... 2-2 Restrain All Children...... 2-2

I-5 Index

L M

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...... 5-80 Maintenance services...... 7-4 Limitations of the System ...... 5-86 Owner Maintenance Precautions...... 7-4 LKA system Function Change ...... 5-87 Owner's Responsibility...... 7-4 LKA system Operation...... 5-81 Manual Climate Control System ...... 3-108 Warning Light and Message...... 5-85 Heating and Air Conditioning ...... 3-109 LCD Display...... 3-70 System Maintenance...... 3-114 LCD Display Control ...... 3-70 System Operation ...... 3-112 LCD Display Modes ...... 3-71 Mirrors ...... 3-21 Light bulbs ...... 7-69 Inside Rearview Mirror ...... 3-21 Front fog lamp...... 7-74 Side View Mirrors ...... 3-31 Headlamp, Parking Lamp, Daytime Running Light, Multimedia System...... 4-2 Turn Signal Lamp and Side Marker, Antenna ...... 4-2 Cornering lamp ...... 7-69 Audio (Display Audio) / Video High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement...... 7-77 / Navigation System (AVN)...... 4-4 Interior Light Bulb Replacement ...... 7-78 AUX, USB and iPod® Port ...... 4-2 License Plate Light Bulb Replacement...... 7-78 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Hands-Free...... 4-4 Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement...... 7-75 Steering Wheel Audio Controls...... 4-3 Side Repeater Lamp Replacement ...... 7-74 Lighting...... 3-88 O Exterior Lights...... 3-88 Interior Lights...... 3-96 Owner maintenance ...... 7-5 Smart cornering lamp...... 3-95 Owner Maintenance Schedule...... 7-6 Welcome System ...... 3-98 P Parking brake ...... 7-28 Checking the Parking Brake ...... 7-28

I-6 R Special driving conditions ...... 5-97 Driving at Night ...... 5-98 Recommended Lubricants and Capacities...... 8-7 Driving in Flooded Areas...... 5-99 Recommended SAE viscosity number...... 8-9 Driving in the Rain...... 5-98 Refrigerant Label ...... 8-11 Hazardous Driving Conditions...... 5-97 Reporting Safety Defects...... 8-13 Highway Driving...... 5-99 Reducing the risk of a rollover...... 5-100 S Rocking the Vehicle ...... 5-97 Smooth Cornering ...... 5-98 Scheduled maintenance services...... 7-7 Steering Wheel...... 3-19 Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions Electric Power Steering (EPS) ...... 3-19 (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI)...... 7-16 Heated Steering Wheel (for Canada) ...... 3-21 Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions Horn...... 3-20 (Nu 2.0 MPI) ...... 7-11 Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering ...... 3-20 Normal Maintenance Schedule Storage Compartment ...... 3-131 (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI)...... 7-13 Center Console Storage...... 3-131 Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI) ...... 7-8 Glove Box ...... 3-131 Seat Belts ...... 2-21 Multi Box ...... 3-132 Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions ...... 2-30 Sunglass Holder...... 3-132 Care of Seat Belts...... 2-33 Sunroof...... 3-37 Seat Belt Restraint System...... 2-23 Resetting the sunroof...... 3-39 Seat Belt Safety Precautions ...... 2-21 Sliding the sunroof ...... 3-38

Seat Belt Warning Light...... 2-22 Sunroof Open Warning...... 3-40 Index Seats ...... 2-3 Sunroof opening and closing...... 3-38 Front Seats...... 2-5 Sunshade...... 3-39 Head Restraints ...... 2-14 Tilting the sunroof...... 3-38 Rear Seats ...... 2-11 I Safety Precautions ...... 2-4 Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats...... 2-18

I-7 Index

T Tire Traction ...... 7-43 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 7-41 Theft-Alarm System ...... 3-18 Wheel Replacement...... 7-43 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)...... 6-8 Towing ...... 6-27 Changing a Tire with TPMS ...... 6-12 Emergency Towing...... 6-29 Check Tire Pressure...... 6-8 Removable Towing Hook...... 6-28 Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Tie-down Hook...... 6-30 Position Indicator ...... 6-10 Towing Service...... 6-27 Low Tire Pressure Telltale...... 6-10 Trailer towing...... 5-110 Tire Pressure Monitoring System...... 6-9 Trip Computer...... 3-81 TPMS Malfunction Indicator ...... 6-11 Tire Specification and Pressure Label ...... 8-11 V Tires and wheels...... 7-38, 8-5 Vehicle Certification Label...... 8-10 All Season Tires ...... 7-50 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)...... 8-10 Check Tire Inflation Pressure...... 7-40 Vehicle load limit...... 5-105 Low Aspect Ratio Tires...... 7-51 Tire Loading Information Label...... 5-106 Radial-Ply Tires...... 7-51 Volume and Weight...... 8-6 Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures...... 7-39 Snow Tires...... 7-51 Summer Tires ...... 7-50 Tire Care...... 7-38 Tire Maintenance...... 7-43 Tire Replacement...... 7-42 Tire Rotation...... 7-40 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 7-43 Tire Terminology and Definitions...... 7-47

I-8 W

Washer fluid...... 7-28 Checking the Washer Fluid Level...... 7-28 Windows ...... 3-33 Power Windows...... 3-34 Windshield Defrosting and Defogging...... 3-125 Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature with Automatic Temperature Control System) .....3-127 Rear Window Defroster...... 3-129 Winter driving...... 5-101 Snow or Icy Conditions...... 5-101 Winter Precautions ...... 5-103 Wiper blades ...... 7-32 Blade Inspection...... 7-32 Blade Replacement...... 7-32 Wipers and Washers...... 3-99 Rear Window Wiper and Washer ...... 3-102 Windshield Washers ...... 3-101 Windshield Wipers ...... 3-99 Index

I-9